CN216901148U

CN216901148U - Head-mounted display system

Info

Publication number: CN216901148U
Application number: CN202122038655.6U
Authority: CN
Inventors: 阿伦·塞缪尔·戴维森; 伊恩·安德鲁·劳; 斯图尔特·约瑟夫·瓦格纳; 大卫·琼斯·布朗德
Original assignee: Resmed Pty Ltd
Current assignee: Resmed Pty Ltd
Priority date: 2020-08-26
Filing date: 2021-08-26
Publication date: 2022-07-05
Anticipated expiration: 2031-08-26
Also published as: TWM631313U; CN216901149U; TWM631312U; CN217639753U; TWI816175B; TWM631314U; TW202212916A; CN217639754U; TW202215110A; TW202215109A; TWM631315U; TW202223489A

Abstract

The utility model relates to a head mounted display system comprising: a head-mounted display unit comprising a display; a positioning and stabilising structure for retaining the head mounted display unit in an operable position on a user's head in use, the positioning and stabilising structure comprising: a rear support for engaging the rear of the user's head, the rear support including a parietal strap portion for covering, in use, the parietal bone of the user's head and an occipital strap portion for covering, in use, or underlying the occipital bone of the user's head; a pair of side strap portions connected between the rear support and the head mounted display unit, each side strap portion being located, in use, on a respective side of the user's head; a top strap portion connected between the rear support portion and the head mounted display unit, the top strap portion covering an upper portion of the user's head in use, the top strap portion including a user facing layer and an outer layer; wherein user facing layers of the top strap portion, the top bone strap portion, the occipital strap portion, and the side strap portions are separable from an outer layer of the top strap portion.

Description

Head-mounted display system

1 cross reference to related applications

The present application claims the following benefits: australian application No.2020900953 filed on day 3/27 of 2020, Australian application No.16/865,480 filed on day 5/4 of 2020, Australian application No.16/865,526 filed on day 5/4 of 2020, Australian application No.2020901432 filed on day 5/5 of 2020, Australian application No.2020901437 filed on day 5/6 of 2020, Australian application No.2020902514 filed on day 7/20 of 2020, Australian application No.2020903055 filed on day 26 of 8/2020, Australian application No.2020903112 filed on day 31 of 8/2020, Australian application No.2020903395 filed on day 22 of 9/2020, Australian application No.2020903502 filed on day 29 of 9/2020, Australian application No.2020903638 filed on day 7 of 2020, Australian application No. 3636No/051081 filed on day 8 of 2020, Australian application No. PCT/2020903876 filed on day 10 of 2020, Australian application No. PCT/8632/051081 filed on day 10 of 2020, Australian application No. 051158/8632/2020, Australian application No.2020904664 filed on 12/15/2020, australian application No. 2020904849 filed on 12/24/2020, australian application No.2021900871 filed on 3/24/2021, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

2 background of the invention

2.1 technical field

The present technology relates generally to head mounted displays, positioning and stabilizing structures, user interface structures and other components for head mounted displays, related head mounted display assemblies and systems, including display units and positioning and stabilizing structures, interface structures and or components and methods. The present technology finds particular application in the use of immersive reality head mounted displays, and is described in this context. It should be understood that the present techniques may have broader application and may be used with any type of head mounted display arrangement, including but not limited to virtual reality displays, augmented reality displays, and/or mixed reality displays.

2.2 description of the related Art

It will be understood that, if any prior art is referred to herein, this reference does not constitute an admission that the prior art forms part of the common general knowledge in the art in australia or in any other country.

2.2.1 immersion techniques

Immersion techniques refer to techniques that attempt to create a sense of immersion by creating a sensory feel of the surroundings to replicate or enhance the physical environment through the means of a digital or virtual environment.

In particular, immersion techniques provide user visual immersion, creating virtual objects and/or virtual environments. Immersion techniques can also provide immersion for at least one of the other five senses.

2.2.2 virtual reality

Virtual Reality (VR) is a computer-generated three-dimensional image or environment presented to a user. In other words, the environment may be completely virtual. Specifically, a user views an electronic screen to view virtual or computer-generated images in a virtual environment. Because the created environment is completely virtual, users may be prevented and/or hindered from interacting with their physical environment (e.g., they may not be able to hear and/or see physical objects in the physical environment in which they are currently located).

The electronic screen may be supported in the line of sight of the user (e.g., mounted to the head of the user). While viewing the electronic screen, visual feedback output by the electronic screen and viewed by the user may produce a virtual environment intended to simulate an actual environment. For example, a user can view around (e.g., 360 °) by pivoting their head or their entire body, and interact with virtual objects viewable by the user through an electronic screen. This may provide an immersive experience to the user, wherein the virtual environment provides a stimulus to at least one of the user's five senses and replaces a corresponding stimulus of the physical environment when the user uses the VR device. Typically, the stimulus relates at least to the user's vision (i.e., because they are watching an electronic screen), but may also include other sensations. These electronic screens are typically mounted to the user's head so that they can be positioned near the user's eyes, which allows the user to easily view the virtual environment.

The VR device may generate other forms of feedback in addition to or in addition to visual feedback. For example, the VR device may include and/or be connected to a speaker to provide audible feedback. The VR device may also include haptic feedback (e.g., in the form of a haptic response) that may correspond to visual and/or audible feedback. This may create a more immersive virtual environment because the user receives stimuli corresponding to more than one user experience.

When using a VR device, the user may wish to limit blocking of ambient stimuli. For example, a user may wish to avoid seeing and/or hearing the surrounding environment in order to better handle the stimulus from the VR device in the virtual environment. Thus, the VR device may limit and/or prevent the user's eyes from receiving ambient light. In some examples, this may be achieved by providing a seal against the face of the user. In some examples, the shield may be disposed proximate (e.g., in contact or close contact with) the user's face, but may not seal against the user's face. In either example, ambient light may not reach the user's eyes, so that the only light observable by the user comes from the electronic screen.

In other examples, the VR device may limit and/or prevent the user's ear from hearing ambient noise. In some examples, this may be accomplished by providing a user with a headset (e.g., a noise-cancelling headset) that may output sound from the VR device and/or limit the user from hearing noise from their physical environment. In some examples, the VR device may output sound at a volume sufficient to limit the user from hearing ambient noise.

In any example, the user may not want to become overly stimulated (e.g., by both their physical environment and virtual environment). Thus, blocking and/or limiting the environment stimulates the user to help the user concentrate on the virtual environment without possible interference from the environment.

Different types of VR devices are described below. In general, a single VR device may include at least two different classifications. For example, VR devices may be categorized by their portability and by how the display unit is coupled to the rest of the interface. These classifications may be independent such that the classifications in one group (e.g., the portability of the unit) are not predetermined to the classifications in another group. There may also be additional categories for classifying VR devices that are not explicitly listed below.

2.2.2.1 portability

2.2.2.1.1 fixing unit

In some forms, the VR device may be used in conjunction with a separate apparatus (e.g., a computer or video game console). This type of VR device may be stationary because it cannot be used without a computer or video game console, and thus its usable locations are limited (e.g., by the location of the computer or video game console).

Because the VR device may be used in conjunction with a computer or video game console, the VR device may be connected to the computer or video game console. For example, a wire may tie the two systems together. This may further "fix" the position of the VR device because the user wearing the VR device cannot move farther than the length of the wire from the computer or video game console. In other examples, VR devices may be wirelessly connected (e.g., via bluetooth, Wi-Fi, etc.), but may still be relatively fixed by the strength of the wireless signal.

The connection to a computer or video game console may provide control functions to the VR device. These controls may be communicated (i.e., through a wired connection or wirelessly) to assist in operating the VR device. In the example of a fixed unit VR device, these controls may be necessary in order to operate the display screen, and the VR device may not be operable without a connection to a computer or video game console.

In some forms, a computer or video game console may provide power to the VR device such that the user does not need to support a battery on their head. This may make the VR device more comfortable to wear, as the user does not need to support the weight of the battery.

The user may also receive output from a computer or video game console at least in part through the VR device rather than through a television or monitor, which may provide a more immersive experience to the user while using the computer or video game console (e.g., playing a video game). In other words, the display output of the VR device may be substantially the same as the output of a computer monitor or television. Some of the controls and/or sensors necessary to output these images may be housed in a computer or video game console, which may further reduce the weight that the user needs to support on their body.

In some forms, the motion sensor may be located remotely from the VR device and connected to a computer or video game console. For example, at least one camera may face the user in order to track the movement of the user's head. Processing of the data recorded by the camera may be done by a computer or video game console before transmission to the VR device. While this may help reduce the weight of the VR device, it may further limit where the VR device may be used. In other words, the VR device must be in the line of sight of the camera.

2.2.2.1.2 transplantable unit

In some forms, the VR device may be a self-contained unit that includes a power source and a sensor, such that the VR device does not need to be connected to a computer or video game console. This provides the user with more freedom of use and movement. For example, a user is not limited to using a VR device near a computer or video game console, and can use the VR device outdoors or in other environments that do not include a computer or television.

Because VR devices are not connected to a computer or video game console in use, it is desirable for the VR device to support all necessary electronics. This includes a battery, a sensor, and a processor. These components add weight to the VR device that the user must support on their body. Appropriate weight distribution may be required so that the added weight does not increase discomfort for the user wearing the VR device.

In some forms, the electronic components of the VR device are contained in a single housing, which may be disposed directly in front of the user's face in use. Such a construction may be referred to as a "brick". In this configuration, the center of gravity of the VR device without the positioning and stabilizing structure is directly in front of the user's face. To resist the moment created by gravity, the positioning and stabilizing structure coupled to the tile structure must provide a force directed toward the user's face, such as a force created by tension in the headgear straps. While brick structures may be beneficial for manufacturing (e.g., because all electronic components are in close proximity) and may allow interchangeability of positioning and stabilizing structures (e.g., because they do not include electrical connections), the force required to maintain the position of the VR device (e.g., tension in the headband) may be uncomfortable for the user. In particular, VR devices may be embedded in the face of a user, resulting in irritation and marking on the user's skin. When a user's head receives a force from the display housing on his face and a force from the headband on his back of head, the combination of forces may feel like a "pinch". This may make it less likely that the user will wear the VR device.

Since VR and other mixed reality devices may be used in a manner that involves vigorous movement of the user's head and/or its entire body (e.g., during a game), there may be significant forces/moments that tend to break the position of the device on the user's head. Simply forcing the device more tightly against the user's head to withstand large damaging forces may be unacceptable as it may be uncomfortable for the user or become uncomfortable only after a short period of time.

In some forms, the electronic components may be spaced apart throughout the VR device, rather than completely in front of the user's face. For example, some electrical components (e.g., batteries) may be disposed on the positioning and stabilizing structure, particularly on the rear contacts. In this way, the weight of the battery (or other electronic components) may generate a torque in a direction opposite to the torque generated by the rest of the VR device (e.g., the display). Thus, the positioning and stabilizing structure may be sufficient to apply a lower clamping force, which in turn results in a lower force on the user's face (e.g., fewer marks on his skin). However, in some such prior devices, cleaning and/or replacement of the positioning and stabilizing structure may be more difficult due to the electrical connections.

In some forms, spacing the electronic components may involve positioning some of the electronic components separately from the rest of the VR device. For example, the battery and/or processor may be electrically connected, but carried separately from the rest of the VR device. Unlike the "fixed unit" described above, the battery and/or processor, as well as the rest of the VR device, may be portable. For example, the battery and/or processor may be carried on the user's belt or in the user's pocket. This may provide the benefit of reducing the weight of the user's head, but does not provide a counteracting moment. The tension provided by the positioning and stabilizing structure may still be less than the "brick" configuration because the total weight supported by the head is less.

2.2.2.2 display connections

2.2.2.1 Integrated display Screen

In some forms, the display screen is an integral part of the VR device and is typically not separable or removable from the rest of the VR device.

The display screen may be secured within the housing and protected from damage. For example, the display screen may be completely covered by the housing, which may reduce the occurrence of scratches. In addition, integrating the display screen with the rest of the VR device eliminates the occurrence of lost display screens.

In these forms, the display screen serves purely as an immersive technology display. Most "fixed units" will include an integrated display screen. The "portable unit" may comprise an integrated display screen, or may comprise a removable display screen (as described below).

2.2.2.2.2 Movable display Screen

In some forms, the display screen is a separate structure from which the VR device is removed and used separately.

In some forms, a portable electronic device (e.g., a cellular telephone) may be selectively inserted into a housing of a VR device. The portable electronic device may include most or all of the sensors and/or processors, and the virtual environment may be created by a downloadable application.

Implantable electronic devices are generally lightweight and may not require positioning and stabilizing structures to apply large forces to the user's head.

2.2.3 augmented reality

In some forms, Augmented Reality (AR) is a computer-generated three-dimensional image or environment presented to a user.

Although similar to VR, AR differs in that the virtual environment created at least in part by the electronic screen is viewed in conjunction with the user's physical environment. In other words, the AR creates virtual objects to change and/or augment the user's physical environment with elements of the virtual environment. The result of AR is a combined environment comprising physical and virtual objects, and thus a physical and virtual environment.

For example, an image created by an electronic screen may be superimposed into the user's physical environment. Only a portion of the AR composition environment presented to the user includes virtual. Thus, a user may wish to continue to receive environmental stimuli from their physical environment while using the AR device (e.g., to continue to observe physical or non-virtual components of the combined environment).

Since the AR may be used with the user's physical environment, the AR device may not be electrically connected or otherwise tethered to a computer or video game console. Alternatively, the AR device may include a battery or other power source. This may provide the user with maximum freedom of movement so that they can explore various physical environments while using the AR device.

This key difference between VR and AR may result in different types of wearable electronic screens. As described above, a user of a VR device may wish to block ambient light, and thus the housing of the electronic screen may be opaque in order to limit or prevent ambient light from reaching the user. However, users of AR devices may wish to see a virtual environment that mixes with their actual environment. The electronic screen in the AR device may be similarly supported in front of the user's eyes, but the screen in the AR device may be transparent or translucent and the screen may not be supported by an opaque housing (or the opaque material may not substantially obstruct the user's view). This may allow the user to continue to receive ambient environmental stimuli, where the virtual environments are simultaneously present. Nonetheless, users can see their real-world environment through a transparent screen, and some VR devices that do not have a transparent screen can be configured for AR by taking real-time video of the user's real-world environment from the user's perspective (e.g., with a camera on the display housing) and displaying it on the display screen.

Additionally, a person using an AR device may be more mobile than a person using a VR device (e.g., because the AR user may see their physical environment and/or not be linked to a computer or video game console). Thus, a person using an AR device may wish to wear the device for an extended period of time while also moving around (e.g., walking, running, cycling, etc.). Including components such as a battery on the AR device may make the AR device uncomfortable for the user's head and/or neck and may prevent the user from wearing the AR device for extended periods of time.

2.2.4 Mixed reality

Mixed Reality (MR) is similar to AR, but can be more immersive, in that MR devices can provide users with more ways to interact with virtual objects or environments than AR devices. Virtual reality in MR can also overlap and/or blend with the physical environment of the user. Unlike AR, however, users are able to interact with similar virtual environments that occur in VR. In other words, while the AR may only present computer-generated images in the physical environment, the MR may present the same or similar computer-generated images to the user, but allow interaction with the images in the physical environment (e.g., using the hand to "grab" a virtually-produced object). Thus, the virtual environment may further fuse with the physical environment, such that the combined environment better reproduces the actual environment.

2.2.5 head mounted display interface

Head mounted display interfaces enable users to have an immersive experience of a virtual environment and have wide application in areas such as communications, training, medical and surgical procedures, engineering, and video gaming.

Different head mounted display interfaces may each provide different levels of immersion. For example, some head mounted display interfaces may provide a user with an overall immersive experience. One example of a total immersion experience is Virtual Reality (VR). The head mounted display interface may also provide partial submersion consistent with using an AR device.

VR head mounted display interfaces are typically provided as systems comprising a display unit arranged to be held in an operative position in front of the face of a user. The display unit typically includes: a housing containing a display; and a user interface structure constructed and arranged to be in an opposing relationship to the face of the user. The user interface structure may extend around the display and define a viewing opening to the display in conjunction with the housing. The user interface structure may be engaged with the face and include a cushion for user comfort and/or be light sealed to block ambient light from the display. The head mounted display system further includes positioning and stabilizing structures disposed on the user's head to maintain the display unit in position.

Other head mounted display interfaces may provide a less than full immersion experience. In other words, the user may experience elements of their physical environment as well as the virtual environment. Examples of sub-full immersion experiences are Augmented Reality (AR) and Mixed Reality (MR).

AR/VR head mounted display interfaces are also typically provided as systems that include a display unit arranged to remain in an operative position in front of the user's face. As such, the display unit typically includes: a housing containing a display; and a user interface structure constructed and arranged to be in an opposing relationship to the face of the user. The head mounted display system of the AR and/or MR head mounted display is also similar to the VR in that it further includes positioning and stabilizing structures disposed on the user's head to hold the display unit in place. However, AR and/or MR head mounted displays do not include a gasket that completely seals ambient light from the display, as these sub-full immersion experiences require elements of the physical environment. In contrast, enhanced and/or hybrid head mounted displays allow a user to see a physical environment in conjunction with a virtual environment.

In any type of immersive technology, it is important that the head mounted display interface is comfortable in order to allow the user to wear the head mounted display for long periods of time. Additionally, it is important that the display is capable of providing an image with changes in the position and/or orientation of changes in the user's head in order to create a partially or fully virtual environment that is similar to or reproduces a fully physical environment.

2.2.5.1 interface structure

The head mounted display may include user interface structures. The shape and configuration of the interface portion may have a direct impact on the effectiveness and comfort of the display unit, since it is in direct contact with the user's face.

The design of user interface structures presents a number of challenges. The face has a complex three-dimensional shape. The size and shape of the nose and head vary greatly from individual to individual. Since the head comprises bone, cartilage and soft tissue, different regions of the face respond differently to mechanical forces.

One type of interface structure extends around the periphery of the display unit and is intended to seal against the face of a user when a force is applied to the user interface, with the interface structure in confronting engagement with the face of the user. The interface structure may include a pad made of Polyurethane (PU). With this type of interface structure, there may be a gap between the interface structure and the face, and additional force may be required to force the display unit against the face in order to achieve the desired contact.

The area not occupied at all by the user interface may allow a gap to be formed between the face interface and the user's face, through which undesired light pollution may enter the display unit (e.g. especially when using virtual reality). Light pollution or "light leakage" can reduce the effectiveness and enjoyment of the overall immersion experience for the user. Furthermore, previous systems may be difficult to adjust to be able to apply to a variety of head sizes. Still further, the display unit and associated stabilizing structure may often be relatively heavy and may be difficult to clean, which may thus further limit the comfort and usability of the system.

Another type of interface structure incorporates a sheet seal of thin material located at a portion of the perimeter of the display unit to provide a sealing action against the user's face. As with previous interface structures, if the face does not fit well with the interface structure, additional force may be required to effect the seal, or light may leak into the display unit during use. Furthermore, if the shape of the interfacing structure does not match the shape of the user, it may wrinkle or bend during use, resulting in undesirable light transmission.

The user interface may be characterized in part by the design intent of where the interface structure engages the face in use. Some interface structures may be limited to engaging with regions of the user's face that protrude beyond an arc of curvature of the face engaging surface of the interface structure. These areas may generally include the forehead and cheekbones of the user. This may cause discomfort to the user at the local pressure points. Other face regions may not be joined at all by the interfacing structure, or may be joined only in a negligible manner, thereby possibly not increasing the translation distance of the clamping pressure enough. These regions may generally include the sides of the user's face, or regions adjacent to and surrounding the user's nose. To the extent there is a mismatch between the shape of the user's face and the interface structure, it is advantageous that the interface structure or related components be adapted to form an appropriate contact or other relationship.

2.2.5.2 positioning and stabilizing

In order to keep the display unit in its correct operating position, the head mounted display system further comprises a positioning and stabilizing structure arranged on the user's head. These structures may be responsible for providing a force opposing the gravitational force of the head mounted display and/or the interfacing structure. In the past, these structures were formed of expandable rigid structures that were typically applied to the head under tension to hold the display unit in its operative position. Such systems tend to apply clamping pressure on the user's face, which can cause discomfort to the user at localized pressure points. Moreover, previous systems may be difficult to adjust to achieve widely used head sizes. Furthermore, the display unit and associated stabilizing structure are often heavy and difficult to clean, which further limits the comfort and usability of the system.

Some other head mounted display systems may not be functionally suitable for use in the art. For example, positioning and stabilizing structures designed for decorative and visual aesthetics may not have the structural ability to maintain proper pressure around the face. For example, excessive clamping pressure may cause discomfort to the user, or alternatively, insufficient clamping pressure on the user's face may not effectively seal the display from ambient light.

Some other head mounted display systems may be uncomfortable or impractical for the present technology. For example, if the system is used for an extended period of time.

Because of these challenges, some head mounted displays face one or more of the following problems: obtrusive, unsightly, expensive, inappropriate, difficult to use, and uncomfortable, particularly when worn for extended periods of time or when the user is unfamiliar with the system. The wrong size positioning and stabilizing structure may result in reduced comfort and thus shorter life cycle.

Thus, the interface portion of the user interface for a fully immersive experience of the virtual environment is subjected to forces during the experience that correspond to the movement of the user.

2.2.5.3 Material

Materials for the head mounted display assembly include: a dense foam for the contacts in the interfacing structure, a rigid housing for the housing, and a locating and stabilizing structure formed by a rigid plastic clamping structure. These materials have various disadvantages, including the inability to allow the skin covered by the material to breathe, inflexibility, difficulty in cleaning and susceptibility to bacterial accumulation. As a result, products made with such materials may be uncomfortable to wear for extended periods of time, causing skin irritation in some individuals and limiting the application of the product.

3 contents of the utility model

The present technology may be directed to providing a positioning and stabilizing structure for support, stabilization, mounting, utilization, and/or fixation of a head-mounted display with one or more of improved comfort, cost, efficacy, ease of use, and manufacturability.

A first aspect of the present technology relates to an apparatus for support, stabilization, mounting, utilization, and/or securing of a head mounted display.

Another aspect of the technology relates to a method for use in the support, stabilization, mounting, utilization, and/or securing of a head mounted display.

3.1 a head mounted display system having side strap portions and parietal and occipital strap portions another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display system comprising:

a head mounted display unit comprising a display;

a battery pack for powering the head-mounted display system;

a positioning and stabilising structure configured to hold the head mounted display unit in front of the eyes of a user such that the display is viewable by the user in use, and configured to hold the battery pack behind the head of the user in use, the positioning and stabilising structure comprising:

a rear support configured for engaging the rear of a user's head, the rear support including a parietal strap portion configured to cover, in use, a parietal bone of the user's head and an occipital strap portion configured to cover, in use, or underlie, an occipital bone of the user's head;

A pair of side strap portions configured to be connected between the rear support and the head mounted display unit, each side strap portion being configured to be located on a respective side of the user's head in use;

in some examples, the head-mounted display system includes a top strap portion configured to cover an upper portion of a user's head in use. In some examples, the top strap portion is configured to be connected between the battery pack and the head mounted display unit.

3.1.1 parietal Binder band parts

In an example: (a) the position of the top strap portion is movable in the anterior and posterior directions relative to the top strap portion; (b) the angle between the parietal and occipital strap portions is adjustable by the user; (c) the top bone strap portion is positioned below the top strap portion; (d) the top strap portion passing through a buckle connected to the top bone strap portion, the buckle configured to limit lateral movement of the top strap portion; and/or (e) the buckle is located in the sagittal plane of the user's head in use.

3.1.2 Top strap part

In a further example: (a) attaching a top strap portion to the occipital strap portion; (b) the top strap portion is adjustable in length between the head mounted display unit and the battery; (c) the top strap portion is connected to the head mounted display unit through an eyelet, and looped back and secured to itself, the eyelet being connected to the head mounted display unit; (d) the outer layer of the top strap portion is configured to pass through the eyelet and loop back and be secured to itself; (e) the user facing layer does not pass through the perforations; (f) the top strap portion comprising a user facing layer of fabric, an outer layer of fabric, and a substantially inextensible layer between the user facing layer and the outer layer; (g) the user facing layer of the top strap portion is configured to pass through the eyelet and loop back and secure to itself; (h) the top strap portion is substantially inextensible; (i) the top strap portion comprises a layered construction; (j) the top strap portion comprises a substantially inextensible layer; (k) the front end of the substantially inextensible layer is spaced apart from the head-mounted display unit along the length of the top strap portion; (l) the top strap portion comprises a fabric user-facing layer; (m) the top strap portion comprises an outer layer of fabric; (n) the top strap portion comprises a power cable connecting the battery pack to the head mounted display unit to provide, in use, power from the battery to the head mounted display unit; (o) the power cable is inside the top strap portion; (p) the power cable is insertable by a user through an interior of the top strap portion; and/or (q) the power cable may be inserted through the top strap portion between the substantially inextensible layer and the outer layer of fabric.

3.1.3 front and rear portions of Top strap portion

In a further example: (a) the top strap portion comprising a front portion and a rear portion, the rear portion being configured to engage a user's head in use, and the front portion being configured not to engage the user's head in use; (b) the top strap portion includes a shape having a curved portion between a rear portion of the top strap portion and a front portion of the top strap portion; (c) the top strap portion is shaped to follow a curvature of the user's head in a rear portion of the top strap portion and to deviate from a curvature of the user's head in a front portion of the top strap portion; (d) the top strap portion being rigidified to support the front portion in spaced relation to the head of the user in use; (e) the front portion of the top strap portion is bent downward toward the head mounted display unit; (f) the front portion of the top strap portion extending in a partially upward direction from the rear portion of the top strap portion; (g) the front portion of the top strap portion is attached to the rear portion of the top strap portion at a front end of the rear portion, the front end of the rear portion being located rearward of the marginal area of the user's head; (h) the front end of the rear portion of the top strap portion is located, in use, behind the frontal bone of the user's head; (i) the front end of the rear portion of the top strap portion is located adjacent a coronal plane of the user in use, the coronal plane being aligned with each of the cardinal points on the user's ear; (j) the front end of the rear part of the top strap part is positioned behind the coronal plane when in use; and/or (k) the forward end of the rear portion of the top strap portion is located, in use, adjacent the top bone strap portion.

3.1.4 Battery pack

In a further example: (a) the battery pack is attached to the top strap parts at upper and lower positions; (b) the battery pack is removably attached to the top strap portion; (c) the battery pack is attached to the top strap portion by a hook and loop connection; (d) the lower position is at or near the occipital strap portion; (e) the lower position is spaced from the occipital strap portion to allow the top strap portion to deform between the lower position and the occipital strap portion; (f) the battery pack is attached to the top strap portions at an upper side of the battery pack and to the occipital strap portions at a lower side of the battery pack; (g) the battery pack is connected to the occipital strap part through the lower battery pack strap part; (h) the battery pack includes a pack case and a plurality of battery cells accommodated in the case; (i) the battery cells are equidistantly spaced in the battery pack housing from the front wall of the battery pack housing; (j) one of the plurality of battery cells is further from the front wall of the battery pack housing than the other battery cell or cells; (k) each of the plurality of battery cells is spaced apart from the front wall of the battery pack housing; (l) The battery pack housing includes a weight configured to facilitate weight balancing between the battery pack and the head-mounted display unit; (m) the battery pack housing is spaced from the rear surface of the user's head; and/or (n) the head-mounted display system includes a pad configured to contact a rear surface of the user's head, the battery pack housing being spaced from the rear surface of the user's head by the pad.

3.1.4.1 vertical battery pack

In a further example: (a) the positioning and stabilising structure is configured to maintain the battery pack in a vertical orientation in use; (b) the battery pack has a length, a width, and a depth, the length being greater than the width and the depth; (c) the positioning and stabilising structure is configured for retaining the battery pack in an orientation in which the length of the battery pack is aligned substantially vertically in use; and/or (d) in use, the length of the battery pack is aligned with the sagittal plane of the user's head.

3.1.4.2 horizontally oriented battery pack

In a further example: (a) in use the parietal strap portion is configured to cover an area of the user's head at or near the junction between the parietal bone and the occipital bone; (b) the parietal and lateral strap portions being configured to lie in a common plane in use; (c) the positioning and stabilising structure is configured for maintaining the battery pack in a horizontal orientation in use; (d) the battery pack has a length, a width, and a depth, the length being greater than the width and the depth; (e) the positioning and stabilising structure is configured for retaining the battery pack in an orientation in which the length of the battery pack is aligned substantially horizontally in use; (f) when in use, the length of the battery pack is aligned with the top bone binding band part in parallel; and/or (g) the battery pack is attached to the parietal strap portion.

3.1.5 additional Battery pack examples

In a further example: (a) the battery pack is supported by the top strap portion and/or the top bone strap portion; (b) the head-mounted display system comprises an opening aligned in a sagittal plane of the user's head in use between the battery pack and the occipital strap portion; (c) the head-mounted display system is configured to allow a user's hair to pass through the opening; (d) the occipital strap portion being formed in two parts, each part being located, in use, on a respective side of the sagittal plane of the user's head; (e) the two portions of the occipital strap portion being releasably attachable to one another at a pair of connections, each connection point being provided to a respective one of the two portions of the occipital strap portion; (f) when the two portions of the occipital strap portion are connected to one another, each connection point lies in or near the sagittal plane of the user's head in use; (g) in use, when the two portions of the occipital strap portion are connected to one another, the connection points are spaced laterally of the sagittal plane; (h) the head-mounted display system includes two battery packs each supported on a respective one of the two portions of the occipital strap portion; (i) the battery pack is spaced apart in use to allow the two portions of the occipital strap portion to be connected to one another in use at or near the sagittal plane of the user's head; (j) the occipital strap portion being formed in two parts, each part being located, in use, on a respective side of the sagittal plane of the user's head, wherein the two parts of the occipital strap portion are not connected to each other in use, wherein the medial extremities of the two parts of the occipital strap portion are spaced from each other and are each laterally spaced from the sagittal plane in use; (k) the head-mounted display system includes two battery packs, each battery pack being provided on a corresponding one of the two portions of the occipital strap part; (l) The positioning and stabilising structure is configured for retaining the battery pack in a position overlying an occiput of a user's head in use; and/or (m) the positioning and stabilizing structure is configured for maintaining the battery pack in a position adjacent the occiput of the user's head and in or adjacent the vertical axis of rotation of the user's head.

3.1.6 Telescopic power cable

In a further example: (a) a portion of the power cable is located within the battery pack and is capable of being extended from and retracted into the battery pack; (b) one or more layers of the top strap portion are partially located within the battery pack and are capable of being extended from and retracted into the battery pack along with the power cable; (c) the outer layer of the top strap part is positioned in the battery pack and can extend out of and retract into the battery pack together with the power cable; (d) the substantially inextensible layer of the top strap portion being located within the battery pack and being capable of being extended from and retracted into the battery pack with the power cable; (e) the user contact layer of the top strap portion is located between the battery pack and the user's head; (f) the portion of the power cable within the battery pack and the one or more layers of the top strap portion partially within the battery pack form a retractable portion of the top strap portion that is capable of being extended and retracted from and into the battery pack to adjust a length of the top strap portion between the battery pack and the head mounted display unit; (g) the retractable portion is selectively movable relative to the battery pack between a plurality of predetermined positions at which the position of the retractable portion is fixable relative to the battery pack; and/or (h) the retractable portion is continuously movable within a range of positions relative to the battery pack.

3.1.7 arms

In a further example:

the head-mounted display unit comprises: a display unit housing and a pair of arms extending from the display unit housing, the side strap portions each being connected to a corresponding one of the arms;

each side strap portion is connected to the rear end of a respective one of the pair of arms;

each side strap portion passes through an eyelet at the rear end of the respective arm and is fastened back onto itself;

each side strap portion is connected to a respective one of the pair of arms proximate the front end thereof;

each side strap portion passes through an eyelet at or near the rear end of the respective arm and through a hole near the front end of the arm and is fastened to the arm;

each side strap portion is fastened to the side facing side of the arm;

each side strap portion is fastened to its own exposed portion within the arm;

the eyelet at or near the rear end of the arm is partially open, allowing the strap to move in a transverse direction relative to the strap into/out of the eyelet;

each arm is covered in the sock, and each side binding part is fastened on the sock;

each arm comprises a substantially rigid portion overmoulded to the fabric portion; and/or

Each arm of the pair of arms is pivotable relative to the display unit housing.

3.1.8 adjusting the stiffness

In a further example:

the positioning and stabilising structure further comprises an adjustment rigidizer comprising a substantially inextensible member configured to be connected to the occipital strap portion, the adjustment rigidizer configured to reduce the length of the occipital strap portion;

the occipital strap portion including three or more occipital strap connection points, the adjustment rigidizer being selectively attachable to a first pair of occipital strap connection points and to a second pair of occipital strap connection points, wherein the occipital strap portion has a first effective length when the adjustment rigidizer is attached to the first pair of occipital strap connection points, and wherein the occipital strap portion has a second effective length longer than the first effective length when the adjustment rigidizer is attached to the second pair of occipital strap connection points;

when the adjustment rigid member is connected to the first pair of occipital strap connection points, the adjustment rigid member constrains the occipital strap portions to a first effective length;

the adjustment rigidizer includes a pair of adjustment rigidizer attachment points configured to attach to the occipital strap attachment points;

the occipital strap portion comprises four occipital strap connection points;

the second pair of occipital strap connection points is located intermediate the first pair of occipital strap connection points;

The occipital strap portion comprises a left portion open to a right portion, the adjustment stiffener being configured for connecting the left and right portions;

the adjustment stiffener comprises an intermediate stiffener portion and a pair of lateral stiffener portions extending laterally from the intermediate stiffener portion, the adjustment stiffener connection points being located on the lateral stiffener portions;

the adjusting rigid connection point is located on the transverse rigid portion;

the intermediate rigid portion is configured to be located, in use, at a junction between the occiput overlying the user and the parietal bone overlying the user;

the medial rigid portion is configured to be located on the head of the user, at or near the frontal bone of the user, overlying the junction between the parietal bones of the user and connected to the occipital strap portion;

adjusting the rigid element forming part of the top strap portion of the positioning and stabilising structure;

adjusting the stiffening element to form a substantially inextensible layer of the top strap portion;

the adjustment rigid member is permanently attached within the top strap portion;

the adjustment stiffener is permanently attached to the user facing layer of the top strap part;

the battery pack is configured to be connected to the adjustment stiffener;

the power cable is located, in use, between the conditioning stiffener and the top strap outer layer;

the power cable can be inserted between the adjusting stiffener and the outer layer of the top strap portion;

The adjustment stiffener is separable from the user facing layer of the top strap part;

the adjustment stiffener may be inserted between the user facing layer and the outer layer of the top strap portion;

the adjustment stiffener is configured to be connected to the user-facing layer;

the adjustment stiffener comprises a hook material configured to form a hook and loop connection to the user facing layer of the top strap part;

the power cable is permanently attached to the conditioning stiffener;

the battery pack is permanently attached to the adjustment stiffener;

the adjustment stiffener comprises an undercut between the pair of lateral stiffening portions, which allows the adjustment stiffener to flex at or near the connection of the lateral stiffening portions with the intermediate stiffening portion;

the adjustment stiffener comprises lateral cuts close to the lateral stiffener on opposite sides of the intermediate stiffener part to allow the adjustment stiffener to flex close to the lateral cuts; and/or

The user facing layer of the top strap part comprises a cut-out corresponding to (e.g. aligned with) the lower cut-out in the adjustment stiffener.

3.1.9 lockable extensible connection

In a further example:

the positioning and stabilising structure comprises a first strap portion and a second strap portion connected by a lockable extensible connection comprising:

An elastically extensible connector strap portion configured to allow the first strap portion to be separated from the second strap portion by a predetermined amount; and

a substantially inextensible connector strap portion configured for releasably attaching the first strap portion to the second strap portion to prevent the first strap portion from becoming detached from the second strap portion.

The substantially inextensible connector strap portions are adjustable in length;

the substantially inextensible connector strap portion comprises magnetic clips configured to magnetically attach to attachment points on the positioning and stabilising structure;

the positioning and stabilising structure comprises a lockable extensible connection in each side strap portion;

each lockable extendable connection is located at an arm extending rearwardly from the head mounted display unit;

each lockable extensible connection is located in the vicinity of the junction between each side strap portion, parietal strap portion and occipital strap portion; and/or

The positioning and stabilising structure comprises a lockable extensible connection in the occipital strap portion.

3.1.10 power cable binding band part

In a further example:

the head-mounted display system comprises a power cable connected between the battery pack and the head-mounted display unit;

The power cable may be located within the top strap portion in use;

the power cable may be located alongside the top strap portion in use;

the power cable is attached to the power cable strap portion near the head mounted display unit;

the power cable strap portion is extendable in length and the serpentine of the power cable is attached to the power cable strap portion in a serpentine pattern such that the power cable strap portion and the serpentine of the power cable extend in length; and/or

The power cable is attached to the parietal strap part.

3.1.11 rigidized parietal and/or occipital strap portions

In a further example:

the parietal band portion comprises a layered construction;

the parietal band portion is substantially inextensible;

the parietal band portion comprises a user contact layer and a substantially inextensible layer;

the user contact layer of the top bone strap portion is formed of a textile material;

the forward end of the substantially inextensible layer of the top bone strap portion is located at or near the junction between the top bone strap portion and the occipital strap portion;

the occipital strap portion comprises a layered construction;

the occipital strap portions are substantially inextensible;

the occipital strap portion comprises a user contacting layer and a substantially inextensible layer;

the user contact layer of the occipital strap portion is formed of a textile material;

The leading end of the substantially inextensible layer of the occipital strap portion is located at or near the junction between the parietal strap portion and the occipital strap portion; and/or

The substantially inextensible layer of the parietal strap portions are attached to the substantially inextensible layer of the occipital strap portions.

3.2 lockable extensible connection

Another aspect of the present technology relates to a positioning and stabilising structure configured for retaining a head mounted display unit in an operable position on a user's head in use, the positioning and stabilising structure comprising:

a rear support configured to engage a rear of a user's head;

a pair of side strap portions configured to be connected between the rear support and the head mounted display unit, each side strap portion configured to be located on a respective side of the user's head in use;

wherein the first strap portion and the second strap portion of the positioning and stabilising structure are connected by a lockable extensible connection portion comprising:

In an example:

the substantially inextensible connector strap portions can be adjusted in length;

the rear support portion comprises a parietal strap portion configured to cover, in use, a parietal bone of the user's head and an occipital strap portion configured to cover, in use, an occipital bone of the user's head or to lie below the occipital bone of the user's head;

each lockable and extensible connection is located in the vicinity of the junction between each side strap portion, parietal strap portion and occipital strap portion;

the positioning and stabilising structure comprises a lockable extensible connection in the occipital strap portion;

the occipital strap portion including a side occipital strap portion and at least one intermediate occipital strap portion configured to be attached to the side occipital strap portion, the intermediate occipital strap portion forming a substantially inextensible strap portion, the elastically extensible connector strap portion being attached between the intermediate occipital strap portion and the side occipital strap portion;

Elastically extensible connector strap portions are connected between the junctions between the lateral and medial occipital and parietal strap portions;

the positioning and stabilising structure comprises a lockable extendable portion in at least one of the side strap portions; and/or

The resiliently extendable connector strap portion is configured to be connected between an arm of the head mounted display unit and a junction between one of the pair of side strap portions and the top bone strap portion, the side strap portions forming a substantially inextensible connector strap portion.

3.3 front and rear portions of Top strap parts

a rear support configured to engage a rear of a user's head;

a pair of side strap portions configured to be connected between the rear support and the head mounted display unit, each side strap portion being configured to be located on a respective side of the user's head in use; and

a top strap portion configured to be connected between the rear support portion and the head mounted display unit, the top strap portion configured to cover an upper portion of the user's head in use;

Wherein the top strap portion comprises a front portion and a rear portion, the rear portion being configured to engage a user's head in use, and the front portion being configured not to engage the user's head in use.

In an example:

the top strap portion comprises a curved shape between the rear portion of the top strap portion and the front portion of the top strap portion;

the top strap portion is shaped to follow the curvature of the user's head at the rear of the top strap portion and to deviate from the curvature of the user's head at the front of the top strap portion;

the top strap portion is rigidified to support the front portion in spaced relation to the user's head in use;

the front of the top strap portion is bent downward toward the head mounted display unit;

the front portion of the top strap portion extends in a partially upward direction from the front end of the rear portion of the top strap portion;

the front part of the top strap part is connected to the rear part of the top strap part at the front end of the rear part, which is located behind the edge area of the user's head;

the front end of the rear part of the top strap part is located, in use, behind the user's frontal bone;

the front end of the rear portion of the top strap portion is located, in use, near the coronal plane of the user, the coronal plane being aligned with each of the upper auricular cardinal points of the user;

the front end of the rear part of the top strap portion lies behind the coronal plane in use; and/or

The front end of the rear portion of the top strap portion is located closest to the top strap portion in use.

In a further example:

the top strap portion is configured to be connected between the head mounted display unit and a battery pack of the head mounted display system for powering the head mounted display system.

The top strap portion length is adjustable;

the top strap portion is configured to be connected to the head mounted display unit through an eyelet, which is connected to the display unit housing of the head mounted display unit, and looped back and secured to itself;

the user facing layer of the top strap part is configured to pass through the eyelet and loop back and secure to itself, with the outer layer of the top strap part not passing through the eyelet;

the top strap portion is substantially inextensible;

the top strap portion comprises a layered construction;

the top strap portion comprises a substantially inextensible layer;

the front end of the substantially inextensible layer is spaced apart from the head mounted display unit along the length of the top strap portion;

the top strap portion comprises a fabric user-facing layer;

the top strap portion comprises an outer layer of fabric;

the top strap portion comprises a power cable connecting the battery pack to the head mounted display unit to provide power from the battery to the head mounted display unit in use;

The power cable is inside the top strap part;

the power cable may be inserted through the interior of the top strap portion by a user; and/or

The power cable may be inserted through the top strap portion between the substantially inextensible layer and the outer layer of fabric.

Another aspect of the technology relates to a head mounted display system comprising:

a head-mounted display unit comprising a display;

a battery pack for powering the head-mounted display system;

the positioning and stabilising structure according to any of the above aspects or examples, configured to retain the head mounted display unit in an operable position in use, and configured to retain the battery behind the user's head in use.

3.4 Power Cable management

a head-mounted display unit, comprising:

a display unit housing including a display; and

an interface structure constructed and arranged to be in an inverse relationship with and to engage a face of a user;

a positioning and stabilising structure constructed and arranged to hold the head mounted display unit in an operative position over the face of a user in use;

a battery pack for powering the head-mounted display system; and

And a power cable connecting the head-mounted display unit and the battery pack.

In an example:

wherein the power cable enters the display unit housing outside the perimeter of the interface structure;

the display unit housing comprises a rear facing side and an interface structure extending rearwardly from the rear facing side, the rear facing side being larger than a periphery of the interface structure, wherein the power cable enters the display unit housing through an opening in the rear facing side;

the opening is located inside the perimeter of the display unit housing;

the openings are located at the periphery of the display unit housing;

the rear-facing side comprises a rectangular shape and the interface structure comprises a rounded shape, wherein the opening of the rear-facing side is located near a corner of the rectangular shape of the rear-facing side;

the head-mounted display unit comprises one or more power cable retention features configured to limit the positioning and/or orientation of the power cable within the display unit housing;

the head mounted display unit comprises two power cable retention features;

the power cable retention feature is an annular rigid portion through which the power cable passes;

wherein the positioning and stabilising structure comprises:

the rear support portion comprises a parietal bone strap portion configured to cover, in use, a parietal bone of the user's head and an occipital bone strap portion configured to cover, in use, or underlie, an occipital bone of the user's head;

a top strap portion configured to be connected between the battery pack and the head-mounted display unit, the top strap portion configured to cover an upper portion of a user's head in use;

wherein the power cable extends from the battery pack to the head mounted display unit along the top strap portion;

wherein the power cable extends from the battery pack to the head mounted display unit along one of the top strap portion and the side strap portion;

wherein the power cable is connected to the head mounted display unit at a laterally facing side thereof;

wherein the power cable extends along the occipital strap portion and one side strap portion of the side strap portion; and/or

Wherein the power cable includes a slack portion configured to permit movement between the head mounted display unit and the battery pack.

3.5 interface structure

A head-mounted display system, comprising:

a head-mounted display unit; and

a positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to hold the head mounted display unit in an operative position over the face of the user in use, the head mounted display unit including an interface structure constructed and arranged to be in an opposing relationship with the face of the user,

Wherein the interface structure includes a resilient and flexible face engaging portion having a curved cross-section,

wherein the face engaging portion comprises a forward portion extending in a radially outward rearward direction, the forward portion being curved into a rearward portion extending in a radially inward rearward direction, wherein a rearward facing surface of the rearward portion provides a user contact surface.

Another aspect of the technology relates to an interface structure for a head mounted display unit, the head mounted display unit being constructed and arranged in opposing relation to a user's face, the interface structure comprising a resilient and flexible face-engaging portion having a curved cross-section; wherein the face-engaging portion includes a front portion extending in a radially outward rear direction, the front portion being curved into a rear portion extending in a radially inward rear direction, wherein a rear-facing surface of the rear portion provides a user-contacting surface.

Another aspect of the technology relates to an interface structure for a head mounted display unit constructed and arranged in opposing relation to a face of a user, the interface structure comprising a resilient and flexible face-engaging portion having a curved cross-section, wherein the face-engaging portion comprises a front portion extending along a radially outward rear portion.

In an example: (a) the face-engaging portion is configured such that the rear portion is biased into engagement with the face of the user in use; (b) the face-engaging portion includes at least one closed loop portion having a closed cross-section; (c) the face engaging portion includes a first closed loop portion and a second closed loop portion; (d) the first and second closed loop portions being disposed, in use, on respective sides of a user's nose; (e) the first and second closed loop portions being disposed, in use, proximate a cheek of a user; (f) the face-engaging portion is curved about itself and overlaps therewith to provide at least one closed loop; (g) the face-engaging portion comprises a base portion and a ring portion comprising a ring flange, wherein the ring flange overlaps the base portion to provide the ring portion; (h) the ring portion extends from a front position to a rear position; (i) the cross-section of the ring portion tapers between a forward position and a rearward position; (j) the ring portion comprises an arcuate portion between the forward position and the ring flange; (k) the ring flange overlaps the forward facing surface of the base; (l) The ring flange is fastened to the base; (m) the base portion and the ring portion are integrally formed as a single component; (n) the interface structure comprises a nose shading portion spanning between the cheeks of the face-engaging portion, wherein the nose shading portion comprises a pronasale portion extending radially and in an upward direction over a pronasale of the user's nose, wherein the nose shading portion further comprises first and second bridge portions extending in an upward direction from the pronasale portion, the first and second bridge portions having a slot therebetween, the slot extending from a rear edge of the nose shading portion toward the front nose, and wherein the first and second bridge portions are configured to rest, in use, on respective sides of the bridge of the user's nose; (o) the interface structure includes a foam pad, the rear portion extending over the foam pad; (p) the face-engaging portion includes a cushion support flange extending from a radially inward-facing surface of the face-engaging portion; (q) a foam cushion disposed between the cushion support flange and the rear portion; (r) the face-engaging portion comprises a plurality of regions, each of the plurality of regions having a respective cross-sectional thickness; (s) the facial interface comprises a forehead portion, two cheeks and two sides which, in use, are proximate to a sphenoid sinus region of the user and connect the forehead portion to the respective cheeks; (t) the plurality of regions of the face joint include: a first region extending around an inner perimeter of the face-engaging portion; a second region extending around an outer periphery of the face-engaging portion; a third region extending around an inner periphery of the face-engaging portion, between the first region and the second region; a fourth region in each cheek defined by the first region and the third region; (u) the first region includes a rear forehead portion in the forehead portion, the rear forehead portion extending in an upward direction from an inner periphery of the face joint; (v) the third region includes an upper forehead portion in the forehead portion, the upper forehead portion extending into the forehead portion above a center of the forehead portion; (w) the second region includes upper lateral portions, each upper lateral portion extending from a respective lateral portion toward the upper forehead portion; (x) The second zone includes an outer peripheral forehead portion; (y) the first region has a greater thickness than the fourth region; (z) the fourth region has a greater thickness than the third region; (aa) the third region has a greater thickness than the second region; (ab) the first region has a width in the anterior-posterior direction through the forehead portion that is greater than a width of a cheek or side portion; and/or (ac) the second region has a width in the anterior-posterior direction greater through the forehead portion than at the cheek portion.

a head-mounted display unit; and

the head-mounted display unit includes an interface structure constructed and arranged to be in an opposing relationship with a face of a user,

wherein the interface structure comprises a stiff support and a flexible and resilient face-engaging portion provided to the stiff support, and wherein the face-engaging portion has a curved cross-section.

Another aspect of the technology relates to an interface structure for a head mounted display unit constructed and arranged in opposing relation to a user's face, the interface structure comprising a rigid support portion and a flexible and resilient face-engaging portion provided to the rigid support portion, wherein the face-engaging portion has a curved cross-section.

In an example: (a) the face-engaging portion includes a support flange and an integral face-engaging flange having a face-engaging surface; (b) the overlapping portion of the face engaging portion is fixed to the rigid support portion; (c) the rigid support portion includes a positioning portion; (d) the face-engaging portion includes a biasing portion configured to provide a biasing force to the face-engaging portion in a direction of a face of the user; (e) the biasing portion includes a spring; (f) the biasing portion is received within the positioning portion; and/or (g) the face-engaging portion includes a folded portion between the rigid support portion and the face-engaging flange.

In a further example: (a) the interface structure includes a foam portion supported by a resilient and flexible face-engaging portion, wherein the foam portion provides a face-engaging surface; (b) the foam portion is permanently attached to the face-engaging flange; (c) the foam portion is releasably attached to the face-engaging flange; and/or (d) the foam cushion comprises one of a fabric foam composite, a flocked foam, or a coarse foam.

In a further example: (a) the interface structure includes a fabric layer disposed to a resilient and flexible face-engaging portion, wherein the fabric layer provides a face-engaging surface; (b) the fabric layer is releasably attached to the face-engaging portion; and/or (c) the fabric layer is permanently attached to the face-engaging portion.

a head-mounted display unit; and

wherein the interface structure includes a face-engaging portion supported by a more rigid support portion, wherein the face-engaging portion includes a foam cushion and an elastomeric cover covering the foam cushion.

Another aspect of the technology relates to an interface structure for a head mounted display unit constructed and arranged in opposing relation to a user's face, the interface structure comprising a face-engaging portion supported by a more rigid support portion, wherein the face-engaging portion comprises a foam cushion and an elastomeric cover covering the foam cushion.

In an example: (a) the face-engaging portion includes a support flange and a cushion support flange extending from the support flange; (b) the foam pad is arranged on the pad supporting flange; (c) a gasket cover releasably attached to the interface structure; (d) the pad cover is permanently attached to the interface structure; the gasket cover is integrally formed (e.g., integrally formed) with the support flange and the gasket support flange; (e) the cushion cover does not extend around the foam cushion to the cushion support flange; (f) a gasket support flange extending from the rigid support and made of a material more rigid than the gasket cover; (g) the cushion cover extends from a position on the cushion support flange adjacent the face of the user in use; (h) the face-engaging portion includes an overlapping portion fixed to the rigid support portion; (i) a pad cover covering the foam pad and the support flange; (j) the edge of the pad cover is positioned close to the rigid support part; and/or (k) the pad cover is connected to the rigid support.

a head-mounted display unit; and

a positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to hold the head mounted display unit in an operating position over the face of a user in use;

wherein the interface structure includes a support structure and a face-engaging portion integrally formed as a single component including different thicknesses to provide a desired level of rigidity and/or cushioning effect at the face-engaging surface.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to an interface structure for a head mounted display unit constructed and arranged in opposing relation to a user's face, the interface structure comprising a support structure and a face-engaging portion integrally formed as a single component comprising different thicknesses so as to provide a desired level of rigidity and/or cushioning effect at a face-engaging surface.

In an example: (a) the interface structure comprises a forehead portion, two cheeks and two lateral portions which, in use, are proximate to a sphenoid sinus region of the user and which connect the forehead portion to the respective cheeks; (b) a tab extending from a free end of each cheek; (c) the interface structure includes a first region extending around an inner perimeter of the interface structure; (d) the interface structure includes a second region extending around a periphery of the interface structure; (e) the interface structure includes a third region extending around an inner perimeter of the interface structure, the third region being located between the first region and the second region; (f) the interface structure includes a fourth region in each cheek portion, the fourth region bounded by the first region and the third region; (g) the first region includes a rear forehead portion in the forehead portion, the rear forehead portion extending in an upper direction from an inner perimeter of the interface structure; (h) the third region includes an upper forehead portion in the forehead portion, the upper forehead portion extending into the forehead portion above a center of the forehead portion; (i) the second region includes upper lateral portions each extending from a respective lateral portion toward the upper forehead portion; (j) the second zone includes an outer peripheral forehead portion; (k) the first region has a greater thickness than the fourth region; (l) The fourth region has a greater thickness than the third region; (m) the third region has a greater thickness than the second region; (n) the first region has a thickness of between 1.9mm and 2.3 mm; (o) the first region has a thickness of about 2 mm; (p) the fourth region has a thickness between 1.4mm and 1.8 mm; (q) the fourth region has a thickness of about 1.5 mm; (r) the second region has a thickness of between 0.9mm and 1.2 mm; (s) the second region has a thickness of about 1 mm; (t) the third region has a thickness between 0.4mm and 0.8 mm; (u) the third region has a thickness of about 0.7 mm; (v) the width of the first region through the forehead portion is wider than the width of the first region of the cheek or side portion; and/or (w) the second region has a width through the forehead portion that is greater than a width of the cheek portion.

a head-mounted display unit; and

wherein the interface structure comprises a face-engaging portion configured to be biased into engagement with a face of a user in use.

Another aspect of the technology relates to an interface structure for a head mounted display unit constructed and arranged in opposing relation to a user's face, the interface structure comprising a face-engaging portion configured to be biased into engagement with the user's face in use.

In an example: (a) only selected regions of the face-engaging portion are biased toward engagement with the user's face; (b) the interface structure is shaped such that when unloaded, an area of the face interface extends towards the user at an angle that is non-parallel to a surface of the user's face with which the face interface is to be engaged; (c) a first interface portion corresponding to a typical recessed region of the user's face shaped to bias the face engaging flange towards engagement with the user's face; and/or (d) the second interface portion corresponding to a typical protruding region of the user's face is shaped to avoid biasing the face-engaging flange towards engagement with the user's face.

a head-mounted display unit; and

wherein the interface structure includes a chassis configured to allow airflow into a space between the interface structure and a user.

Another aspect of the technology relates to an interface structure for a head mounted display unit constructed and arranged in opposing relation to a face of a user, the interface structure including a chassis constructed to allow airflow into a space between the interface structure and the user.

In an example embodiment: (a) the chassis includes at least one opening; (b) the chassis includes one or more of a side opening, an upper opening, and a lower opening; (c) the chassis comprising a main chassis portion configured to extend transversely across a user's face in use, and a side chassis portion configured to extend in a generally rearward direction; (d) the chassis includes at least one opening between the main chassis section and each side chassis section; (e) the head mounted display unit includes a display unit housing and provides an air path to the at least one opening between the interface structure and the display unit housing; (f) the chassis includes a reinforcement provided between the main chassis section and each side chassis section; (g) the chassis including one or more reinforcement members spanning between the main chassis portion and each side chassis portion; (h) the interface structure comprises a face-engaging portion; and/or (i) the face-engaging portion is integral with the chassis.

3.6 frontal bone support

a head-mounted display unit comprising a display;

a positioning and stabilising structure configured for retaining the head mounted display unit in an operable position on a user's head in use, the positioning and stabilising structure comprising:

a rear support configured to engage a rear of a user's head;

a frontal support configured for engaging, in use, a user's head at a location overlying a frontal bone of the user's head;

wherein the frontal bone support is connected to the head mounted display unit.

3.6.1 frontal bone support connected to head mounted display Unit

In an example:

the positioning and stabilizing structure comprises a frontal bone connection connected between the frontal bone support and the head-mounted display unit;

the frontal bone connection lies substantially in the sagittal plane of the user's head;

the frontal bone connection is formed of a flexible material;

flexible materials include flexible non-elastic materials, such as thermoplastic materials;

The flexible material comprises an elastic material, such as one of silicone, TPE or elastic fabric strap; and/or

The frontal bone connector is formed of a substantially rigid material, such as a thermoplastic material.

3.6.2 frontal support connected to rear support

In a further example:

the positioning and stabilising structure comprises a pair of lateral connecting elements, each connected between the brow support and the rear support;

the rear support portion comprises a parietal strap portion configured to cover, in use, a parietal bone of the user's head and an occipital strap portion configured to cover, in use, or underlie, an occipital bone of the user's head;

each side connector is attached to a respective side of the rear support portion adjacent the occipital strap portion, or to a respective side of the occipital strap portion;

each side link is elastically extensible;

the side connection piece is adjustable in length;

each lateral connector is fixedly connected to the frontal support and releasably attached to the rear support;

each side connector is connected to the rear support by a snap button, clip or hook and loop connection;

each lateral connector is releasably attached to the frontal support and to the rear support; and/or

Each lateral connector is releasably attached to the frontal bone support and fixedly connected to the rear support.

3.6.3 frontal bone support connected to the arm

In a further example:

the head mounted display unit includes: a display unit housing and a pair of arms extending from the display unit housing, the side strap portions each being connected to a corresponding one of the arms;

each side strap portion passes through an eyelet at the rear end of the respective arm and is fastened back onto itself; and/or

Each arm of the pair of arms is pivotable relative to the display unit housing.

In a further example:

the positioning and stabilising structure comprises a pair of lateral links, each lateral link being connected between the brow support and a respective one of the pair of arms;

each side link is elastically extensible;

the side connection piece is adjustable in length;

each lateral connector is fixedly connected to the frontal support and releasably attached to a respective one of the arms;

each side connector is connected to a respective one of the arms by a snap button, clip or hook and loop connection;

Each lateral connector is releasably attached to the frontal support and to a respective one of the arms; and/or

Each lateral connector is releasably attached to the frontal bone support and fixedly connected to a respective one of the arms.

3.7 Hair strap parts

A positioning and stabilising structure for a head mounted display system, the positioning and stabilising structure being configured to hold a head mounted display unit in an operable position on a user's head in use, the positioning and stabilising structure comprising:

a rear support configured to engage a rear of a user's head;

one or more front supports configured to connect the rear support and the head mounted display unit in use; and

a hair strap portion connected to the rear support portion, the hair strap portion being positionable, in use, between a user's head and hair descending from the rear of the user's head.

In an example:

the one or more front supports include a pair of side strap portions connecting the rear support to the head mounted display unit;

the hair strap portion comprises a pair of end portions connected to respective sides of the rear support portion;

the frankfurt level at which each end of the hair strap portion is adjacent the user's head in use;

A hair strap portion removably attached at one or both ends to the rear support;

the hair strap portion comprises a left strap portion and a right strap portion removably attached thereto;

the left strap portion is removably attached to the right strap portion in use proximate a sagittal plane of the user's head;

the hair strap portions are elastically extensible;

the hair strap portions are substantially inextensible;

the hair strap portions are attached to the occipital strap portions in use; and/or

The hair strap portions are attached to the occipital strap portions near the ends of the occipital strap portions.

3.8 inwardly biased interface Structure

Another aspect of the technology relates to an interface structure for a head mounted display unit constructed and arranged to be in an opposing relationship with a user's face, the interface structure comprising:

a chassis comprising a main chassis portion configured to extend laterally across a user's face in use and a side chassis portion configured to extend in a generally rearward direction;

A face-engaging portion connected around a perimeter of the chassis, the face-engaging portion configured to contact a face of a user in use;

wherein each of the side chassis portions is biased medially toward the user's head to bias the face-engaging portion into contact with the user's head at or near the user's sphenoid bone on each side of the user's head.

In an example:

the chassis is flexible, allowing the side chassis portions to be deployed laterally by the user's head into a deployed configuration and to be biased centrally towards an undeployed configuration in use;

the side chassis sections are flexible so as to flex or pivot relative to the main chassis section, allowing the side chassis sections to be deployed laterally into a deployed configuration and to be biased centrally towards an undeployed configuration by a user's head in use;

the side chassis sections are able to flex or pivot relative to the main chassis section, thereby allowing the side chassis sections to be deployed laterally by a user's head into a deployed configuration and to be biased centrally into an undeployed configuration in use, each side chassis section being biased centrally by a biasing member;

the biasing means comprise a spring element configured for pulling each side chassis part centrally;

the biasing means comprises a spring element configured for urging each side chassis part centrally;

The face-engaging portion comprises a face-engaging flange;

the face-engaging flange is bent inwardly from the chassis;

the face-engaging flange is formed of silicone;

the chassis comprises at least one opening between the main chassis section and each side chassis section; and/or

The head mounted display unit comprises a display unit housing and provides an air passage between the interface structure and the display unit housing to the at least one opening;

3.9 positioning and stabilizing Structure connected to interface Structure

a head-mounted display unit, comprising:

a display unit housing including a display; and

an interface structure configured to contact a user's face in use;

a rear support portion configured to engage a rear of a user's head; and

a pair of side strap portions coupled to the rear support and configured to be coupled to an interface structure of the head mounted display.

3.10 locating and stabilizing Structure pulling side portions of the chassis inward

A head-mounted display unit comprising a display and an interface structure, the interface structure comprising:

a chassis comprising a main chassis section configured to extend laterally across a user's face in use and side chassis sections each configured to extend in a generally rearward direction from a respective side of the main chassis section;

a rear support configured to engage a rear of a user's head;

a pair of side strap portions configured to connect the rear support portion and the head mounted display unit in use;

wherein, in use, the positioning and stabilising structure is connected to the head mounted display unit such that, in use, the side chassis portions are urged towards the centre of the user's head by the side strap portions to urge the face engaging portions into contact with the user's head at or adjacent the user's sphenoid bones on each side of the user's head.

In an example:

each side strap portion is configured to be connected to a corresponding one of the side chassis portions;

Each side strap portion is configured to pull the respective side chassis portion rearwardly so that the side chassis portion bends or pivots medially to force the face engaging portion into contact with the user's head at or near the user's sphenoid bone;

each side strap portion is configured to push the respective side chassis portion centrally so that the side chassis portion bends or pivots medially to force the face engaging portion into contact with the user's head at or near the user's sphenoid bone;

each side strap portion is configured for pushing medially, via a substantially rigid member, the respective side chassis portion;

the front support comprises a pair of upper strap portions each configured to be connected, in use, between the rear support and a head mounted display unit on a respective side of the user's head, and a pair of lower strap portions each configured to be connected, in use, between the rear support and a head mounted display unit on a respective side of the user's head;

the upper strap portions are each configured to apply a force to a head mounted display unit having an upper member and a rear member;

The lower strap portions are each configured to be removably connected to a respective side chassis portion by a magnetic connection; and/or

The posterior support includes an annular strap portion having an upper portion covering the parietal bone of the user's skull and a lower portion covering the occipital bone of the user's skull.

3.11 interface Structure comprising two or more Components

a head-mounted display unit; and

wherein the interface structure comprises a chassis and a face-engaging portion, wherein at least a portion of the face-engaging portion is configured to be releasably attached to the chassis.

Another aspect of the technology relates to an interface structure for a head mounted display unit constructed and arranged in opposing relation to a face of a user, the interface structure comprising a chassis and a face-engaging portion, wherein at least a portion of the face-engaging portion is configured to be releasably attached to the chassis.

In an example: (a) the releasable attachment of the face-engaging portion may be provided to the chassis at discrete locations; (b) the releasable attachment may be provided in one or more of the forehead region and/or one or more cheek regions of the interface structure; (c) the releasable attachment of the interface structure may be provided to the entire perimeter of the chassis, or at least a substantial portion thereof; (d) the releasable attachment of the interface structure may be made of one or more of: foams, elastomeric materials, fabric materials, and composites; (e) the face-engaging portion of the interface structure may include at least one elastomeric portion and at least one foam portion; (f) at least one foam portion may be attached to the interfacing structure such that the elastomeric portion covers the foam portion to provide a face-engaging surface; (g) the at least one foam portion may be attached to the chassis, the elastomeric portion, or both the chassis and the elastomeric portion; (h) a portion of the face-engaging portion of the interface structure may be permanently attached to the chassis; and/or (i) space in the permanent attachment of the face-engaging portion may be provided in which the removable attachment portion may be positioned and attached relative to the chassis.

3.12 side arms inside the perimeter of the housing

a head-mounted display unit;

a positioning and stabilising structure constructed and arranged to hold the head mounted display unit in an operative position over the face of a user in use, the positioning and stabilising structure comprising:

a rear support configured to engage a rear of a user's head;

wherein the head-mounted display unit includes:

a display unit housing including a display;

an interface structure configured to contact a user's face in use;

a pair of arms, each arm extending rearwardly from the display unit housing, each arm configured for connection to a respective one of the side strap portions of the positioning and stabilizing structure;

wherein the display unit housing has a rear side having a perimeter, each of the arms extending from the display unit housing within the perimeter of the rear side of the display unit housing.

Another aspect of the technology relates to a head mounted display unit therefor.

In an example:

the interface structure has a perimeter, each arm being located between the perimeter of the rear side of the display unit housing and the perimeter of the interface structure;

Each arm comprises an eyelet configured to receive a respective one of the side strap portions of the positioning and stabilising structure;

the eyelet of each arm is located at or near the rear end of the respective arm;

each arm of the pair of arms is pivotable relative to the display unit housing;

each arm is configured to pivot, in use, about a horizontal axis perpendicular to the sagittal plane of the user's head;

each arm is configured to pivot through an angular range of at least 9 degrees; and/or

The angular range is at least 19 degrees.

In a further example:

each arm has a predetermined resistance to pivotal movement relative to the display unit housing;

each of the arms is configured to pivot between a plurality of predetermined incremental orientations, a predetermined resistance to pivotal movement needing to be overcome before the arm can pivot from one predetermined incremental orientation to another;

each of the arms includes one or more first engagement features configured to sequentially engage with a plurality of second engagement features of the head mounted display unit during pivoting of the arms between the predetermined incremental orientations;

each arm comprises a single first engagement feature;

each of the arms includes a plurality of first engagement features, each first engagement feature configured to engage with a respective one of the second engagement features at a time and configured to move sequentially between the second engagement features during pivoting of the arms;

Each of the arms comprises a plurality of first engagement features configured to engage with one or more second engagement features of the head-mounted display unit, the one or more second engagement features configured to sequentially engage with the first engagement features during pivoting of the arms between predetermined incremental orientations;

the first engagement feature is a protrusion and the second engagement feature is a recess; and/or

The first engagement feature is a recess and the second engagement feature is a protrusion.

In a further example:

each arm comprises a hub pivotably connected to the display unit housing and an extension extending from the hub;

one or more first engagement features of each arm are provided to the elongate portion of the arm;

each arm is configured to deform to allow the one or more first engagement features to move sequentially between the second engagement features during pivoting of the arms; and/or

Each arm comprises a spring configured for biasing the elongate portion of the arm towards the second engagement feature such that the one or more first engagement features are biased into engagement with the second engagement feature.

In a further example:

the one or more first engagement features of each arm are provided to the hub of the arm in a circular arrangement and are configured to rotate with the hub about the pivot point of the arm;

The first engagement feature of each arm faces radially away from the pivot point and the second engagement feature faces radially towards the pivot point;

the first engagement feature of each arm faces radially towards the pivot point and the second engagement feature faces radially away from the pivot point;

the first engagement feature is provided to a deformable portion of the hub, the deformable portion being configured to deform when the arm is pivoted to allow the first engagement feature to move sequentially between the second engagement features;

the hub comprises a raised portion which is raised relative to the arm and comprises a deformable portion and a first engagement feature, the raised portion comprising a hole adjacent each deformable portion, the holes allowing the deformable portion and the first engagement feature to deform towards the holes so as to allow the first engagement feature to move sequentially between the plurality of second engagement features when the arm is pivoted;

each deformable portion comprises one or more cantilevered portions having at least one of the first engagement features thereon, the cantilevered portions being configured to deform to allow the first engagement features to move sequentially between the second engagement features as the arm pivots;

each cantilever portion has a single first engagement feature at its end;

each cantilever portion has a plurality of first engagement features thereon;

The raised portion has an S-shape; and/or

The first engagement feature of the arm forms a snap-fit connection to the head mounted display unit to connect the arm to the head mounted display unit.

In a further example:

the first engagement feature faces away from the hub portion of the arm and faces the second engagement feature in a direction parallel to the axis of rotation of the arm.

The hub portion is configured to move parallel to the axis of rotation of the arm to move away from the second engagement feature, thereby allowing the first engagement feature to move sequentially between the plurality of second engagement features when the arm is pivoted; and/or

The hub is biased by a spring towards the second engagement feature.

In a further example:

each arm is connected to the display unit housing such that pivoting of each arm relative to the display unit housing requires overcoming a predetermined static torque resistance;

providing a predetermined static torque resistance by static friction;

the head mounted display system comprises a pair of friction rings, each mounted in contact with a respective one of the arms and with an adjacent surface within the head mounted display unit to provide the static friction that needs to be overcome to cause each arm to pivot relative to the display unit housing;

each friction ring is located within a friction ring cavity defined in part by the respective arm and in part by the arm-mounted portion of the head-mounted display unit;

Each arm is attached to a respective one of a pair of arm mounts;

each of the arms is attached to a respective one of a pair of arm mounts, the display unit housing including a pair of side portions on opposite sides of the display unit housing, each of the arm mounts being attached to a medial side of a respective one of the side portions;

each arm is located between a respective arm mounting and a respective side of the display unit housing;

each arm has a cross-sectional shape comprising a major axis and a minor axis, each arm being larger in the major axis than in the minor axis, wherein at a point along the length of each arm located inside the display unit housing, in use the major axis is oriented at an oblique angle to the sagittal plane of the user's head;

at a point along the length of each arm located inside the display unit housing, the long axis of the cross-sectional shape has, in use, an upper mid-lower side orientation;

each arm is shaped such that the long axis of the cross-section changes orientation along the length of the arm; and/or

At a point along the length of each arm located outside the display unit housing, the major axis is oriented substantially parallel to the sagittal plane of the user's head in use.

In a further example:

the head mounted display unit comprises a pair of electronic volumes, each electronic volume located on a respective side of the head mounted display unit and adjacent to a respective one of the arms, each electronic volume comprising one or more electronic components;

Each arm comprises a hub portion pivotably connected to the display unit housing at a pivot point and an elongate portion extending from the hub portion;

the elongated portion is curved to avoid interference with electron volume;

each arm comprises an eyelet for connection with a side strap portion, the elongate portion comprising an offset portion offset from an axis passing through the eyelet and the pivot point; and/or

The electronic volume contains one or more of a sensor, a battery, a processor, or an audio speaker.

3.13 arm having resilient connector elements attached to side strap portions

a head-mounted display unit;

a positioning and stabilising structure constructed and arranged to hold, in use, the head mounted display unit in an operative position over a face of a user, the positioning and stabilising structure comprising:

a rear support configured to engage a rear of a user's head;

wherein the head mounted display unit includes:

a display unit housing including a display;

an interface structure configured to contact a user's face in use;

A pair of arms, each arm extending rearwardly from the display unit housing, each arm configured for releasable direct attachment to a respective one of the side straps of the positioning and stabilizing structure;

a pair of elastic connectors, each elastic connector configured to form an elastic connection connecting a respective one of the side strap portions to a respective one of the arms,

wherein the elastic connector is configured to stretch during donning and doffing of the head-mounted display system when the side strap portion is not directly attached to the arms while maintaining the elastic connection between the side strap portion and the arms.

In an example:

each arm comprises a hub portion and an elongate portion, the resilient connector being connected to the elongate portion at a resilient connector connection point;

each arm comprises an eyelet at the rear end of the arm, the eyelet being configured to be connected to a respective side strap portion;

the elastic connector attachment point is located in front of the eyelet;

each elastic connection is permanently connected to a respective arm; and/or

Each elastic connector is removably attached to a respective side strap portion.

3.14 arms configured to pivot through a predetermined incremental orientation

A head-mounted display unit;

a rear support configured to engage a rear of a user's head;

wherein the head-mounted display unit includes:

a display unit housing including a display;

an interface structure configured to contact a user's face in use;

a pair of arms, each arm extending rearwardly from the display unit housing, each arm configured for connection to a respective one of the side strap portions of the positioning and stabilizing structure,

wherein each of the arms is configured to pivot relative to the display unit housing between a plurality of predetermined incremental directions, and wherein a predetermined resistance to pivotal movement needs to be overcome before the arms can pivot from one predetermined incremental direction to another predetermined incremental direction.

In an example:

the display unit housing has a rear side having a perimeter, each of the arms extending from the display unit housing within the perimeter of the rear side of the display unit housing;

each arm comprises a single first engagement feature;

each of the arms comprises a plurality of first engagement features configured to engage with one or more second engagement features of the head mounted display unit, the one or more second engagement features configured to sequentially engage with the first engagement features during pivoting of the arms between the predetermined incremental orientations;

In a further example:

each arm comprises a hub portion pivotably connected to the display unit housing and an extension portion extending from the hub portion;

In a further example:

each cantilever portion has a single first engagement feature at its end;

each cantilever portion has a plurality of first engagement features thereon;

the raised portion has an S-shape; and/or

In a further example:

the first engagement feature faces away from the hub portion of the arm and faces the second engagement feature in a direction parallel to the axis of rotation of the arm;

the hub is configured to move parallel to the axis of rotation of the arm to move away from the second engagement feature, thereby allowing the first engagement feature to move sequentially between the plurality of second engagement features when the arm is pivoted; and/or

The hub is biased by the spring towards the second engagement feature.

3.15 arm slidably and pivotably connected to display Unit housing

A head-mounted display unit;

a rear support configured to engage a rear of a user's head;

wherein the head-mounted display unit includes:

a display unit housing including a display;

an interface structure configured to contact a user's face in use;

wherein each arm is slidably connected to the display unit housing and configured to slidably move to pivot about a pivot point.

In an example:

each arm is slidably connected to the display unit housing at a location spaced from the respective pivot point;

each arm is slidably connected to a respective guide of a pair of guides of the display unit housing so as to slide along the respective guide and pivot about a respective pivot point;

Each guide is elongated and curved;

the front end of each arm is located adjacent a respective one of the guides;

the display unit housing has a pair of rearmost points, the rearmost points being located on respective sides of the display unit housing, and each guide being located adjacent a respective one of the rearmost points of the display unit housing;

each arm is configured to pivot through an angular range of at least 9 degrees;

The angular range is at least 19 degrees;

the display unit housing comprises a plurality of recesses corresponding to predetermined incremental orientations, each arm comprising a protrusion configured to fit into each recess;

each arm is connected to the display unit housing such that pivoting of each arm relative to the display unit housing requires overcoming a predetermined static torque resistance; and/or

Providing a predetermined static torque resistance by static friction;

3.16 headband buckle Integrated into interface Structure

a head-mounted display unit; and

A rear support configured to engage a rear of a user's head; and

a top strap portion configured to be connected between the rear support and the head mounted display unit;

wherein the head-mounted display unit includes:

a display unit housing; and

an interface structure constructed and arranged to be in an opposing relationship with a face of a user, the interface structure comprising:

a face-engaging portion configured to engage a user's face in use; and

a chassis connected to the face interface, the chassis further connected to the display unit housing to attach the interface structure to the display unit housing;

wherein the chassis is configured for attachment to the top strap portion.

Another aspect of the technology relates to a head mounted display unit for use therewith.

In an example:

the chassis comprises an eyelet through which the top strap portion can loop and be secured to itself;

the eyelet is formed by both the chassis and the display unit housing such that the top strap portion can encircle both a portion of the chassis and a portion of the display unit housing;

An eyelet formed in an upper projection of the chassis; and/or

The upper protrusion protrudes through an opening in the display unit housing.

3.17 attaching side occipital strap portions using releasable fasteners

a head-mounted display unit comprising a display;

a rear support configured for engaging a rear of a user's head, the rear support comprising:

a parietal bone strap portion configured to cover a parietal bone of a user's head in use;

a medial occipital portion configured to overlie or underlie an occipital bone of a user's head in use;

a pair of side occipital strap portions configured to be connected between the parietal and lateral occipital portions, each side occipital strap portion configured to be located on a respective side of the user's head in use;

a pair of side strap portions configured to be connected between the rear support and the head mounted display unit, each side strap portion configured to be located on a respective side of the user's head in use; and

wherein each of the pair of lateral occipital strap portions is configured to releasably attach to a lateral occipital portion.

In an example:

the head-mounted display system comprises a battery pack for powering the head-mounted display system, the battery pack being configured to be located behind the user's head in use;

the battery pack is configured to be attached to the top strap portion in use;

the middle occiput comprises an occipital rigid member;

the middle occiput forms part of the top strap portion of the positioning and stabilising structure;

the middle occiput includes a middle occiput strap;

the intermediate occiput forms a substantially inextensible layer of the top strap portion;

the middle occiput is permanently attached within the top strap part;

the middle occiput is permanently attached to the user facing layer of the top strap part;

the positioning and stabilising structure includes a releasable fastener between each of a pair of medial occipital strap portions and the medial occipital portion;

each releasable fastener comprises a fastener portion configured to attach to a corresponding connection point;

the medial occiput includes a pair of connection points configured to connect to corresponding fastener portions provided on respective lateral occiput strap portions;

Each releasable fastener comprises a magnetic fastener;

each magnetic fastener comprises a magnetic clip configured to be magnetically attached to a respective one of the connection points;

each of the pair of side occipital strap portions configured to be adjustable in length; and/or

Each releasable fastener includes an eyelet, and a portion of each of the pair of side occipital strap portions is passed through a respective one of the eyelets and fastened back onto itself.

3.18 washable user contact layer separable from outer layer of top strap portion

a head-mounted display unit comprising a display;

a rear support configured for engaging the rear of the user's head, the rear support including a parietal strap portion configured to cover, in use, the parietal bone of the user's head and an occipital strap portion configured to cover, in use, the occipital bone of the user's head or to underlie the occipital bone of the user's head;

A top strap portion configured to be connected between the rear support portion and the head mounted display unit, the top strap portion configured to cover an upper portion of the user's head in use, the top strap portion comprising a user facing layer and an outer layer;

wherein user facing layers of the top strap portions, top bone strap portions, occipital strap portions, and side strap portions are separable from outer layers of the top strap portions.

In an example:

the user-facing layer of the top strap portion, the top bone strap portion, the occipital strap portion and the side strap portions form a washable portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure, which washable portion is separable from the outer layer of the top strap portion for washing;

the outer layer of the top strap portion is configured to be connected to a head mounted display unit;

occipital strap portions may be removably attached to top strap portions;

the top strap portion is configured to be connected to the occipital strap portion via a pivotable connection;

the pivotable connection comprises a snap connection;

the occipital strap portion comprises a pair of side occipital strap portions configured to be connected between a top strap portion and a top strap portion, each side occipital strap portion configured to be located on a respective side of the user's head in use;

the length of each side occipital strap portion is adjustable;

Each side occipital strap portion is configured to be connected to a top strap portion via a magnetic fastener;

occipital strap portions permanently attached to top strap portions;

the occipital strap portion includes an occipital connection tab, the top strap portion includes an occipital connection tab hole, the occipital connection tab configured to pass through the occipital connection tab hole and secure to the top strap portion; and/or

The occipital attachment tabs are attachable to the top strap portion by snap-fit attachment.

In a further example:

the head-mounted display system comprises a battery pack for powering the head-mounted display system, the battery pack being configured to be located behind the user's head in use, the top strap portion being connected to the battery pack in use;

the top strap portion comprises an outer sleeve forming an outer layer of the top strap portion;

the outer sleeve is connected to the battery pack;

the head-mounted display system comprises a power cable connected between the battery pack and the user's head-mounted display unit, the power cable being located within the outer sleeve;

the power cable is slidable within the outer sleeve along the length of the outer sleeve;

the washable part is releasably attached to the outer sleeve by one or more hook-and-loop connections;

the outer sleeve comprises a plurality of hooks;

The washable part comprises a surface formed by a continuous loop material, to which the hook can be attached;

the washable part comprises a plurality of continuous loop portions corresponding to the hooks and to which the hooks can be attached;

the top strap portion comprises a substantially inextensible layer located, in use, between the outer layer and the user-facing layer;

the substantially inextensible layer is semi-rigid;

the battery pack is removably connected to the substantially inextensible layer; and/or

The substantially inextensible layer and the battery pack comprise respective first and second fastener portions configured to removably connect the battery pack to the substantially inextensible layer.

In a further example:

the substantially inextensible layer is located within the outer sleeve; and/or

The washable part is separable from the substantially inextensible layer.

In a further example:

the substantially inextensible layer forms part of the washable part;

the top strap portion comprises a user contact portion forming a user facing layer, the substantially inextensible layer being provided to the user contact portion;

the user contact portion comprises a user contact sleeve, the substantially inextensible layer being located within the user contact sleeve;

The user contact sleeve comprises a rigid opening through which the substantially inextensible layer can be removably inserted;

in use, the battery pack covers the rigid member opening;

the user contact sleeve comprises a fastener opening through which the battery pack can be removably attached to the substantially inextensible layer;

the substantially inextensible layer comprises first fastener portions extending through the fastener openings and configured to be connected to respective second fastener portions of the battery pack;

in use, the battery pack covers the fastener opening;

the occipital connection tab is configured for connection to the user contact sleeve on a non-user facing side of the user contact sleeve;

the occipital connection tab is configured to pass through a first user contact sleeve aperture on a user facing side of the user contact sleeve and through a second user contact sleeve aperture on a non-user facing side of the user contact sleeve; and/or

The occipital attachment tab is configured for attachment to the user contact sleeve by a hook and loop connection.

3.18.1 Battery pack Structure

In a further example:

the battery pack comprises a battery pack housing connected to a battery pack base;

the top strap portion comprises a user contact portion forming a user facing layer;

The battery pack base is configured to be attached to the user contacts of the top strap portions;

the battery pack comprises a cable guide configured to guide the power cable;

the cable guide comprises an elongated portion through which the power cable can slide in and out of the battery pack housing;

the elongated portion is rigid;

the cable guide includes a cable guide mounting portion configured to be connected to the battery pack base;

the battery pack base comprises a cable guide mount for a cable guide, the cable guide mount being configured to be connected to the cable guide mount;

the cable guide comprises one or more teeth configured for engaging the top strap portion;

the top strap portion comprises an outer sleeve forming an outer layer of the top strap portion, the outer sleeve being connected to the battery pack;

the power cable is located inside the outer sleeve;

the teeth of the cable guide are configured to engage the outer sleeve to secure the outer sleeve to the battery pack;

the cable guide comprises a plurality of teeth;

the teeth are located on the elongated portion of the cable guide and face outwards;

the teeth of the cable guide clamp the outer sleeve against the battery pack base;

at least a portion of the elongate portion of the cable guide is located, in use, within the outer sleeve;

The cable guide mount comprises one or more teeth configured for engaging the top strap portion;

the teeth of the cable guide mount are configured to engage the outer sleeve to secure the outer sleeve to the battery pack;

the teeth of the cable guide mounting clamp the outer sleeve against the cable guide;

the battery pack base comprises a base recess configured for receiving an occipital strap portion connection tab configured for connecting an occipital strap portion to a user contact portion of the top strap portion;

the battery pack includes a cable stopper fixed to the power cable inside the battery pack, the cable stopper being configured to limit the extent to which the power cable can extend from the battery pack;

the cable stop is annular and comprises an adjustment screw configured to allow a reduction in the diameter of the cable stop to engage the power cable; and/or

The cable stop comprises an internal thread configured for engaging a power cable.

In a further example:

the battery housing comprises a power cable opening through which the cable guide extends out of the battery housing;

the battery pack housing comprises a power cable spacer configured to accommodate a portion of a power cable and one or more cell spacers configured to accommodate a plurality of battery cells;

The battery housing comprises one or more partition walls separating the power cable separator from the one or more cell separators;

the power cable opening is aligned with the power cable spacer;

the battery pack comprises two battery separators, between which the power cable separator is located;

the battery pack comprises a plurality of battery cells, which in use are oriented vertically and aligned in series along a left-right axis; and/or

The battery cells are inclined inward on the rear side of the battery back surface.

In a further example:

the power cable comprises a service loop internal to the battery pack, the service loop being configured to provide extension and retraction from and into the battery pack of the power cable;

the power cable enters the battery pack in a direction substantially parallel to the base of the battery pack and bends away from the base of the battery pack to form a service loop;

the power cable enters the battery pack in a direction oblique to the base of the battery pack and bends towards the base of the battery pack to form a service loop;

the cable guide comprises a fabric sleeve;

the cable guide comprises one or more lead-in members configured to guide the power cable into the fabric sleeve;

The cable guide comprises one or more rollers configured for reducing friction acting on the power cable at the entrance of the fabric sleeve;

the fabric sleeve is positioned inside the battery pack;

the fabric sleeve is positioned outside the battery pack;

the battery pack comprises one or more seats configured to constrain the shape and/or movement of the power cables within the battery pack;

one or more portions of the power cable between the service loop and one or more battery cells connected to the power cable are secured in place within the battery pack; and/or

The service loop of the power cable is shaped as a curve with a sufficiently small bending radius such that the service loop does not experience frictional contact with the battery housing radially outward of the curve.

3.19 hook and loop attachment in Top strap portion

a head mounted display unit comprising a display;

a rear support portion configured to engage a rear of a user's head;

a top strap portion configured to be connected between the rear support portion and the head mounted display unit, the top strap portion configured to cover an upper portion of a user's head in use, the top strap portion including a user contact portion and an outer layer;

wherein the user contacting portion of the top strap portion and the outer layer of the top strap portion are removably attached by one or more hook and loop attachments.

In an example:

the top strap portion, occipital strap portion, and side strap portions are separable from the outer layer of the top strap portion with the user contact portion by separation of the hook and loop connection;

the user contact portion of the top strap portion, the top bone strap portion, the occipital strap portion and the side strap portions form a washable portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure, which washable portion is separable from the outer layer of the top strap portion for washing;

Occipital strap portions are removably attached to the user contacting portions of the top strap portions;

the head-mounted display system comprises a power cable connected between the battery pack and the head-mounted display unit, the power cable being located within the outer sleeve;

the outer sleeve comprises a plurality of hooks;

the user contact portion comprises a surface formed from a continuous loop material to which the hook portion is attachable;

the user contact portion comprises a plurality of continuous loop portions corresponding to the hook portions and to which the hook portions can be attached;

the outer sleeve comprises a plurality of loop portions and the user contact portion comprises a plurality of hook portions corresponding to the loop portions and configured to be attached to the loop portions;

the top strap portion comprises a substantially inextensible layer; and/or

The substantially inextensible layer is semi-rigid.

3.20 interface Structure including foam Member

A head-mounted display unit; and

wherein the interface structure comprises a support part and a face joint part arranged on the support part,

wherein the support portion comprises a first foam portion and the face-engaging portion comprises a second foam portion,

wherein the first foam portion has a greater stiffness than the second foam portion.

Another aspect of the technology relates to an interface structure for a head mounted display unit constructed and arranged in opposing relation to a face of a user, the interface structure comprising a support portion and a face-engaging portion provided to the support portion, wherein the support portion comprises a first foam portion and the face-engaging portion comprises a second foam portion, and wherein the first foam portion has a greater stiffness than the second foam portion.

In a further example: (a) the first and second foam portions may be made of the same material, but of different densities; (b) the first foam portion may have a first density and the second foam portion may have a second density lower than the first density; (c) the foam part may be made of viscoelastic foam or polyurethane foam; (d) the face-engaging portion may include one of: raw foams, fabric foam composites, or flocked foams; (e) the support part may have a first support part extending in the first direction, and a second support part extending from the first support part in the second direction; and/or (f) the first support may extend in a generally radial direction across the face of the user and the second support may extend in a generally rearward direction towards the face of the user.

a head-mounted display unit; and

wherein the support portion and the face engaging portion are integrally formed as a single component, the support portion and the face engaging portion being made of a foam material.

Another aspect of the technology relates to an interface structure for a head mounted display unit constructed and arranged in an opposing relationship with a face of a user, the interface structure comprising a support portion and a face-engaging portion provided to the support portion, wherein the support portion and the face-engaging portion are integrally formed as a single component, the support portion and the face-engaging portion being made of a foam material.

In a further example: (a) the face-engaging portion may be curved; (b) the interface structure may include a back-curved transition between the support portion and the face-engaging portion to create a generally hook-shaped cross-section; (c) the integral form of the support and face interface may be thermoformed; and/or (d) the foam material may comprise one of: raw foam, fabric foam composite or flocked foam.

3.21 interface Structure including at least one Ring portion

a head-mounted display unit; and

wherein the interface structure includes a flexible and resilient face engaging portion having a curved cross-section,

wherein the face engaging portion comprises at least one loop portion having a closed cross-section.

Another aspect of the technology relates to an interface structure for a head mounted display unit constructed and arranged in opposing relation to a user's face, the interface structure comprising a flexible and resilient face-engaging portion having a curved cross-section, wherein the face-engaging portion comprises at least one loop portion having a closed cross-section.

In a further example: (a) the face engaging portion includes a first closed loop portion and a second closed loop portion; (b) the first and second closed loop portions being disposed, in use, on respective sides of a user's nose; (c) the first and second closed loop portions being disposed, in use, proximate a cheek of a user; (d) the face-engaging portion is curved around itself and overlaps therewith to provide a closed loop; (e) the face-engaging portion comprises a base portion and a ring portion comprising a ring flange, wherein the ring flange overlaps the base portion to provide the ring portion; (f) the ring portion extends from the forward position to the rearward position; (g) the cross-section of the ring portion tapers between a forward position and a rearward position; (h) the ring portion comprises an arcuate portion between the forward position and the ring flange; (i) the ring portion comprises an arcuate portion between the forward position and the ring flange; (j) the arc-shaped section is gradually thinned between the front position and the ring flange; (k) the ring flange overlaps the forward facing surface of the base; (l) The ring flange is fastened to the base; (m) the base and ring portions are provided as separate parts and are fixed relative to each other to provide a closed ring portion; and/or (n) the base portion and the ring portion are integrally formed as a single component.

3.22 interface Structure including light-blocking nose

a head-mounted display unit; and

the head-mounted display unit includes an interface structure constructed and arranged to be in an opposing relationship with a face of a user, wherein the interface structure includes a support portion and a face-engaging portion provided to the support portion,

wherein the interface structure includes a light-blocking nose spanning between cheeks of the face-engaging portion,

wherein the light-shielding nose portion includes a nose ridge portion extending in a radial direction and in an upper direction on a nose ridge of the user's nose,

wherein the light-shielding nose further comprises first and second nose bridge portions extending in an upward direction from the nose point portion, the first and second nose bridge portions having a slot therebetween, the slot extending from a rear edge of the light-shielding nose toward the front nose portion, and wherein the first and second nose bridge portions are configured to rest on respective sides of a bridge of a user's nose in use.

Another aspect of the technology relates to an interface structure for a head mounted display unit, the head mounted display unit being constructed and arranged to be in an opposing relationship with a face of a user, wherein the interface structure includes a support portion and a face-engaging portion provided to the support portion,

Wherein the interface structure includes a light-blocking nose spanning between cheek portions of the facial engaging portion,

wherein the light-blocking nose portion comprises a nose ridge portion extending in a radial and upward direction over a nose ridge of the user's nose,

3.23 releasable attachment of interface structure relative to head mounted display unit

a head-mounted display unit; and

wherein the head mounted display unit includes:

a face-engaging portion configured to engage a user's face in use; and

a chassis connected to the face interface, the chassis releasably attached to a chassis mount of the head mounted display unit;

Wherein the chassis includes a plurality of chassis capture portions and the chassis mount includes a plurality of mount capture portions, wherein the chassis capture portions are configured for engaging the mount capture portions to attach the chassis to the chassis mount.

In an example: (a) the chassis catching part includes a catching protrusion; (b) the catch projection comprises a rearwardly facing catch surface; (c) the rearward facing capture surface is angled on a radially outward forward direction; (d) the catch projection comprises a forwardly facing guide surface; (e) the forward facing guide surface is angled in a radially inward forward direction from the rearward facing capture surface; (f) the chassis catching part comprises a flange extending forwards from the catching protrusion; (g) the flange extends in a radially inward direction; (h) the mounting catch includes a forwardly facing catch surface; (i) the forward facing capture surface is angled in a radially inward forward direction; (j) the mounting trap part comprises a guide surface facing backwards; (k) the mounting catch includes a transition surface between a rearward facing guide surface and a forward facing catch surface; (l) The transition surface is angled on a radially inward rearward side from the forward facing capture surface; (m) the angle between the transition surface and the forward facing capture surface is an acute angle; (n) when the chassis is fully inserted into the chassis mounting portion in the front direction, a gap is provided in the front-rear direction between the rearward-facing catch surface and the forward-facing catch surface; (o) the chassis includes a body portion, and the chassis mounting portion includes a chassis receiving portion configured to receive the body portion; (p) the body portion comprises a U-channel cross-section; and/or (q) the chassis receiving portion comprises an L-channel cross-section.

3.24 Ventilation through tortuous Path interface Structure

a head-mounted display unit; and

wherein the head-mounted display unit includes:

a display unit housing;

an interface structure constructed and arranged to be in an opposing relationship to a face of a user, the interface structure comprising a face-engaging portion configured to engage the face of the user in use;

at least one tortuous airflow path between an interior of the interface structure and an exterior of the head-mounted display unit, wherein the at least one tortuous airflow path passes between the exterior of the interface structure and the interior of the display unit housing.

In an example: (a) the interface structure includes a chassis connected to the face-engaging portion, and wherein the head-mounted display unit includes at least one airflow port through which at least one tortuous airflow path passes, wherein the at least one airflow port is disposed forward of the connection between the chassis and the face-engaging portion; (b) the at least one airflow port comprises at least one chassis port provided in the chassis; (c) a chassis releasably attached to a chassis mount of the head mounted display unit, wherein the at least one airflow port comprises at least one chassis mount port provided in the chassis mount; (d) at least one airflow port is provided in the radially facing wall; (e) the interface structure comprises a flexible and resilient portion comprising a face-engaging portion, and wherein the flexible and resilient portion comprises one or more interface ports through which at least one tortuous airflow path passes; (f) one or more interface ports of the interface structure are disposed in at least one forward facing portion of the flexible and resilient portion; (g) one or more interface ports of the interface structure are disposed in at least one of an upper portion of the flexible and resilient portion and a lower portion of the flexible and resilient portion; (h) one or more interface ports of the interface structure are provided in at least one side portion of the flexible and resilient portion which, in use, is proximate to a user sphenoid region; and/or (i) the display unit housing extends in a rear direction over the one or more interface ports of the flexible and resilient portion.

Also disclosed is a head-mounted display system comprising any of the above-described forms of positioning and stabilizing structure and/or interface structure, and a display unit connected thereto.

Another aspect is a positioning and stabilising structure for a head mounted display comprising a rear (or rear) support structure (or portion) which in use is arranged to contact a rear region of a user's head.

In some forms, the rear support is disposed behind the user's upper ear base point.

In some forms, the rear support is biased into contact with an occipital region of the user.

In some forms, the positioning and stabilising structure further comprises opposing connectors arranged on opposing sides of the user's head and extending along the temporal region of the user's head to interconnect the rear support to the head-mounted display unit. In some forms, the positioning and stabilizing structure includes a front support connecting the rear support to the head-mounted display unit.

The present technology may also relate to providing interface structures for use in supporting, cushioning, stabilizing, positioning, and/or sealing a head mounted display in opposing relation to a user's face.

Another aspect relates to an apparatus for supporting, cushioning, stabilizing, positioning and/or sealing a head mounted display in opposing relation to a user's face.

Another aspect relates to a method for supporting, cushioning, stabilizing, positioning and/or sealing a head mounted display in opposing relation to a user's face.

Another form of the present technology includes a head-mounted display system for a person, the head-mounted display system comprising:

a head-mounted display unit comprising a display;

a control system for operation of the head-mounted display system; and

a positioning and stabilizing structure configured for holding the head mounted display unit in front of the eyes of a user such that the display is viewable by the user in use.

The head mounted display system may be head mounted, may be configured for virtual reality display, may be configured for augmented reality display, and may be configured for mixed reality display.

Another form of the present technology includes a head mounted display system for a person, the head mounted display system comprising:

a head mounted display unit comprising a display;

a control system for operation of the head-mounted display system; and

location and stable structure, it includes preceding supporting part and back supporting part, wherein:

the rear portion is configured for engaging a rear region of a person's head in use;

the front support part includes:

A left side portion configured to interconnect the rear support and the head mounted display system; and

a right side configured for interconnecting the rear portion with a head mounted display system.

In some examples: a) the head-mounted display device further comprises a light shield; b) the light shield being constructed and arranged to substantially block reception of ambient light to an eye region of a person in use; c) the light shield is configured for virtual reality display; d) the head-mounted display system includes an interface structure constructed and arranged to contact an eye region of a human face in use; e) the interface structure is composed of foam, silicone and/or gel; f) the interface structure is made of light absorption materials; and/or g) the interface structure is configured to function as a light shield.

In some examples: a) the head-mounted display device further comprises a sound system; b) a left ear transducer; and/or c) a right ear transducer.

In some examples: a) the head-mounted display unit comprises a binocular display unit; and/or b) the positioning and stabilising structure is configured to maintain the binocular displaying unit in the operative position in use.

In some examples: a) the control system comprises a visual display controller and at least one battery; b) The at least one battery includes a first battery and a second battery; c) the first battery is a lower power system battery configured to supply power to the RT clock; d) the second battery is a main battery; e) a battery support configured to hold a battery; f) the battery support is connected to the positioning and stabilizing structure using a tether; g) an orientation sensor configured to sense, in use, an orientation of a human head; and/or h) control support systems.

In some examples: a) the positioning and stabilizing structure includes a frontal bone support configured to contact an area overlying a frontal bone of the head of the person; and/or (b) the positioning and stabilizing structure includes a length adjustment mechanism for adjusting a length of a portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure.

Another form of the present technology includes a head mounted display device for a person, the head mounted display device comprising: a display unit; a light shield; a control system comprising a visual display controller, at least one battery, a battery support, an orientation sensor, and a control support system; a sound system; and a positioning and stabilizing structure comprising a front portion, a frontal bone portion, a left side portion, a right side portion, a rear portion, and a length adjustment mechanism, wherein: the front portion comprising an eye pad constructed and arranged to contact an eye region of a user in use; the rear portion is configured for engaging, in use, a region of the person's head adjacent to a junction between the occiput and the trapezius muscle; the left side portion is configured for interconnecting the front portion and the rear portion; the right side portion is configured to interconnect the front portion and the rear portion; a frontal bone portion configured for interconnecting the anterior portion with the posterior portion; and a length adjustment mechanism adjustable to a first position and a second position; the display unit comprises a binocular display unit; the light shield being constructed and arranged to substantially block reception of ambient light to an eye region of a person in use; an orientation sensor configured to sense an orientation of a head of a person in use of the sound system, the orientation sensor comprising a left ear transducer and a right ear transducer; and the positioning and stabilising structure is configured to maintain the binocular displaying unit in the operative position in use. The head mounted display device may include positioning and stabilizing structures and/or interface structures substantially as described in any of the examples disclosed herein.

Another form of the present technology includes a head mounted display interface, comprising:

an electronic display screen configured to output a plurality of images to a user;

a display housing configured to at least partially house an electronic display screen; and

a positioning and stabilizing structure coupled to the display housing and supporting the display housing and the electronic display screen in an operating position, the positioning and stabilizing structure configured to provide a force on a user's head to counteract a moment created by a combined weight of the electronic display screen and the display housing and to maintain the position of the electronic display screen in front of the user's eyes when in the operating position;

wherein the positioning and stabilizing structure is substantially as in any of the examples disclosed herein.

Another form of the present technology includes a positioning and stabilizing structure for supporting an electronic display screen of a head-mounted display interface, the positioning and stabilizing structure configured to provide a force to a user's head so as to counteract a moment created by the weight of the electronic display screen and maintain the position of the electronic display screen in front of the user's eyes when in use, the positioning and stabilizing structure comprising:

a rear strap configured to contact a region of the user's head behind a coronal plane of the user's head, the rear strap configured to anchor the head-mounted display interface to the user's head.

Another form of the present technology includes a positioning and stabilizing structure for supporting an electronic display unit, the positioning and stabilizing structure configured to provide a force to a user's head to counteract a moment created by the weight of the electronic display unit and to maintain the position of the electronic display unit in front of the user's eyes when in use, the positioning and stabilizing structure comprising:

a headband configured to couple to a housing of an electronic display unit and to engage a user's head to support the housing. Another aspect of the technology includes a display interface comprising:

a display screen configured to output a computer-generated image viewable by a user;

a display housing at least partially supporting a display screen;

an interface structure coupled to the display screen and/or the display housing, the interface structure configured to be positioned and/or arranged to conform to at least a portion of a user's face;

a positioning and stabilizing structure configured to maintain a position of the display screen and/or the display housing relative to the user's eyes, the positioning and stabilizing structure configured to provide a force on the user's head so as to counteract a moment generated by the weight of the display screen and/or the display housing; and

a control system configured to assist in controlling the computer-generated image viewable by the user, the control system comprising at least one sensor.

Another aspect of the technology includes a virtual reality display interface comprising:

a display housing at least partially supporting a display screen;

an interface structure coupled to the display housing, the interface structure configured to be positioned and/or arranged to conform to at least a portion of a user's face, the interface structure including a light shield configured to at least partially block ambient light from reaching a user's eyes;

a positioning and stabilizing structure coupled to the display housing and configured to provide a force to a user's head to counteract a moment generated by the weight of the display screen and/or the display housing, the positioning and stabilizing structure comprising,

a pair of temple connectors, each temple connector of the pair of temple connectors directly coupled to the display housing, each temple connector configured to cover a respective temporal bone when in contact with a head of a user, an

A rear support coupled to each of the temporal connectors, the rear support configured to contact a rear of a user's head; and

a control system configured to assist in controlling computer-generated images viewable by a user, the control system comprising at least one sensor configured to measure motion of the user.

In some forms, the light shield is configured to seal against the face of the user and prevent ambient light from reaching the eyes of the user.

In some forms the display screen is completely enclosed within the display housing.

In some forms, the light shield is constructed of an opaque material.

In some forms, the interface structure is constructed of an elastomeric material.

In some forms, the positioning and stabilizing structure includes a rotational control configured to allow the display housing and/or the display interface to pivot relative to the rear support.

For example, the temporal arm may rotate with the display housing and/or the display interface. In other examples, a rotary controller may couple the display housing to each temple connection such that the display housing and/or the display interface pivot relative to the temple connections.

In some forms, the temple connector may include an adjustable length.

Another aspect of the technology includes an augmented reality display interface comprising:

a display screen configured to output a computer-generated image viewable by a user, the display screen comprising at least one optical lens constructed from a transparent and/or translucent material, the at least one optical lens configured to allow a user to view their physical environment while viewing the computer-generated image;

A display housing at least partially supporting a display screen;

an interface structure coupled to the display housing and/or the display interface, the interface structure configured to be positioned and/or arranged to conform to at least a portion of a user's face;

a pair of temple connectors, each temple connector of the pair of temple connectors directly coupled to the display housing, each temple connector configured to cover a respective temporal bone when contacting a head of a user; and

In some forms, the positioning and stabilizing structure further includes a rear support configured to cover the occiput of the user, each temporal connector coupled to the rear support.

In some forms, the augmented reality display interface further comprises a power source coupled to the display interface and/or the positioning and stabilizing structure.

For example, the power source may be a rechargeable battery.

In some forms the display screen is configured to selectively output computer-generated images viewable by a user.

For example, the computer-generated image may be displayed on a transparent and/or translucent material. Users are able to view their physical environment regardless of whether the computer-generated image is displayed on a transparent and/or translucent material.

Another aspect of the present technology includes a virtual reality display interface that includes examples of aspects of the head-mounted display system described above.

In an example of aspects of the head-mounted display system described above, the display unit includes a display configured to selectively output a computer-generated image that is visible to the user in the operating position.

In an example of the aspect of the head-mounted display system described above, the display unit includes a housing.

In some forms the housing supports a display.

In an example of the above aspect of the head mounted display system, the display unit includes an interface structure coupled to the housing and arranged to be in an opposing relationship with a face of the user in the operating position.

In some forms the interface structure at least partially forms a viewing opening configured to at least partially receive a face of a user in the operative position.

In some forms the interface structure is at least partially constructed of an opaque material configured to at least partially block ambient light from reaching the viewing opening in the operative position.

In an example of the aspect of the head mounted display system described above, the display unit includes at least one lens coupled to the housing and disposed within the viewing opening and aligned with the display so as to be in the operational position.

In some forms, a user may view the display through at least one lens.

In an example of the aspect of the head mounted display system described above, the control system has at least one sensor in communication with the processor.

In some forms, the at least one sensor is configured to measure the parameter and communicate the measurement to the processor.

In some forms the processor is configured to alter the computer-generated image output by the display based on the measurement.

Another aspect of the technology includes an augmented reality display interface that includes examples of aspects of the head mounted display system described above.

In an example of aspects of the head-mounted display system described above, the display unit includes a display constructed of a transparent or translucent material and configured to selectively provide computer-generated images viewable by a user.

In some forms the housing supports a display.

In an example of the above aspect of the head mounted display system, in the operational position, the positioning and stabilizing structure is configured to support the display unit.

In an example of aspects of the head-mounted display system described above, the display is configured to be aligned with an eye of the user in the operational position such that the user can at least partially view the physical environment through the display regardless of the computer-generated image output by the display.

In an example of the aspect of the head mounted display system described above, the head mounted display system further includes a control system having at least one sensor in communication with the processor.

In some forms the at least one lens comprises a first lens configured to align with a left eye of a user in the operational position and a second lens configured to align with a right eye of the user in the operational position

In some forms the first and second lenses are fresnel lenses.

In some forms the display comprises a binocular display divided into a first section and a second section, the first section aligned with the first lens and the second section aligned with the second lens.

In some forms the controller has at least one button selectively engageable by a finger of a user, the controller is in communication with the processor and configured to send a signal to the processor when the at least one button is engaged, the processor configured to change a computer-generated image output by the display based on the signal.

In some forms the at least one lens comprises a first lens configured to align with a left eye of a user in the operational position and a second lens configured to align with a right eye of the user in the operational position.

Another aspect of one form of the present technology is a positioning and stabilizing structure configured to have a shape complementary to the shape of the intended wearer.

Another aspect of one form of the present technology is an interface structure configured to have a shape complementary to a shape of an intended wearer.

One aspect of one form of the present technology is a method of manufacturing a device.

One aspect of some forms of the present technology is an easy-to-use positioning and stabilizing structure, for example, for use by people with limited dexterity, eyesight, or for use by people with limited experience in using head-mounted displays.

One aspect of some forms of the present technology is an interface structure that is easy to use, for example, by people with limited dexterity, limited vision, or by people with limited experience in using a head-mounted display.

The described methods, systems, devices, and devices may be implemented to improve the functionality of a head-mounted display, such as an electronic display or a computer. Furthermore, the described methods, systems, devices, and apparatus may provide improvements in the technical fields of virtual reality, augmented reality, and/or mixed reality.

Of course, some of these aspects may form sub-aspects of the present techniques. The sub-aspects and/or various ones of the aspects may be combined in various ways and also form other aspects or sub-aspects of the present technology.

Other features of the present technology will become apparent upon consideration of the following detailed description, abstract, drawings, and the information contained in the claims.

Drawings

The present technology is illustrated by way of example, and not by way of limitation, in the figures of the accompanying drawings and in which like reference numerals refer to similar elements and in which:

4.1 head mounted display System

Fig. 1A shows a system comprising a user 100 wearing a head mounted display system 1000 in the form of a face mounted Virtual Reality (VR) headset displaying various images to the user 100. The user stands while wearing the head-mounted display system 1000.

Fig. 1B shows a system that includes a user 100 wearing a head mounted display system 1000 in the form of a floating Virtual Reality (VR) headset that displays various images to the user. The user sits while wearing the display interface 100.

Fig. 1C shows a system comprising a user 100 wearing a head mounted display system 1000 in the form of a floating Augmented Reality (AR) headset displaying various images to the user. The user stands while wearing the head-mounted display system 1000.

4.2 respiratory System and facial anatomy

FIG. 2A shows a view of a human upper airway including nasal cavity, nasal bone, extranasal cartilage, alar greater cartilage, nares, upper lip, lower lip, larynx, hard palate, soft palate, oropharynx, tongue, epiglottis, vocal cords, esophagus, and trachea.

Fig. 2B is a front view of a face with several surface anatomical features identified, including the upper lip, upper lip red, lower lip, width of mouth, inner canthus, alar, nasolabial sulcus, and angle of mouth. The up, down, radially inward and radially outward directions are also indicated.

Fig. 2C is a side view of a head with several surface anatomical features identified, including the glabellar, nasal bridge point, nasal processes point, inferior nasal septum point, superior lip, inferior lip, suprachin point, nasal ridge, alar apex, supraauricular base point, and infraauricular base point. The up-down and front-back directions are also indicated.

Fig. 2D is another side view of the head. The approximate locations of the frankfurt horizontal plane and nasolabial angle are indicated. The coronal plane is also indicated.

Figure 2E illustrates a bottom view of the nose with several features identified, including nasolabial sulcus, inferior lip, superior lipped, nostril, inferior point of nasal septum, columella, nasal punctum, nostril long axis, and central sagittal plane.

Fig. 2F shows a side view of the nasal skin feature.

Fig. 2G shows the subcutaneous structure of the nose, including lateral cartilage, septal cartilage, greater alar cartilage, lesser alar cartilage, seedy cartilage, nasal bone, epidermis, adipose tissue, maxillary frontal process and fibrofatty tissue.

Fig. 2H shows a medial anatomical view of the nose approximately a few millimeters from the central sagittal plane, showing, among other things, the septal cartilage and the medial crus of the alar cartilage.

Fig. 2I shows a frontal view of the skull, including the frontal, nasal and zygomatic bones. The turbinates are also indicated, as are the maxilla and mandible.

Fig. 2J shows a side view of a skull with a head surface contour and several muscles. The following bony portions are shown: frontal, sphenoid, nasal, zygomatic, maxilla, mandible, parietal, temporal and occipital. The mental protuberance is also indicated. The following muscles are shown: the digastric, masseter, sternocleidomastoid and trapezius muscles.

Fig. 2K shows a front lateral view of the nose. The following bones are shown: frontal bone, supraorbital foramen, nose, septal cartilage, lateral cartilage, orbital and infraorbital foramen.

Fig. 2L illustrates another frontal view of the face, including several features of the identified surface anatomy, including the cranial vertex muscles, the sphenoid bone, the nasal ridge, the outer and inner buccal regions, the zygomatic arch, and the nasal crest.

Fig. 2M illustrates another side view of the face, including several features of the identified surface anatomy including the cranial vertex muscle, sphenoid bone, nasal ridge, outer and inner buccal regions, zygomatic arch and nasal ridge, and the like.

4.3 shape of the structures

Fig. 3A shows a schematic view of a cross-section through a structure at one point. The outward normal at the point is indicated. The curvature at the point has a positive sign and a relatively large magnitude when compared to the magnitude of the curvature shown in fig. 3B.

Fig. 3B shows a schematic view of a cross-section through a structure at one point. The outward normal at the point is indicated. The curvature at the point has a positive sign and a relatively small magnitude when compared to the magnitude of the curvature shown in fig. 3A.

Fig. 3C shows a schematic view of a cross section through a structure at one point. The outward normal at the point is indicated. The curvature at the point has a zero value.

Fig. 3D shows a schematic diagram of a cross-section through a structure at one point. The outward normal at the point is indicated. The curvature at the point has a negative sign and a relatively small magnitude when compared to the magnitude of the curvature shown in fig. 3E.

Fig. 3E shows a schematic view of a cross section through a structure at one point. The outward normal at the point is indicated. The curvature at the point has a negative sign and a relatively large magnitude when compared to the magnitude of the curvature shown in fig. 3D.

Fig. 3F shows the surface of a structure with one-dimensional holes on the surface. The illustrated planar curves form the boundaries of the one-dimensional aperture.

Fig. 3G shows a cross-section through the structure of fig. 3F. The surfaces shown define a two-dimensional aperture in the structure of fig. 3F.

FIG. 3H shows a perspective view of the structure of FIG. 3F, including two-dimensional holes and one-dimensional holes. Also shown are the surfaces that define the two-dimensional pores in the structure of fig. 3F.

Fig. 3I-3J illustrate a seal formation structure. The outer surface of the pad is indicated. The edges of the surface are shown. The path on the surface between points a and B is indicated. The straight-line distance between a and B is indicated. Two saddle regions and one dome region are indicated.

Fig. 3K shows the left-hand rule.

Fig. 3L shows the right-hand rule.

Fig. 3M shows the left ear, including the left ear helix.

Fig. 3N shows a right ear, including a right ear helix.

Fig. 3O shows a right-hand spiral.

4.4 head-mounted virtual reality display

FIG. 4A illustrates a front perspective view of a head mounted display interface in accordance with one form of the present technology.

Fig. 4B illustrates a rear perspective view of the head mounted display of fig. 4A.

FIG. 4C illustrates a perspective view of a positioning and stabilizing structure for use with the head mounted display of FIG. 4A.

Fig. 4D shows a front view of the user's face, showing the position of the interface structure in use.

4.5 head-mounted augmented reality display

FIG. 5A illustrates a front perspective view of a head mounted display interface in accordance with one form of the present technology.

Fig. 5B illustrates a side view of the head mounted display interface of fig. 5A.

4.6 control

FIG. 6 shows a schematic diagram of a control system of one form of the present technique.

4.7 head mounted display System of the present technology

Fig. 7A is a schematic side view of a head mounted display system in use, in accordance with another example of the present technology.

FIG. 7B is a schematic rear view of the head mounted display system of FIG. 7A in use.

FIG. 7C illustrates components of a positioning and stabilizing structure of the head mounted display system shown in FIG. 28A.

Fig. 8 is a schematic side view of a head mounted display system in use, in accordance with another example of the present technology.

FIG. 9 shows a schematic side view in use of a portion of a head mounted display system in accordance with another example of the present technology.

Fig. 10A, 10B, and 10C are side, rear, and front views, respectively, of another example of an interface structure.

11A-11C are side cross-sectional views illustrating further embodiments of interface structures according to another example of the present technology.

12A-12C are side cross-sectional views illustrating further embodiments of interface structures in accordance with another example of the present technology.

Fig. 13A and 13B are side cross-sectional views illustrating further embodiments of interface structures in accordance with another example of the present technology.

14A-14E are side cross-sectional views illustrating further embodiments of interface structures in accordance with another example of the present technology.

FIGS. 15A-15E illustrate further embodiments of interface structures in accordance with another example of the present technology.

15F-15K illustrate further embodiments of interface structures in accordance with another example of the present technology.

Fig. 16A and 16B illustrate further embodiments of interface structures in accordance with another example of the present technology.

17A-17C illustrate further embodiments of interface structures in accordance with another example of the present technology.

Fig. 17D and 17E illustrate another embodiment of an interface structure in accordance with another example of the present technology.

FIG. 18A illustrates an interface structure according to another example of the present technology.

18B-18C illustrate an interface structure and positioning and stabilization structure according to another example of the present technology.

FIG. 18D illustrates an interface structure and positioning and stabilization structure according to another example of the present technology.

FIG. 19A shows a head mounted display system according to another example of the present technology.

FIG. 19B shows a head mounted display system according to another example of the present technology.

20A-20B illustrate a head mounted display system according to another example of the present technology.

21A-21E illustrate a head mounted display system according to another example of the present technology.

22A-22C illustrate a battery pack according to an example of the present technique.

23A-23D illustrate a head mounted display system according to another example of the present technology.

24A-24D illustrate components of an example positioning and stabilizing structure according to the present technology.

25A-25C illustrate a head mounted display system according to another example of the present technology.

26A-26B illustrate a power cord strap portion in accordance with another example of the present technique.

Fig. 27 shows a head mounted display unit according to an example of the present technology.

28A-28E illustrate a head mounted display system with power lines in accordance with examples of the present technology.

29A-29D illustrate an arm in accordance with examples of the present technology.

30A-30B illustrate an arm in accordance with another example of the present technique.

31A-31B illustrate a head mounted display system in accordance with another example of the present technology.

32A-32H illustrate a head mounted display system according to an example of the present technology.

FIG. 33 shows a head mounted display system in accordance with another example of the present technology.

34A-34I illustrate a head mounted display unit according to another example of the present technology.

FIG. 34J illustrates a head mounted display unit in accordance with another example of the present technology.

34K-34M illustrate connections between an arm and a guide of a head mounted display unit, according to examples of the present technology.

35A-35B illustrate the connection between the top strap portions and the display unit housing according to examples of the present technology.

36A-36D illustrate a head-mounted display system according to another example of the present technology.

37A-37B illustrate a display unit housing according to further examples of the present technology.

FIG. 38A illustrates an arm and arm mount according to another example of the present technology.

38B-38N illustrate connections between an arm and a display unit housing in accordance with examples of the present technology.

FIGS. 39A-39C illustrate separately the positioning and stabilizing structures of the head mounted display system of FIGS. 36A-36D.

40A-40B illustrate a positioning and stabilizing structure according to another example of the present technology.

41A-41B illustrate a positioning and stabilizing structure according to another example of the present technology.

Fig. 42A-42D illustrate components of the positioning and stabilizing structure shown in fig. 41A-41B.

FIGS. 43A-43C illustrate the sleeve of the positioning and stabilizing arrangement shown in FIGS. 41A-41B.

FIG. 43D is a cross-sectional view of a substantially inextensible member, according to another example of the present technology.

44A-44D illustrate interface structures in accordance with another example of the present technology.

FIGS. 45A and 45B illustrate an interface structure according to another example of the present technology.

Fig. 46 shows an exploded view of a battery pack according to an example of the present technology.

Fig. 47A and 47B illustrate internal views of the battery pack shown in fig. 67.

Fig. 48A and 48B illustrate a cable guide of the battery pack shown in fig. 67.

Fig. 49A and 49B illustrate a mounting portion of the battery pack shown in fig. 46.

Fig. 50 illustrates a cable stopper of the battery pack shown in fig. 46.

Fig. 51A-51D illustrate a housing of the battery pack shown in fig. 46.

Fig. 52A and 52B illustrate a housing for a battery pack according to another example of the present technique.

Fig. 53A-53G illustrate internal views of a battery pack according to further examples of the present technology.

Fig. 54 illustrates a cross-sectional view of a side arm joint in accordance with another example of the present technology.

55A-55C illustrate views of portions of a head mounted display unit according to another example of the present technology.

56A-56B illustrate a connection between occipital strap portions and top strap portions in accordance with another example of the present technique.

Figure 56C illustrates a connection between occipital strap portions and top strap portions in accordance with yet another example of the present technique.

Figure 57 illustrates a buckle according to another example of the present technology.

Fig. 58A and 58B show views of a portion of a head mounted display unit according to another example of the present technology.

Fig. 59A-59H illustrate views of portions of a head mounted display unit according to another example of the present technology.

FIGS. 60A-60H illustrate views of a chassis of an interface structure according to another example of the present technology.

61A-61G illustrate views of portions of a head mounted display unit according to another example of the present technology.

62A-62C illustrate head mounted display systems according to further examples of the present technology.

FIG. 63 illustrates a head mounted display system in accordance with further examples of the present technology.

Fig. 64A illustrates a head mounted display system according to further examples of the present technology.

Fig. 64B illustrates a head mounted display system in accordance with further examples of the present technology.

FIG. 64C illustrates separately the positioning and stabilization structure of the head mounted display system of FIG. 64B.

FIG. 64D illustrates a positioning and stabilizing structure according to further examples of the present technology.

Fig. 64E illustrates a head mounted display system in accordance with further examples of the present technology.

FIG. 64F illustrates separately the positioning and stabilization structure of the head mounted display system of FIG. 64E.

FIG. 64G illustrates a positioning and stabilizing structure according to further examples of the present technology.

65A and 65B illustrate a head mounted display system according to further examples of the present technology.

FIG. 66 shows a head mounted display system according to another example of the present technology.

67A and 67B illustrate a head-mounted display system according to another example of the present technology.

Fig. 68A and 68B illustrate a positioning and stabilizing structure in accordance with further examples of the present technique.

Fig. 68C and 68D illustrate positioning and stabilizing structures in accordance with further examples of the present technology.

Fig. 69A and 69B illustrate the connection between the substantially inextensible layers of the top strap portions and the battery case in further examples of the present technology.

Fig. 70A and 70B illustrate the connection between the substantially inextensible layers of the top strap portions and the battery case in further examples of the present technology.

Fig. 71A and 71B illustrate the connection between the substantially inextensible layers of the top strap portions and the battery case in further examples of the present technology.

Fig. 72A and 72B illustrate the connection between the substantially inextensible layer of the top strap portion and the battery case in further examples of the present technology.

Detailed description of the preferred embodiments

Before the present technology is described in further detail, it is to be understood that the present technology is not limited to the particular examples described herein, as the particular examples described herein may vary. It is also to be understood that the terminology used in the disclosure is for the purpose of describing particular examples described herein only, and is not intended to be limiting.

The following description is provided in connection with various examples that may share one or more common features and/or characteristics. It should be understood that one or more features of any one example may be combined with one or more features of another example or other examples. Additionally, in any of the examples, any single feature or combination of features may constitute further examples.

In the following detailed description, reference is made to the accompanying drawings, which form a part hereof. The illustrative embodiments described in the detailed description, depicted in the drawings, and defined in the claims are not intended to be limiting. Other embodiments may be utilized, and other changes may be made, without departing from the spirit or scope of the claimed subject matter. It will be readily understood that the aspects of the present disclosure, as generally described herein, and illustrated in the figures, can be arranged, substituted, combined, separated, and designed in a wide variety of different configurations, all of which are encompassed by the present invention.

5.1 immersion technique

Immersion techniques may present a user with a combination of a virtual environment and the user's physical environment or real world. The user can interact with the resulting immersive reality or combined reality.

The apparatus immerses the user by augmenting or replacing a stimulus associated with one of the user's five senses with a virtual stimulus. Typically, this is a virtual stimulus, although there may be additional stimuli that add to or replace the stimulus associated with one of the other four senses.

In some forms, particular immersion techniques may present a user with a combination of virtual environments and user environments. At least a portion of the resulting environment may comprise a virtual environment. In some examples, the entire resulting environment may be a virtual environment (e.g., meaning that the user's environment may be occluded or otherwise occluded). In other forms, at least a portion of the user's physical environment is still visually observable.

In some forms, the user may use different types of engagement techniques, which may include, but are not limited to, Virtual Reality (VR), Augmented Reality (AR), or Mixed Reality (MR). Each type of engagement technology may present a different environment and/or different ways of interacting with the environment to the user.

In some forms, the display system may be used with each type of immersion technique. The display screen of the display system may provide a virtual environment component to a combined environment (i.e., a combination of the virtual environment and the user environment). In some forms the display screen may be an electronic screen.

In at least some types of immersion techniques (e.g., VR, AR, MR, etc.), positioning and stabilizing electronic screens may be used to operate the respective devices. For example, a user may desire that an electronic screen be positioned close enough to their eyes to allow easy viewing, but far enough away to not cause discomfort. In addition, the electronic screens may need to be spaced far enough apart so that the user can wear corrective lenses, such as eyeglasses, at the same time. In addition, the user may seek to maintain the orientation of the electronic screen relative to his eyes. In other words, users walking or otherwise moving while using these devices may not want the devices to bounce or otherwise move on their heads (e.g., particularly with respect to their eyes), as this may cause the users to be dizzy and/or uncomfortable. Thus, these devices may be snugly supported on the user's head to limit relative movement between the user's eyes and the device.

In one form, the technology includes a method for using a VR device, the method including supporting the device on a head of a user proximate at least one of the user's eyes and in a line of sight of the user.

In some examples of the present technology, the head mounted display unit is supported in front of the user's eyes in order to block, obstruct, and/or restrict ambient light from reaching the user's eyes.

Any features disclosed below in the context of a device configured for VR should be understood as applicable to a device configured for AR unless the context clearly requires otherwise. The same features disclosed below in the context of a device configured for AR will be understood to apply to a device configured for VR unless the context clearly requires otherwise. For the avoidance of doubt, features disclosed in the context of a device without a transparent display through which a user may view the real world should be understood to apply to a device having such a transparent display unless the context clearly requires otherwise. Likewise, the features disclosed in the context of a device having a transparent display through which the real world can be viewed should be understood to apply to devices in which the display is electronic and the real world cannot be viewed directly through the transparent material.

5.2 virtual reality display interface

As shown in fig. 4A and 4B, a display apparatus, display system, display interface, or head mounted display system 1000 in accordance with an aspect of the present technology includes the following functional aspects: an interface structure 1100, a head mounted display unit 1200, and a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. In some forms, the functional aspects may be provided by one or more physical components. In some forms one or more physical components may provide one or more functional aspects. Head mounted display unit 1200 may include a display. In use, the head mounted display unit 1200 is arranged to be located near and in front of the user's eyes to allow the user to view the display.

In other aspects, the head mounted display system 1000 may also include a display unit housing 1205, an optical lens 1240, a controller 1270, a speaker 1272, a power source 1274, and/or a control system 1276. In some examples, these may be integral parts of the head-mounted display system 1000, while in other examples, these may be modular and incorporated into the head-mounted display system 1000 according to the needs of the user.

5.2.1 head mounted display Unit

Head mounted display unit 1200 may include structure for providing viewable output to a user. In particular, head mounted display unit 1200 is arranged to remain (e.g., manually, through positioning and stabilizing structures, etc.) in an operational position in front of the user's face.

In some examples, head mounted display unit 1200 may include display screen 1220, display unit housing 1205, interface structure 1100, and/or optical lens 1240. These components may be permanently assembled in a single head mounted display unit 1200, or they may be separable and selectively connected by a user to form the head mounted display unit 1200. Additionally, the display screen 1220, the display unit housing 1205, the interface structure 1100, and/or the optical lens 1240 may be included in the head-mounted display system 1000, but may not be part of the head-mounted display unit 1200.

5.2.1.1 display Screen

Some forms of head mounted display unit 1200 include a display, such as a display screen (not shown in fig. 4B, but disposed within a display housing 1205). The display screen may include electrical components that provide viewable output to a user.

In one form of the present technology, a display screen provides an optical output viewable by a user. The optical output allows a user to observe the virtual environment and/or virtual objects.

The display screen may be positioned adjacent to the user's eyes to allow the user to view the display screen. For example, the display screen may be positioned in front of the user's eyes. The display screen may output a computer-generated image and/or a virtual environment.

In some forms the display screen is an electronic display. The display screen may be a Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) or a Light Emitting Diode (LED) screen.

In some forms, the display screen may include a backlight, which may help illuminate the display screen. This may be particularly beneficial when viewing the display screen in dark environments.

In some forms, the display screen may extend a wider distance between the pupils of the user. The display screen may also be wider than the distance between the cheeks of the user.

In some forms, the display screen may display at least one image viewable by a user. For example, the display screen may display an image that changes based on a predetermined condition (e.g., the passage of time, the movement of the user, an input from the user, etc.).

In some forms, portions of the display screen may be visible to only one eye of the user. In other words, a portion of the display screen may be positioned only near and in front of one eye (e.g., the right eye) of the user and blocked from viewing from the other eye (e.g., the left eye).

In one example, the display screen may be divided into two sides (e.g., left and right sides), and two images may be displayed at a time (e.g., one image on either side).

Each side of the display screen may display a similar image. In some examples, the images may be the same, while in other examples, the images may be slightly different.

Together, the two images on the display screen may form a binocular display, which may provide a more realistic VR experience to the user. In other words, the user's brain may process two images from the display screen 1220 together into a single image. Providing two (e.g., non-identical) images may allow a user to view virtual objects in their surroundings and expand their field of view in the virtual environment.

In some forms, the display screen may be positioned so as to be visible to both eyes of the user. The display screen may output a single image at a time, the single image being viewable by both eyes. This can simplify the processing compared to a multi-image display screen.

5.2.1.2 display housing

In some forms of the present technology as shown in fig. 4A and 4B, the display unit housing 1205 provides a support structure for the display screen in order to maintain the position of at least some components of the display screen relative to each other, and may additionally protect the display screen and/or other components of the head mounted display unit 1200. The display unit housing 1205 may be constructed of a material suitable for providing impact force protection to the display screen. The display unit housing 1205 may also contact the user's face and may be constructed of a biocompatible material suitable for limiting irritation to the user.

Some forms of display unit housing 1205 in accordance with the present technology may be constructed of a hard, rigid, or semi-rigid material, such as plastic.

In some forms, the rigid or semi-rigid material may be at least partially covered with a soft and/or flexible material (e.g., textiles, silicone, etc.). This may improve biocompatibility and/or user comfort as at least a portion of the display unit housing 1205 engaged by the user (e.g., grasped with their hand) comprises a soft and/or flexible material.

Other forms of display unit housings 1205 in accordance with the present technology may be constructed of soft, flexible, resilient materials, such as silicone rubber.

In some forms, the display unit housing 1205 may have a substantially rectangular or substantially oval outline. The display unit housing 1205 may have a three-dimensional shape, with a substantially rectangular or substantially elliptical outline.

In some forms, the display unit housing 1205 may include an upper face 1230, a lower face 1232, a lateral left face 1234, a lateral right face 1236, and a front face 1238. In use, the display screen 1220 may be held within the face.

In some forms, the upper face 1230 and the lower face 1232 may have substantially the same shape.

In one form, the upper face 1230 and the lower face 1232 may be substantially flat and extend along parallel planes (e.g., substantially parallel to a horizontal frankfurt in use).

In some forms, the lateral left face 1234 and the lateral right face 1236 may have substantially the same shape.

In one form, the lateral left face 1234 and the lateral right face 1236 may be curved and/or rounded between the upper face 1230 and the lower face 1232. The rounded and/or

curved surfaces

1234, 1236 may be more comfortable for a user to grasp and hold while wearing and/or removing the head mounted display system 1000.

In some forms, front face 1238 may extend between upper face 1230 and lower face 1232. Front face 1238 may form the front-most portion of head mounted display system 1000.

In one form, front face 1238 may be a substantially flat surface and may be substantially parallel to the coronal plane while head mounted display system 1000 is worn by a user.

In one form, the front face 1238 may not have a corresponding opposing face (e.g., a rear face) that is substantially the same shape as the front face 1238. The rear of the display unit housing 1205 may be at least partially open (e.g., recessed in the front) to receive the user's face.

In some forms, the display screen is permanently integrated into the head mounted display system 1000. The display screen may be a device that can only be used as part of the head mounted display system 1000.

In some forms, the display unit housing 1205 can enclose the display screen, which can protect the display screen and/or limit user interference (e.g., movement and/or damage) with components of the display screen.

In some forms, the display screen may be substantially sealed within the display unit housing 1205 so as to limit the collection of dirt or other debris on the surface of the display screen, which may adversely affect the user's ability to view images output by the display screen. Since the display screen cannot be removed from the display unit housing 1205, the user may not need to break the seal and access the display screen.

In some forms, the display screen is removably integrated into the head mounted display system 1000. The display screen may be a device that may be used as a whole independent of the head mounted display system 1000. For example, a display screen may be provided on a smart phone or other portable electronic device.

In some forms, the display unit housing 1205 may include compartments. A portion of the display screen may be removably received within the compartment. For example, a user may removably position the display screen in the compartment. This may be useful if the display screen performs additional functions outside the head mounted display unit 1200 (e.g., is a portable electronic device such as a cellular telephone). Additionally, removing the display screen from the display unit housing 1205 can assist the user in cleaning and/or replacing the display screen.

Some forms of display housings include an opening to the compartment, allowing a user to more easily insert and remove the display screen from the compartment. The display screen may be held within the compartment via a frictional engagement.

In some forms, a cover may selectively cover the compartment and may provide additional protection and/or security to the display screen 1220 when positioned within the compartment.

In some forms, the compartment is openable on the top. When display interface 3000 is worn by a user, the display screen may be inserted into the compartment in a substantially vertical orientation.

5.2.1.3 interface structure

As shown in fig. 4A and 4B, some forms of the present technology include an interface structure 1100 that is positioned and/or arranged to conform to the shape of a user's face and may provide increased comfort to the user when wearing and/or using the head-mounted display system 1000.

In some forms, the interface structure 1100 is coupled to a surface of the display unit housing 1205.

In some forms, the interface structure 1100 may extend at least partially around the display unit housing 1205 and may form a viewing opening. The viewing opening may at least partially receive a face of a user in use. In particular, the user's eyes may be received within a viewing opening formed by the interface structure 1100.

In some forms, the interface structure 1100 in accordance with the present techniques may be constructed of a biocompatible material.

In some forms, the interface structure 1100 in accordance with the present techniques may be constructed of a soft, flexible, and/or resilient material.

In some forms, the interface structure 1100 in accordance with the present technique may be constructed of silicone rubber and/or foam.

In some forms, the interface structure 1100 may contact sensitive areas of the user's face, which may be uncomfortable locations. The material forming the interface structure 1100 may buffer these sensitive areas and limit discomfort to the user when wearing the head-mounted display system 1000.

In some forms, these sensitive areas may include the forehead of the user. In particular, this may include regions of the user's head adjacent to the frontal bones, such as the parietal muscles and/or the glabellar bones. This area may be sensitive because there is limited natural cushioning from muscle and/or fat between the user's skin and bone. Similarly, the ridges of the user's nose may also include little or no natural cushioning.

In some forms, the interface structure 1100 may comprise a single element. In some embodiments, the interface structure 1100 may be designed for mass production. For example, the interface structure 1100 may be designed to comfortably fit a variety of different facial shapes and sizes.

In some forms, the interface structure 1100 may include different elements that cover different areas of the user's face. Different portions of the interface structure 1100 can be constructed of different materials and provide different textures and/or cushioning to the user in different areas.

5.2.1.3.1 light shield

Some forms of head-mounted display system 1000 may include a light shield that may be constructed of an opaque material and that may block ambient light from reaching the user's eyes. The light shield may be part of the interface structure 1100 or may be a separate element. In some examples, in addition to providing a comfortable contact for contact between the head mounted display 1200 and the user's face, the interface structure 1100 may also form light shields by shielding the user's eyes from ambient light. In some examples, the light shield may be formed from multiple components that work together to block ambient light.

In some forms, the light shield may block ambient light from reaching an eye region, which may be formed on a cranial vertex muscle, a region of a user's sphenoid bone, across an outer cheek region between the sphenoid bone and a left or right zygomatic arch, above the zygomatic arch, across an inner cheek region from the zygomatic arch toward a vertex, and on a nasal ridge below a user's nasal fovea to enclose a portion of the user's face therebetween.

In one form, the light shield may not contact the user's face around its entire perimeter. For example, the light shield may be spaced from the user's nasal ridges. The width of this space may be substantially small so as to substantially limit the ingress of ambient light. However, the user's nasal ridges may be sensitive and easily irritated. Thus, avoiding direct contact with the user's nasal ridges may improve user comfort when wearing the head-mounted display system 1000.

In some forms, the light shield may be part of the display unit housing 1205 and may be integrally or removably coupled to the display unit housing 1205. In one form, if the display unit housing 1205 is usable with a display screen that outputs AR or MR and VR, the light shield may be removed from the display unit housing 1205 and coupled to the display unit housing 1205 only when VR is used.

5.2.1.3.1.1 seal forming structure

As shown in fig. 4D, in one form of the present technique, the interface structure 1100 functions as a seal forming structure and provides a target seal forming area. The target seal-forming region is a region on the seal-forming structure where a seal may occur. The area where sealing actually occurs-the actual sealing surface-may vary from day to day and from user to user within a given treatment session, depending on a range of factors including the position at which the display unit housing 1205 is placed on the face, the tension in the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300, and the shape of the patient's face.

In one form, the targeted seal formation area is located on an exterior surface of the interface structure 1100.

In some forms, the light shield may form a seal-forming structure and seal against the face of the user.

In some forms, the entire perimeter of the light shield or interface structure 1100 may seal against the user's skin and may block ambient light from reaching the ocular region. The eye region may be formed on the cranial vertex muscle, a region of the user's sphenoid bone, across an outer cheek region between the sphenoid bone and the left or right zygomatic arch, above the zygomatic arch, across an inner cheek region from the zygomatic arch toward the wingtip, and on a nasal ridge below the user's nasal fovea to enclose a portion of the user's face therebetween.

When used as a seal-forming structure, the light shield or interface structure 1100 may contact sensitive areas of the user's face, such as the user's nasal ridges. Such contact may completely prevent the ingress of ambient light. Sealing around the entire perimeter of the display unit housing 1205 may improve the performance of the head mounted display system 1000. Additionally, the biocompatible material may be selected such that direct contact with the nasal ridges of the user does not significantly reduce the comfort of the user when wearing the head-mounted display system 1000.

In some forms of the present technology, a system is provided that includes more than one interface structure 1100, each configured to correspond to a different range of sizes and/or shapes. For example, a system may include one form of interface structure 1100 that is suitable for large size heads but not small size heads, while another form of interface structure is suitable for small size heads but not large size heads. Different interface structures 1100 may be removable and replaceable so that different users with different sized heads may use the same head mounted display system 1000.

In some forms, the seal-forming structure may be formed on the cranial vertex muscle, on a region of the user's sphenoid, across an outer cheek region between the sphenoid and the left or right zygomatic arch, above the zygomatic arch, across an inner cheek region from the zygomatic arch toward the vertex, and on the nasal crest below the user's nasal concavity to enclose a portion of the user's face therebetween. The defined region may be an eye region.

In some forms, this may seal around the user's eyes. The seal formed by the seal-forming structure or interface structure 1100 may form a light seal to limit ambient light from reaching the user's eye.

5.2.1.3.2 the material is biocompatible

Biocompatible materials are considered materials that adequately evaluate their biological response in relation to safety of use, according to the ISO 10993-1 standard. When used, the evaluation takes into account the nature and duration of expected contact with human tissue. In some forms of the present technology, the materials used in the positioning and stabilizing structure and the interfacing structure may undergo at least some of the following biocompatibility tests: cytotoxicity-elution test (MeM Extract): ANSI/AAMI/ISO 10993-5; skin sensitization: ISO 10993-10; irritation property: ISO 10993-10; genotoxicity-bacterial mutagenicity test: ISO 10993-3; implanting: ISO 10993-6.

5.2.1.4 optical lens

As shown in fig. 4B, at least one lens 1240 may be disposed between the user's eyes and the display screen 1220. A user may view an image provided by display screen 1220 through lens 1240. The at least one lens 1240 may help space the display screen 1220 from the user's face to limit eye strain. The at least one lens 1240 may also help to better view the image displayed by the display screen 1220.

In some forms, lens 1240 is a fresnel lens.

In some forms, lens 1240 may have a substantially frustoconical shape. In use, the wider end of lens 1240 can be positioned near display screen 1220 and the narrower end of lens 1240 can be positioned near the user's eye.

In some forms, lens 1240 may have a substantially cylindrical shape and, in use, may have substantially the same width proximate display screen 1220 and proximate the user's eyes.

In some forms, the at least one lens 1240 may also magnify the image of the display screen 1220 in order to assist the user in viewing the image.

In some forms, head mounted display system 1000 includes two lenses 1240 (e.g., a binocular display), one for each eye of the user. In other words, each eye of the user may be viewed through a separate lens positioned in front of the corresponding pupil. Each lens 1240 may be the same, although in some examples, one lens 1240 may be different (e.g., have a different magnification) from another lens 1240.

In some forms, the display screen 1220 may output two images simultaneously. Each eye of the user can only see one of the two images. Images may be displayed side by side on the display screen 1220. Each lens 1240 allows each eye to view only images proximate to the respective eye. The user may view the two images together as a single image.

In some forms, the rear perimeter of each lens 1240 may approximate the size of the user's eye socket. The posterior perimeter may be slightly larger than the size of the user's eye socket to ensure that the corresponding lens 1240 is visible to the user's entire eye. For example, an outer edge of each lens 1240 may be aligned with the user's frontal bone in an superior direction (e.g., near the user's eyebrows) and may be aligned with the user's maxilla in an inferior direction (e.g., near the outer cheek region).

The positioning and/or sizing of the lens 1240 may allow a user to have peripheral vision of approximately 360 ° in the virtual environment in order to closely simulate the physical environment.

In some forms, head mounted display system 1000 includes a single lens 1240 (e.g., a monocular display). Lens 1240 may be positioned in front of both eyes (e.g., such that both eyes view images from display screen 1220 through lens 1240), or may be positioned in front of only one eye (e.g., when only one eye can view images from shift screen 1220).

5.2.1.4.1 lens mounting

Lens 1240 may be coupled to a spacer located near display screen 1220 (e.g., between display screen 1220 and interface structure 1100) such that lens 1240 is not in direct contact with display screen 1220 (e.g., to limit lens 1240 from scratching display screen 1220).

For example, the lens 1240 may be recessed relative to the interface structure 1100 such that the lens 1240 is disposed within the viewing opening. In use, when a user's face is received within the viewing opening (e.g., an operative position), each eye of the user is aligned with a respective lens 1240.

In some forms, the front perimeter of each lens 1240 may encompass about half of display screen 1220. There may be a substantially small gap between the two lenses 1240 along the centerline of the display screen 1220. This may allow a user looking through both lenses 1240 to be able to view substantially the entire display screen 1220 and all images are output to the user.

In some forms, the center of the display screen 1220 (e.g., along a centerline between the two lenses 1240) may not output an image. For example, in a binocular display (e.g., where each side of the display screen 1220 outputs substantially the same images), each image may be spaced apart on the display screen 1220. This may allow for positioning of the two lenses 1240 in close proximity to the display screen 1220 while allowing a user to view the entire image displayed on the display screen 1220.

In some forms, a protective layer 1242 may be formed around at least a portion of the lens 1240. In use, the protective layer 1242 may be positioned between the user's face and the display screen 1220.

In some forms, a portion of each lens 1240 may protrude through the protective layer 1242 in the rearward direction. For example, in use, a narrow end of each lens 1240 may protrude further rearward than the protective layer 1242.

In some forms, the protective layer 1242 may be opaque so that light from the display screen 1220 cannot pass through. Additionally, the user may not be able to view display screen 1220 without passing through lens 1240.

In some forms, the protective layer 1242 can be non-planar and can include a contour that substantially matches a contour of the user's face. For example, a portion of the protective layer 1242 may be recessed in the anterior direction to accommodate the nose of the user.

In some forms, a user may not contact protective layer 1242 while wearing head mounted display system 1000. This may help reduce irritation due to additional contact with the user's face (e.g., against sensitive nasal ridge areas).

5.2.1.4.2 correction lens

In some examples, an additional lens may be coupled to lens 1240 such that a user sees through lens 1240 and the additional lens to view an image output by display screen 1220.

In some forms, in use, the additional lens is further back than lens 1240. Thus, the add lens is positioned closer to the user's eye and the user looks through the add lens before looking through lens 1240.

In some forms, the additional lens may have a different power than lens 1240.

In some forms, the additional lens may be a prescription strength lens. The additional lenses may allow a user to view the display screen 1220 without glasses, which may be uncomfortable to wear when using the head-mounted display system 1000. The additional lens may be removable so that a user who does not need the additional lens can still clearly view the display screen 1220.

5.2.2 positioning and stabilizing Structure

As shown in fig. 4A and 4B, the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 of the head mounted display system 1000 of the present technology may be held in place by the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 in use.

In order to maintain the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 in their proper operating positions, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 desirably rests comfortably against the user's head to accommodate the loads caused by the weight of the display unit in a manner that minimizes facial landmarks and/or pain from long-term use. There is also a need to allow a universal fit without sacrificing comfort, usability and manufacturing costs. The design criteria may include adjustability over a predetermined range of low-touch simple-set solutions with low dexterity thresholds. Further considerations include catering to dynamic environments in which the head mounted display system 1000 may be used. As part of the immersive experience of the virtual environment, the user may communicate, i.e., speak, while using the head-mounted display system 1000. In this way, the user's lower jaw or mandible may move relative to the other bones of the skull. Additionally, the entire head may move during use of the head mounted display system 1000. For example, movement of the upper body and in some cases the lower body of the user, and in particular, movement of the head relative to the upper body and the lower body.

In one form, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 provides a holding force to overcome the effects of gravity on the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205.

In one form of the present technology, a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is provided that is configured in a manner consistent with comfortable wear by a user. In one example, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 has a smaller side or cross-sectional thickness to reduce the sensing or actual volume of the instrument. In one example, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes at least one strap that is rectangular in cross-section. In one example, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes at least one flat strap.

In one form of the present technology, a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is provided that is configured not to be too large and cumbersome to prevent a user from comfortably moving their head left or right.

In one form of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a strap constructed from a laminate of a fabric user contact layer, a foam inner layer, and a fabric outer layer. In one form, the foam is porous to allow moisture (e.g., sweat) to pass through the strap. In one form, the skin-contacting layer of the strap is formed of a material that helps to wick moisture away from the user's face. In one form, the outer layer of fabric includes a loop material for engaging the hook material portions.

In some forms of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a strap that is extendable, such as elastically extendable. For example, the strap may be configured to be in tension in use, and the directed force pulls the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 towards a portion of the user's face, particularly near the user's eyes and in line with their field of view. In one example, the strap may be configured as a lace.

In one form of the present technique, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a first strap that is constructed and arranged such that, in use, at least a portion of a lower edge of the first strap passes over the upper auricular base of the user's head and covers a portion of the parietal bone and not the occipital bone.

In one form of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a second strap that is constructed and arranged such that, in use, at least a portion of an upper edge of the second strap passes under the base of the lower ear of the user's head and covers or lies under the occiput of the user's head.

In one form of the present technique, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a third strap that is constructed and arranged to interconnect the first and second straps to reduce the tendency of the first and second straps to separate from one another.

In some forms of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a strap that is bendable and, for example, non-rigid. This aspect has the advantage that the strap is more comfortable relative to the head of the user.

In some forms of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a strap configured to be air permeable, to allow moisture vapor to be transported through the strap,

in certain forms of the present technology, a system is provided that includes more than one positioning and stabilizing structure 1300, each configured to provide a retention force to correspond to a different range of sizes and/or shapes. For example, the system may include one form of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 that is suitable for a large sized head but not for a small sized head, while another form of positioning and stabilizing structure is suitable for a small sized head but not for a large sized head.

In some forms, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include a cushioning material (e.g., a foam pad) for contacting the user's skin. The cushioning material may provide increased wear resistance to the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300, particularly if the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is constructed of a rigid or semi-rigid material.

5.2.2.1 temples connector

As shown in fig. 4C, some forms of head mounted display system 1000 or positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 include temporal connectors 1250, each of which may overlie a respective one of the user's temporal bones in use. In use, a portion of the temporal connector 1250 is in contact with an area of the user's head near the attachment point on the ear (i.e., above each user's ear). In some examples, the temporal connectors are strap portions of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. In other examples, the temple connector is an arm of head mounted display unit 1200. In some examples, the temple connection of the head mounted display system 1000 may be formed in part by a strap portion (e.g., side strap portion 1330) of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 and in part by the arm 1210 of the head mounted display unit 1200.

The temporal connectors 1250 may be sides of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300, as each temporal connector 1250 is positioned on the left or right side of the user's head.

In some forms, the temporal connector 1250 can extend in an anterior-posterior direction and can be substantially parallel to the sagittal plane.

In some forms, the temple connector 1250 may be coupled to the display unit housing 1205. For example, the temple connector 1250 may be attached to a side of the display unit housing 1205. For example, each temporal connection 1250 can be coupled to a respective one of the lateral left side 1234 and the lateral right side 1236.

In some forms, the temporal connectors 1250 may be pivotally connected to the display unit housing 1205 and may provide relative rotation between each temporal connector 1250 and the display unit housing 1205.

In some forms, the temporal connector 1250 may be removably connected to the display unit housing 1205 (e.g., via magnets, mechanical fasteners, hook and loop material, etc.).

In some forms, the temporal connector 1250 may be arranged, in use, to extend generally along or parallel to the frankfurt level of the head and over the zygomatic bones (e.g., over the cheekbones of the user).

In some forms, the temple connector 1250 may be positioned against the user's head, similar to the arms of eyeglasses, and positioned to be superior to the reverse spiral of each respective ear.

In some forms, the temporal connector 1250 may have a generally elongated and flat configuration. In other words, each time connector 1250 is longer and wider (in the top-down direction in the plane of the paper) than it is thick (in the direction into the plane of the paper).

In some forms, each temporal connector 1250 may have a three-dimensional shape with curvature in all three axes (X, Y and Z). While the thickness of each temporal connector 1250 can be substantially uniform, its height varies throughout its length. The purpose of the shape and size of each temporal connector 1250 is to closely conform to the head of the user so as to remain unobtrusive and maintain a low profile (e.g., not look too bulky).

In some forms, the temporal connector 1250 may be constructed of a rigid or semi-rigid material, which may include plastic, fiber (thermoplastic polyester elastomer), or other similar materials. The rigid or semi-rigid material may be self-supporting and/or capable of maintaining its shape without being worn. This may make it more intuitive or obvious for a user to understand how to use the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 and may be contrasted with a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 that is completely floppy and does not retain a shape. Maintaining the temporal connector 1250 in the use state prior to use may prevent or limit deformation while the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is worn by the user, and allow the user to quickly install or wear the head-mounted display system 1000.

In some forms, the temporal connection 1250 may be a rigid piece that may allow more efficient (e.g., direct) translation of tension through the temporal connection 1250, as the rigid piece limits the magnitude of the elongation or deformation of the arm in use.

In some forms, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may be designed such that the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 'pops out of the case' and generally into its in-use configuration. Further, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may be arranged to retain its in-use shape once out of the box (e.g., because a rigid member may be formed to maintain the shape of some or part of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300). Advantageously, the orientation of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is clear to the user, as the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is generally curved in shape, much like the back of the user's head. That is, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is generally dome-shaped.

In some forms, a flexible and/or elastic material may be disposed around the rigid or semi-rigid material of the temporal connector 1250. The flexible material may be more comfortable against the user's head to improve wear resistance and provide a soft contact with the user's face. In one form, the flexible material is a fabric sleeve that is permanently or removably coupled to each temporal connector 1250.

In one form, the fabric may be overmolded onto at least one side of the rigid member. In one form, the rigid member can be formed separately from the resilient member and then the user contacts the material (e.g., Breath-O-Prene)^TM) The protective sleeve of (a) may be wrapped or slid onto the rigid member. In alternative forms, the user contact material may be provided to the rigid member by adhesive, ultrasonic welding, sewing, hook and loop material, and/or a stud attachment.

In some forms, the user contact material may be on both sides of the stiffener, or may be only on the user contact side (e.g., user contact side) of the stiffener to reduce the volume and cost of the material.

In some forms, the temporal connector 1250 is constructed of a flexible material (e.g., fabric) that may be comfortable to the user's skin and may not require additional layers to increase comfort.

5.2.2.2 rear support part

As shown in fig. 4C, some forms of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include a rear support 1350 for helping to support the display screen and/or display unit housing 1205 (shown in fig. 4B) near the user's eyes. The rear support 1350 may help anchor the display screen and/or the display unit housing 1205 to the user's head in order to properly orient the display screen proximate to the user's eyes.

In some forms, the rear support 1350 may be coupled to the display unit housing 1205 via a temple connector 1250.

In some forms, the temple connector 1250 may be directly coupled to the display unit housing 1205 and the rear support 1350.

In some forms, the rear support 1350 may have a three-dimensional contour curve to fit the shape of the user's head. For example, the three-dimensional shape of the rear support 1350 may have a generally circular three-dimensional shape adapted to cover a portion of the parietal and occipital bones of the user's head in use.

In some forms, the rear support 1350 may be the rear of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. The rear support 1350 may provide an anchoring force that is directed at least partially in a forward direction.

In some forms, the rear support 1350 is the lowermost portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. For example, the rear support 1350 may contact the area of the user's head between the occiput and the trapezius muscle. The rear support 3008 may hook against the lower edge of the occiput (e.g., the occiput). The rear support 1350 may provide an upward and/or forward directed force to maintain contact with the user's occiput.

In some forms, the rear support 1350 is the lowest portion of the overall head-mounted display system 1000. For example, the rear support 1350 may be positioned at the base of the user's neck (e.g., covering the occiput and trapezius muscle lower than the user's eyes) such that the rear support 1350 is lower than the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205.

In some forms, the rear support 1350 may include a pad material that may contact the user's head (e.g., covering the area between the occiput and trapezius muscles). The pad material may provide additional comfort to the user and limit the marks caused by the rear support 1350 pulling toward the user's head.

5.2.2.3 forehead support

Some forms of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include a forehead support or brow support 1360 configured to contact the user's head above the user's eyes when in use. The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 shown in fig. 5B includes a forehead support 1360. In some examples, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 shown in fig. 4A may include a forehead support 1360. Forehead support 1360 may cover the frontal bone of the user's head. In some forms, the forehead support 1360 may also be taller than the sphenoid and/or temporal bones. This may also position the forehead support 1360 higher than the eyebrows of the user.

In some forms, the forehead support 1360 may be a front portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300, and may be disposed more forward on the user's head than any other portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. The rear support 1350 may provide a force directed at least partially in a rearward direction.

In some forms, the forehead support 1360 may include a cushioning material (e.g., fabric, foam, silicone, etc.) that may contact the user and may help limit marking caused by straps of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. The forehead support 1360 and the interface structure 1100 may work together to provide comfort to the user.

In some forms, forehead support 1360 may be separate from display unit housing 1205 and may contact the user's head at a different location (e.g., a higher location) than display unit housing 1205.

In some forms, the forehead support 1360 may be adjusted to allow the positioning and stabilizing structure 3000 to conform to the shape and/or configuration of the user's face.

In some forms, the temporal connector 1250 may be coupled to the forehead support 1360 (e.g., on a side of the forehead support 1360). The temporal connector 1250 may extend at least partially in a downward direction to couple to the rear support 1350.

In some forms, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include multiple pairs of temporal connectors 1250. For example, a pair of temporal connectors 1250 may be coupled to the forehead support 1360 and a pair of temporal connectors 1250 may be coupled to the display unit housing 1205.

In some forms, the forehead support 1360 may be presented at an angle generally parallel to the forehead of the user to provide improved comfort to the user. For example, the forehead support 1360 may position the user in an orientation overlying the frontal bone and substantially parallel to the coronal plane. Positioning the forehead support substantially parallel to the coronal plane may reduce the likelihood of bed sores that may result from uneven presentation.

In some forms, forehead support 1360 may be offset from a rear support or rear support that contacts a rear region of the user's head (e.g., a region covering the occiput and trapezius muscles). In other words, the axis along the rear strap will not intersect the forehead support 1360, which may be disposed lower and forward than the axis along the rear strap. The resulting offset between the forehead support 1360 and the rear strap may create a moment opposing the weight of the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205. Greater deflection may create greater torque and thus may be more helpful in maintaining the proper position of the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205. The offset may be increased by moving the forehead support 1360 closer to the user's eyes (e.g., more forward and lower along the user's head) and/or increasing the angle of the rear strap to make it more vertical.

5.2.2.4 Adjustable bandage

As shown in fig. 4C, portions of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may be adjustable to apply selective tension on the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 to fix the position of the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205.

In some forms, the display unit housing 1205 can include at least one ring or eyelet 1254 and at least one temple connector 1250 can pass through the ring and fold over itself. The user may select the length of the temporal connector 1250 that passes through the corresponding eyelet 1254 in order to adjust the tension provided by the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. For example, passing a greater length of temporal connector 1250 through eyelet 1254 may provide greater tension.

In some forms, at least one of the temporal connectors 1250 can include an adjustment portion 1256 and a receiving portion 1258. The adjustment portion 1256 may be positioned through an eyelet 1254 on the display unit housing 1205 and may be coupled to the receiving portion 1258 (e.g., by doubling back on itself). The adjustment portion 1256 may comprise a hook material and the receiving portion 1258 may comprise a loop material (or vice versa) such that the adjustment portion 1256 may be removably retained in a desired position. In some examples, the hook material and loop material may be velcro.

In some forms, adjusting the position of the adjustment 1256 relative to the receptacle 1258 may apply a back force to the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 and increase or decrease the sealing force of the light shield relative to the user's head (e.g. when the light shield is used as a seal-forming structure).

In some forms, the adjustment portion 1256 may be constructed of a flexible and/or elastic material that may conform to the shape of the user's head and/or may allow the adjustment portion to pass through the aperture 1254. For example, the adjustment portion 1256 may be constructed of an elastic fabric that can provide an elastic pulling force. The remainder of the temporal connector 1250 may be constructed of rigid or semi-rigid materials as described above (although it is contemplated that additional portions of the temporal connector 1250 may also be constructed of flexible materials).

5.2.2.4.1 head bandage

In some forms, the positioning and stabilizing structure 3000 may include a top strap portion 1340 that may cover an upper region of the user's head.

In some forms, the top strap portion 1340 may extend between a front portion of the head mounted display system 1000 and a rear area of the head mounted display system 1000.

In some forms, the top strap portion 1340 may be constructed of a flexible material and may be configured to conform to the shape of the user's head.

In some forms, the top strap 1340 may be connected to the display unit housing 1205. For example, top strap portion 1340 can be coupled to upper face 1230. The top strap 1340 may also be coupled to the display unit housing 1205 near the rear end of the display unit housing 1205.

In some forms, the top strap portion 1340 may be coupled to the forehead support 1360. For example, the top strap portion 1340 may be coupled to the forehead support 1360 near the upper edge. The top strap portion 1340 may be connected to the display unit housing 1205 by a forehead support 1360.

In some forms, the top strap portion 1340 may be connected to the rear support portion 1350. For example, the top strap portion 1340 can be attached near the upper edge of the rear support portion 1350.

In some forms, top strap portion 1340 may cover the frontal and parietal bones of the user's head.

In some forms, top strap portion 1340 can extend along a sagittal plane as it extends between the front and back of head mounted display system 1000.

In some forms, top strap portion 1340 can exert a pulling force directed at least partially in an upward direction, which may oppose gravity.

In some forms, the top strap portion 1340 may apply a tension force oriented at least partially in a rearward direction, which may pull the interface structure 1100 toward the user's face (and provide a portion of the sealing force when the light shield 3304 acts as a seal-forming structure).

In some forms, the top strap portion 1340 may be adjustable to exert selective tension on the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 to fix the position of the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205.

In some forms, the display unit housing 1205 and/or forehead support 1360 (as the case may be) may include at least one loop or eyelet 1254, and the top strap 1340 may pass through the eyelet 1254 and fold back upon itself. The user may select the length of the top strap portion 1340 passing through the aperture 1254 in order to adjust the tension provided by the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. For example, threading a greater length of top strap portion 1340 through eyelet 1254 can provide greater tension.

In some forms, top strap portion 1340 may include an adjustment portion and a receiving portion. The adjustment portion may be positioned through the eyelet 1254 and may be coupled to the receiving portion (e.g., by doubling back on itself). The adjustment portion may comprise hook material and the receiving portion may comprise loop material (or vice versa) such that the adjustment portion may be removably retained in a desired position. In some examples, the hook material and the loop material may be velcro.

5.2.2.5 rotation control

In some forms, the display unit housing 1205 and/or the display screen 1220 can pivot relative to the user's face when the positioning and stabilizing structure is worn by the user. This may allow the user to view the physical environment while still wearing the user interface 3000. This may be useful for a user who wishes to rest for viewing the virtual environment, but does not wish to leave the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300.

In some forms, a pivot connection 1260 may be formed between an upper portion of the display unit housing 1205 and the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. For example, the pivotal connection 1260 may be formed on the upper face 1230 of the display unit housing 1205.

In some forms, the pivot connection 1260 may be coupled to the forehead support 1360. The display unit housing 1205 is pivotable about a lower edge of the forehead support 1360.

In one form, the temple connector 1250 may be coupled to the forehead support 1360 to allow the display unit housing 1205 to pivot.

In some forms, the pivot connection 1260 may be a ratcheting connection and may hold the display unit housing 1205 in the raised position without additional user intervention.

5.2.3 controller

As shown in fig. 6, some forms of head mounted display system 1000 include a controller 1270 that is engageable by a user to provide user input to the virtual environment and/or to control the operation of the head mounted display system 1000. The controller 1270 may be connected to the head-mounted display unit 1200 and provide the user with the ability to interact with virtual objects output to the user from the head-mounted display unit 1200.

5.2.3.1 hand-held controller

In some forms, the controller 1270 may comprise a handheld device and may be easily grasped by a user with a single hand.

In some forms, the head mounted display system 1000 may include two handheld controllers. The handheld controllers may be substantially identical to each other, and each of the handheld controllers may be actuated by a respective one of the user's hands.

In some forms, a user may interact with a handheld controller to control and/or interact with virtual objects in a virtual environment.

In some forms, the handheld controller includes a button that is actuatable by a user. For example, a user's finger can press a button while holding the handheld controller.

In some forms, the handheld controller may include directional controls (e.g., a joystick, a control pad, etc.). The user's thumb is able to engage the directional control while holding the hand-held controller.

In some forms, the controller 1270 may be wirelessly connected to the head mounted display unit 1200. For example, the controller 1270 and the head mounted display unit 1200 may be connected via Bluetooth, Wi-Fi, or any similar means.

In some forms, the controller 1270 and the head mounted display unit 1200 may be connected using a wired connection.

5.2.3.2 fixed controller

In some forms, at least a portion of the controller 1270 may be integrally formed on the display unit housing 1205.

In some forms, the controller 1270 may comprise control buttons integrally formed on the display unit housing 1205. For example, control buttons may be formed on the upper 1230 and/or lower 1232 faces to be engageable by the user's fingers when holding the user's palm against the left or

right sides

1234, 1236 of the display unit housing 1205. Control buttons may also be disposed on other sides of the display unit housing 1205.

In some forms, a user may interact with control buttons to control at least one operation of the head mounted display system 1000. For example, the control button may be an on/off button that may selectively control whether the display screen 1220 is outputting images to a user.

In some forms, the control buttons and head mounted display unit 1200 may be connected using a wired connection.

In some forms, head mounted display system 1000 may include both handheld controllers and control buttons.

5.2.4 loudspeaker

Referring to fig. 6, in some forms, head mounted display system 1000 includes a sound system or speaker 1272 that may be connected to head mounted display unit 1200 and positioned proximate to a user's ear in order to provide audible output to the user.

In some forms, the speaker 1272 may be positioned around the user's ear and may block or restrict the user from hearing ambient noise.

In some forms, the speaker 1272 may be wirelessly connected to the head mounted display unit 1200. For example, the speaker 1272 and the head mounted display unit 1200 may be connected via bluetooth, Wi-Fi, or any similar means.

In some forms, the speaker 1272 includes a left ear transducer and a right ear transducer. In some forms, the left and right ear transducers may output different signals such that the volume and/or noise heard by the user in one ear (e.g., the left ear) may be different than the volume and/or noise heard by the user in the other ear (e.g., the right ear).

In some forms, the controller 1270 may be used to control the speaker 1272 (e.g., the volume of the speaker 1272).

5.2.5 Power supply

Referring to fig. 6, some forms of head mounted display system 1000 may include a power supply 1274 that may provide power to head mounted display unit 1200 and any other electrical components of head mounted display system 1000.

In some forms, the power supply 1274 may include a wired electrical connection that may be coupled to an external power source, which may be fixed to a particular location.

In some forms, the power supply 1274 may comprise a portable battery that may provide power to the head mounted display unit 1200. The portable battery may allow greater mobility for the user than a wired electrical connection.

In some forms, the head mounted display system 1000 and/or other electronic components of the head mounted display system 1000 may include an internal battery and may be used without the power supply 1274.

In some forms, head mounted display system 1000 may include power supply 1274 in a location remote from head mounted display unit 1200. Wires may extend from a remote location to the display unit housing 1205 to electrically connect the power source 1274 to the head mounted display unit 1200.

In some forms, a power source 1274 may be coupled to the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. For example, the power source 1274 may be permanently or removably coupled to the strap of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. The power source 1274 may be coupled to the rear of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 such that it may be generally opposite the display unit housing 1205 and/or the head mounted display unit 1200. The weight of the power source 1274 and the weight of the head mounted display unit 1200 and the display unit housing 1205 may thus be spread out across the head mounted display system 1000 rather than being concentrated at the front of the head mounted display system 1000. Transferring weight to the rear of the head mounted display system 1000 may limit the moment generated on the user's face, which may improve comfort and allow the user to wear the head mounted display system 1000 for a longer period of time.

In some forms, power supply 1274 may be supported by the user away from the user's head. For example, the power supply 1274 may be connected to the head mounted display unit 1200 and/or the display unit housing 1205 only by electrical connections (e.g., wires). The power supply 1274 may be stored in a pants pocket of the user, on a belt clip, or the weight of the power supply 1274 may be supported in a similar manner. This eliminates the weight that the user's head needs to support and may make wearing the head mounted display system 1000 more comfortable for the user.

In some forms, head mounted display unit 1200 may include power supply 1274. For example, the display unit 1220 may be a cellular telephone or other similar electronic device that includes an internal power supply 1274.

5.2.6 control System

Referring to fig. 6, some forms of head mounted display system 1000 include a control system 1276 that helps control the output received by a user. In particular, the control system 1276 may control visual output from the display screen 1220 and/or audible output from the speakers 1272.

In some forms, the control system 1276 may include sensors that monitor different parameters (e.g., in a physical environment) and communicate the measured parameters to the processor. The output received by the user may be affected by the measured parameters.

In some forms, control system 1276 is integrated into head mounted display unit 1200. In other forms, the control system 1276 is housed in a control system support 1290 that is separate from the head mounted display unit 1200 but connected (e.g., electrically connected) to the head mounted display unit.

5.2.6.1 electric power

In some forms, the control system 1276 may be powered by a power source 1274, which may be at least one battery for powering components of the control system 1276. For example, the sensors of the control system 1276 may be powered by the power supply 1274.

In some forms, at least one battery of the power supply 1274 may be a low power system battery 1278 and a main battery 7008.

In some forms, the low power system battery 1278 may be used to power a Real Time (RT) clock 1282 of the control system 1276.

5.2.6.1.1 Integrated Power support

In some forms, the battery support 1288 may support the low power system battery 1278 and/or the main battery 7008. The battery support 1288 may be directly supported on the head-mounted display system 1000.

In some forms, a battery support 1288 may be disposed within the display unit housing 1205.

In some forms, a battery support 1288 may be disposed on the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. For example, the battery support 1288 may be coupled to the rear support 1350. The weight of the head mounted display system 1000 may be better balanced around the user's head. One form of battery support 1288 is a battery pack housing, which will be described in greater detail herein.

5.2.6.1.2 remote power support

In some forms, the battery support 1288 may support the low power system battery 1278 and/or the main battery 7008. The battery support 1288 may be coupled to the user independently of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 and/or the display unit housing 1205 (e.g., it may be coupled via a belt clip). Battery support 1288 may also be supported away from the user's body (e.g., if head-mounted display system 1000 receives power from a computer or video game console). The tether may couple the battery support 1288 to the control system 1276 and/or other electronic devices. Since the weight of the low power system battery 1278 and/or the main battery 7008 is not supported by the user's head, the positioning of the battery support may improve the user's comfort.

5.2.6.2 orientation sensor

In some forms, the control system 1276 includes an orientation sensor 1284 that can sense the orientation of the user's body. For example, orientation sensor 1284 may sense when a user rotates their body and/or their head as a whole. In other words, the orientation sensor 1284 may measure the angular position of the user's body (or any similar parameter). By sensing the rotation, the sensor 1284 may communicate with the display screen 1220 to output a different image.

In some examples, the external orientation sensor may be positioned in the physical environment in which the user wears the head-mounted display system 1000. The external position sensor can track the user's movement similar to the orientation sensor 1284 described above. The use of external orientation sensors may reduce the weight that needs to be supported by the user.

5.2.6.2.1 Camera

In some forms, control system 1276 may include at least one camera that may be positioned to observe the user's physical environment.

In some forms, orientation sensor 1284 is a camera that may be configured to observe the physical environment of the user in order to determine the orientation of the user's head (e.g., in a direction in which the user's head has been tilted).

In some forms, orientation sensor 1284 includes multiple cameras positioned throughout head mounted display system 1000 in order to provide a more complete view of the user's physical environment and to more accurately measure the orientation of the user's head.

In some forms, the camera 1284 is coupled to the front 1238 of the display unit housing 1205. Camera 1284 may be positioned to provide a "first person" view.

In some forms, the display screen 1220 may display the user's physical environment by using the camera 1284, so that the user may feel as if they are viewing their physical environment without assistance from the head-mounted display system 1000 (i.e., a first-person view). This may allow a user to move around their physical environment without removing the head mounted display system 1000.

In one form, the virtual objects may be displayed while the display screen 1220 displays the user's physical environment. The camera 1284 may allow the head-mounted display system 1000 to operate as an MR device. The control system 1276 may include a controller for switching operation between the VR device and the MR device.

5.2.6.3 eye sensor

In some forms, control system 1276 may include an eye sensor that is capable of tracking the movement of a user's eyes. For example, the eye sensor can measure a position of at least one of the user's eyes and determine in which direction the at least one of the user's eyes is looking.

In some forms, control system 1276 may include two eye sensors. Each sensor may correspond to one eye of the user.

In some forms, the eye sensors may be disposed in or near the lens 1240.

In some forms, the eye sensor may measure the angular position of the user's ear in order to determine the visual output from the display screen 1220.

5.2.6.4 processing system

In some forms, the control system 1276 includes a processing system that may receive measurements from various sensors of the control system 1276.

In some forms, the processing system may receive measurements recorded by the orientation sensor 1284 and/or the eye sensor. Based on these measurements, the processor may communicate with the display screen 1220 to change the image being output. For example, if the user's eyes and/or the user's head are pivoted in an upward direction, the display screen 1220 may display an upper portion of the virtual environment (e.g., in response to a direction from the processing system).

5.3 augmented reality display interface

As shown in fig. 5A and 5B, a display device or head mounted display system 1000 in accordance with one aspect of the present technique includes the following functional aspects: a display screen 1220, a display housing 3200, and a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. In some forms, the functional aspects may be provided by one or more physical components. In some forms one or more physical components may provide one or more functional aspects. In use, the display 3100 is arranged to be positioned near and in front of the eyes of a user to allow the user to view the display 3100.

In other aspects, the head mounted display system 1000 may also include interface structures 1100, a controller 1270, speakers 1272, a power source 1274, and/or a control system 1276. In some examples, these may be integral parts of the head mounted display system 1000, while in other examples, these may be modular and incorporated into the head mounted display system 1000 as desired by the user.

5.3.1 display element

In some examples, the head-mounted display unit 1200 may include a display screen 1220, a display unit housing 1205, and/or the interface structure 1100. These components may be integrally formed in a single head mounted display unit 1200, or they may be separable and selectively connected by a user to form the head mounted display unit 1200. Additionally, the display screen 1220, the display unit housing 1205, and/or the interface structure 1100 may be included in the head mounted display system 1000, but may not be part of the head mounted display unit 1200.

5.3.1.1 display screen

As shown in fig. 5A, some forms of head mounted display unit 1200 include a display screen 1220. Display screen 1220 may include electronic components that provide viewable output to a user.

In one form of the present technology, illustrated in fig. 5A and 5B, a display screen 1220 provides an optical output viewable by a user. The optical output allows a user to observe the virtual environment and/or virtual objects.

Display screen 1220 may be positioned near the eyes of a user to allow the user to view display screen 1220. For example, display screen 1220 may be positioned in front of the user's eyes. Display screen 1220 may display computer-generated images that may be viewed by a user in order to enhance the user's physical environment (e.g., the computer-generated images may appear as if they are present in the user's physical environment).

In some forms, the display screen 1220 is an electronic display. The display screen 1220 may be a Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) or a Light Emitting Diode (LED) screen.

In some forms, the computer-generated image may be projected onto display screen 1220.

In some forms, display screen 1220 may extend wider than the distance between the user's pupils. The display screen 1220 may also be wider than the distance between the cheeks of the user.

In some forms, the display screen 1220 may display at least one image viewable by a user. For example, the display screen 1220 may display an image that changes based on a predetermined condition (e.g., the passage of time, the movement of the user, an input from the user, etc.).

In some forms, portions of the display screen 1220 may be visible to only one eye of the user. In other words, a portion of the display screen 1220 may be positioned only near and in front of one eye (e.g., the right eye) of the user and blocked from viewing from the other eye (e.g., the left eye).

In one example, the display screen 1220 may be divided into two sides (e.g., left and right sides), and may display two images at a time (e.g., one image on either side).

Each side of display screen 1220 may display similar images. In some examples, the images may be the same, while in other examples, the images may be slightly different.

Together, the two images on the display screen 1220 may form a binocular display, which may provide a more realistic AR or MR experience to the user. In other words, the user's brain may process two images from the display screen 1220 together into a single image. Providing two (e.g., non-identical) images may allow a user to view virtual objects in their surroundings and expand their field of view in the virtual environment.

In some forms, display screen 1220 may be positioned so as to be viewable by both eyes of a user. Display screen 1220 may output a single image at a time, the single image being viewable by both eyes. This can simplify the processing compared to the multi-image display screen 1220.

In some forms, head mounted display system 1000 includes a single lens 1240 (e.g., a monocular display). Lens 1240 may be positioned in front of both eyes (e.g., such that both eyes view images from display screen 1220 through lens 1240), or may be positioned in front of only one eye (e.g., when only one eye can view images from shift screen 1220). This may be particularly useful in AR or MR where the user may wish to have limited virtual stimulation and may wish to view the physical environment without the overlaid virtual objects.

In some forms, particularly when the display screen 1220 is used in an AR or MR environment, the display screen 1220 may be turned off as the user continues to wear the display screen 1220 and interact with the physical environment. This may allow a user to selectively choose when to receive virtual stimuli, and when to observe only the physical environment.

In some forms, the display screen 1220 may be transparent (or semi-transparent). For example, the display screen 1220 may be glass so that a user may see through the display screen 1220. This may be particularly beneficial in AR or MR applications, so that the user can continue to see the physical environment.

5.3.1.1.1 optical lens

As shown in fig. 5A, a display screen 1220 may be disposed within the lens 1240. A user may view an image provided by display screen 1220 through lens 1240. The lens 1240 may be transparent and/or translucent along with the display screen 1220 so that a user may observe their physical environment while looking through the lens 1240. In some examples, a user is able to view (e.g., visually observe) their physical environment regardless of the presence or absence of a computer-generated image output by display screen 1220.

In some forms, head mounted display system 1000 includes two lenses 1240, one for each eye of the user. In other words, each eye of the user may be viewed through a separate lens positioned in front of the respective pupil. Each lens 1240 may be the same, although in some examples, one lens 1240 may be different (e.g., have a different magnification) from another lens 1240. For example, lens 1240 may be a prescription lens 1240 and each eye of the user may have a different prescription.

In some forms, each lens 1240 may include a separate display screen 1220 that outputs a different image. For example, different computer-generated images may be displayed to the eyes of the user.

In one form, the user may control two, one, or different outputs in the display screen 1220. This may be beneficial to the user if the user wishes to switch which eye is viewing the computer generated image.

5.3.1.2 display casing

In some forms of the present technology as shown in fig. 5A and 5B, the display unit housing 1205 provides a support structure for the display screen 1220 in order to maintain the position of at least some components of the display screen 1220 relative to each other, and may additionally protect the display screen 1220 and/or other components of the head mounted display unit 1200. The display unit housing 1205 may be constructed of a material suitable for providing impact force protection to the display screen 1220. The display unit housing 1205 may also contact the user's face and may be constructed of a biocompatible material suitable for limiting irritation to the user.

Some forms of display unit housing 1205 in accordance with the present technology may be constructed of a hard, rigid, or semi-rigid material such as plastic.

In some forms, the rigid or semi-rigid material may be at least partially covered with a soft and/or flexible material (e.g., textiles, silicone, etc.). This may improve biocompatibility and/or user comfort because at least a portion of the display unit housing 1205 that the user engages (e.g., grasps with their hand) comprises a soft and/or flexible material.

In some forms, the display screen 1220 can at least partially protrude from the display unit housing 1205. For example, unlike the VR head mounted display system 1000, the display screen 1220 in the AR (or MR) head mounted display system 1000 may not be completely enclosed by the display unit housing 1205. The user can view the display screen 1220 directly and can view the display screen 1220 (e.g., if the display screen 1220 is transparent or translucent).

In some forms, the display unit housing 1205 may support a sensor or other electronic device described below. The display unit housing 1205 can provide protection to the electronic device without substantially obstructing the user's view of the display screen 1220.

5.3.1.3 interface structure

As shown in fig. 5A and 5B, some forms of the present technology include interface structures 1100 that are positioned and/or arranged to conform to the shape of a user's face and may provide increased comfort to the user when wearing and/or using head mounted display system 1000.

In some forms, the interface structure 1100 may include a nose pad that may contact the side of the user's nose (e.g., as used in eyeglasses). The nose pad may apply a slight pressure to the user's nose to maintain the position of the head mounted display system 1000, but may not apply a force that causes significant discomfort (e.g., the nose pad may not receive a rearward tension).

5.3.2 positioning and stabilizing Structure

As shown in fig. 5A-5B, the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 of the head mounted display system 1000 of the present technology may be held in place by the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 in use.

In order to maintain the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 in their proper operating positions, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 desirably rests comfortably against the user's head to accommodate the loads caused by the weight of the display unit in a manner that minimizes facial landmarks and/or pain from long-term use. There is also a need to allow universal fit without sacrificing comfort, usability and manufacturing costs. The design criteria may include adjustability over a predetermined range of low-touch simple-set solutions with low dexterity thresholds. Further considerations include catering to dynamic environments in which the head mounted display system 1000 may be used. As part of the immersive experience of the virtual environment, the user may communicate, i.e., speak, while using the head-mounted display system 1000. In this way, the user's lower jaw or mandible may move relative to the other bones of the skull. Additionally, the entire head may move during use of the head mounted display system 1000. For example, movement of the upper body and in some cases the lower body of the user, and in particular, movement of the head relative to the upper body and the lower body.

In one form of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a strap constructed from a laminate of a fabric user contact layer, a foam inner layer, and a fabric outer layer. In one form, the foam is porous to allow moisture (e.g., sweat) to pass through the strap. In one form, the skin-contacting layer of the strap is formed of a material that assists in drawing moisture away from the user's face. In one form, the outer layer of fabric includes a loop material for engaging the hook material portions.

In some forms of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a strap that is extendable, such as elastically extendable. For example, the strap may be configured to be in tension during use, and the guiding force pulls the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 towards a portion of the user's face, particularly near the user's eyes and in line with their field of view. In one example, the strap may be configured as a lace.

In one form of the present technique, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a first strap constructed and arranged such that, in use, at least a portion of a lower edge of the first strap passes over the upper base of the ear of the user's head and covers a portion of the parietal bone and not the occiput.

In one form of the present technique, the positioning and stabilising structure 1300 includes a second strap that is constructed and arranged such that, in use, at least a portion of an upper edge of the second strap passes under the lower base of the ear of the user's head and covers or lies under the occiput of the user's head.

In some forms of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a strap configured to be air permeable, to allow moisture to be transmitted through the strap,

in certain forms of the present technology, a system is provided that includes more than one positioning and stabilizing structure 1300, each configured to provide a retention force to correspond to a different range of sizes and/or shapes. For example, the system may include one form of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 that is suitable for a large sized head but not a small sized head, while another form of positioning and stabilizing structure is suitable for a small sized head but not a large sized head.

5.3.2.1 temples connector

As shown in fig. 5B, some forms of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 include temporal connectors 1250, each of which may overlay a respective one of the temporal bones of the user in use. In use, a portion of the temporal connector 1250 is in contact with an area of the user's head near the point of attachment on the ear (i.e., above each user's ear).

In some forms, the temporal connector 1250 may extend in an anterior-posterior direction and may be substantially parallel to the sagittal plane.

In some forms, the temple connector 1250 may be coupled to the display unit housing 1205. For example, the temporal connector 1250 may be connected to a side of the display unit housing 1205.

In some forms, each temporal connector 1250 may have a three-dimensional shape with curvature in all three axes (X, Y and Z). While the thickness of each temporal connector 1250 can be substantially uniform, its height varies throughout its length. The purpose of the shape and size of each temporal connector 1250 is to closely conform to the user's head so as to remain unobtrusive and maintain a low profile (e.g., not look overly bulky).

In some forms, the temple connector 1250 may be constructed of a rigid or semi-rigid material, which may include plastic, Hytre (thermoplastic polyester elastomer), or other similar materials. The rigid or semi-rigid material may be self-supporting and/or capable of retaining its shape without being worn. This may make it more intuitive or obvious for a user to understand how to use the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 and may be contrasted with a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 that is completely floppy and does not retain a shape. Maintaining the temporal connector 1250 in the use state prior to use may prevent or limit deformation while the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is worn by the user, and allow the user to quickly install or wear the head-mounted display system 1000.

In some forms, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may be designed such that the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 'pops out of the case' and generally into its in-use configuration. Further, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may be arranged to retain its in-use shape once ejected from the case (e.g., because a rigid member may be formed to maintain the shape of some or part of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300). Advantageously, the orientation of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is clear to the user, as the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is generally curved in shape, much like the back of the user's head. That is, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is generally dome-shaped.

In some forms, a flexible and/or elastic material may be disposed around the rigid or semi-rigid material of the temporal connection 1250. The flexible material may be more comfortable against the user's head to improve wear resistance and provide a soft contact with the user's face. In one form, the flexible material is a fabric sleeve that is permanently or removably coupled to each temporal connection 1250.

In one form, the fabric may be overmolded onto at least one side of the rigid member. In one form, the rigid member can be formed separately from the resilient member and then the user contacts the material (e.g., Breath-O-Prene)^TM) The protective sleeve of (a) may be wrapped or slid onto the rigid member. In alternative forms, the user contact material may be bonded by adhesive, ultrasonic weldingSewing, hook and loop material and/or stud attachment to the rigid member.

Some versions of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include only the temple connector 1250. The temple connector 1250 may be shaped like the temple or arm of an eyeglass and may rest against the head of a user in a similar manner. For example, the temporal arm 3304 may provide a force directed toward a side of the user's head (e.g., toward the respective temporal bone).

5.3.2.2 rear support part

As shown in fig. 5B, some forms of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include a rear support, such as rear support 1350, for helping to support the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 proximate to the user's eyes. The rear support 1350 may help anchor the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 to the user's head in order to properly orient the display screen 1220 proximate to the user's eyes.

In some forms, the temporal connector 1250 may be coupled directly to the display unit housing 1205 and the rear support 1350.

In some forms, the rear support 1350 may have a three-dimensional profile curve to fit the shape of a user's head. For example, the three-dimensional shape of the rear support 1350 may have a generally circular three-dimensional shape adapted to cover a portion of the parietal and occipital bones of the user's head in use.

In some forms, the rear support 1350 may be a rear portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. The rear support 1350 may provide an anchoring force that is directed at least partially in a forward direction.

In some forms, the rear support 1350 is the lowermost portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. For example, the rear support 1350 may contact the area of the user's head between the occiput and the trapezius muscle. The posterior support 1350 may be hooked against the lower edge of the occiput (e.g., the occiput). The rear support 1350 may provide an upward and/or forward directed force to maintain contact with the user's occiput.

In some forms, the rear support 1350 is the lowest portion of the entire head-mounted display system 1000. For example, the rear support 1350 may be positioned at the base of the user's neck (e.g., covering the occiput and inferior to the trapezius muscle of the user's eyes) such that the rear support 1350 is inferior to the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205.

5.3.2.3 forehead support

As shown in fig. 5A and 5B, some forms of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include a forehead support 1360 that may contact the head of a user above the eyes of the user when in use. For example, forehead support 1360 may cover the frontal bone of the user's head. In some forms, the forehead support 1360 may also be taller than the sphenoid and/or temporal bones. This may also position the forehead support 1360 higher than the eyebrows of the user.

In some forms, the forehead support 1360 may be a front portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300, and may be disposed more anteriorly on the user's head than any other portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. The rear support 1350 may provide a force directed at least partially in a rearward direction.

In some forms, forehead support 1360 may be adjusted to allow positioning and stabilizing structure 3000 to conform to the shape and/or configuration of a user's face.

In some forms, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include multiple pairs of temporal connectors 1250. For example, a pair of temple connectors 1250 may be coupled to the forehead support 1360, and the pair of temple connectors 1250 may be coupled to the display unit housing 1205.

In some forms, the forehead support 1360 may be presented at an angle generally parallel to the forehead of the user to provide improved comfort to the user. For example, forehead support 1360 may position the user in an orientation that overlies the frontal bone and is substantially parallel to the coronal plane. Positioning the forehead support substantially parallel to the coronal plane may reduce the likelihood of bed sores that may result from uneven presentation.

In some forms, forehead support 1360 may be offset from a rear support that contacts a rear area of the user's head (e.g., an area covering the occiput and trapezius muscles). In other words, the axis along the rear strap will not intersect the forehead support 1360, which may be disposed lower and forward than the axis along the rear strap. The resulting offset between the forehead support 1360 and the rear strap may create a moment opposing the weight of the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205. Greater deflection may create greater torque and thus may be more helpful in maintaining the proper position of the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205. The offset may be increased by moving the forehead support 1360 closer to the user's eyes (e.g., more forward and lower along the user's head) and/or increasing the angle of the rear strap to make it more vertical.

5.3.2.4 Adjustable bandage

Portions of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may be adjustable to apply selective tension on the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 to fix the position of the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205.

In some forms, the display unit housing 1205 can include at least one ring or eyelet 1254 and at least one temporal connector 1250 can pass through the ring and fold over itself. The user may select the length of the strap that passes through the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 of the corresponding eyelet 1254 in order to adjust the tension. For example, threading a longer length through the eyelet 1254 may provide greater tension.

In some forms, at least one of the temporal connectors 1250 can include an adjustment portion 1256 and a receiving portion 1258. The adjustment portion 1256 may be positioned through an eyelet 1254 on the display unit housing 1205 and may be coupled to the receiving portion 1258 (e.g., by doubling back on itself). The adjustment portion 1256 may comprise a hook material and the receiving portion 1258 may comprise a loop material (or vice versa) such that the adjustment portion 1256 may be removably retained in a desired position. In some examples, the hook material and the loop material may be velcro.

In some forms, the strap may be constructed at least partially of a flexible and/or elastic material that may conform to the shape of the user's head and/or may allow the adjustment portion to pass through the aperture 1254. For example, the adjustment portion 1256 may be constructed of an elastic fabric that can provide an elastic pulling force. The remaining temporal connector 1250 may be constructed of a rigid or semi-rigid material as described above (although it is contemplated that additional portions of the temporal connector 1250 may also be constructed of flexible materials).

5.3.2.4.1 Top strap part

In some forms, the top strap 1340 may be connected to the display unit housing 1205. For example, the top strap portion 1340 can be coupled to the upper face 1230. The top strap 1340 can also be coupled to the display unit housing 1205 near the rear end of the display housing 3528.

In some forms, top strap portion 1340 may be coupled to forehead support 1360. For example, the top strap portion 1340 may be coupled to the forehead support 1360 near the upper edge. The top strap portion 1340 may be connected to the display unit housing 1205 by a forehead support 1360.

In some forms, the top strap portion 1340 can be connected to the rear support portion 1350. For example, the top strap portion 1340 can be attached near the upper edge of the rear support portion 1350.

In some forms, the top strap portion 1340 may be adjustable to exert a selective pulling force on the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 to fix the position of the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205.

In some forms, the display unit housing 1205 and/or forehead support 1360 may include at least one loop or eyelet 1254, and the top strap portion 1340 may pass through the eyelet 1254 and fold over itself. The user may select the length of top strap portion 1340 through eyelet 1254 in order to adjust the tension provided by positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. For example, threading a greater length of top strap portion 1340 through eyelet 1254 may provide greater tension.

In some forms, top strap portion 1340 may include an adjustment portion and a receiving portion. The adjustment portion may be positioned through the eyelet 1254 and may be coupled to the receiving portion (e.g., by doubling back on itself). The adjustment portion may comprise hook material and the receiving portion may comprise loop material (or vice versa) such that the adjustment portion may be removably retained in a desired position. In some examples, the hook material and loop material may be velcro.

5.3.2.5 rotation control

In some forms, the display unit housing 1205 and/or the display screen 1220 can pivot relative to the user's face when the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is worn by the user. This may allow the user to view the physical environment without viewing through head mounted display unit 1200 (e.g., without viewing computer generated images). This may be useful for a user who wishes to rest for viewing the virtual environment, but does not wish to leave the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300.

In some forms, pivot connection 1260 may be coupled to temporal connection 1250. Head mounted display unit 1200 may be pivotable about an axis extending between temple connectors 1250 (e.g., a substantially horizontal axis that may be substantially perpendicular to the frankfurt horizontal line in use).

In some forms, the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 include a pair of arms 1210 that extend away from the display screen 1220 (e.g., in a cantilevered configuration), and may extend in a rearward direction in use.

In some forms, the pair of arms 1210 can extend at least partially along the temporal connection 1250 and can be connected to the temporal connection 1250 at a pivotal connection 1260.

In some forms, the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 can include a neutral position (see, e.g., fig. 5B; substantially horizontal in use) and a pivoted position (e.g., pivoted relative to a horizontal axis in use).

In some forms, the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 can pivot between about 0 ° and about 90 ° relative to the temple connector 1250. In some forms, the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 can pivot between about 0 ° and about 80 ° relative to the temple connector 1250. In some forms, the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 can pivot between about 0 ° and about 70 ° relative to the temple connector 1250. In some forms, the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 can pivot between about 0 ° and about 60 ° relative to the temple connector 1250. In some forms, the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 can pivot between about 0 ° and about 50 ° relative to the temple connector 1250. In some forms, the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 can pivot between about 0 ° and about 45 ° relative to the temple connector 1250. At least at its maximum pivot position, the display screen 1220 may be better than the user's eyes, such that the user does not have to see through the display screen 1220 to view the physical environment.

5.3.3 controller

As shown in fig. 6, some forms of head mounted display system 1000 include a controller 1270 that may be engaged by a user to provide user input to the virtual environment and/or to control the operation of head mounted display system 1000. The controller 1270 may be connected to the head-mounted display unit 1200 and provide the user with the ability to interact with virtual objects output to the user from the head-mounted display unit 1200.

5.3.3.1 hand-held controller

In some forms, the head mounted display system 1000 may include two handheld controllers. The handheld controllers may be substantially identical to one another, and each of the handheld controllers may be actuated by a respective one of the user's hands.

In some forms, the controller 1270 may be wirelessly connected to the head mounted display unit 1200. For example, the connection 1270 and the head mounted display unit 1200 may be connected via bluetooth, Wi-Fi, or any similar means.

5.3.3.2 fixed controller

In some forms, the controller 1270 may comprise control buttons integrally formed on the display unit housing 1205. For example, control buttons may be formed on the upper face 1230 and/or the lower face 1232 to be engageable by the user's fingers when holding the user's palm against the left or

right sides

1234, 1236 of the display unit housing 1205. Control buttons may also be disposed on other faces of the display unit housing 1205.

In some forms it may be preferable to have only control buttons in the AR or MR device. When wearing the AR or MR head mounted display system 1000, a user may interact with their physical environment (e.g., walking around, using tools, etc.). Thus, a user may prefer to keep their hands free of controls 1270.

5.3.4 loudspeaker

As shown in fig. 6, some forms of head mounted display system 1000 include a sound system or speakers 1272 that may be connected to head mounted display unit 1200 and positioned proximate to the user's ears to provide audible output to the user.

In some forms, the speaker 1272 is positioned around the user's ear and may block or limit the user from hearing ambient noise.

In some forms, the speakers 1272 may be wirelessly connected to the head mounted display unit 1200. For example, the speakers 1272 and the head mounted display unit 1200 may be connected via bluetooth, Wi-Fi, or any similar means.

5.3.5 electric power

As shown in fig. 6, some forms of the head mounted display system 1000 may include a power supply 1274 that may provide power to the head mounted display unit 1200 and any other electrical components of the head mounted display system 1000.

In some forms, the power supply 1274 may comprise a wired electrical connection that may be coupled to an external power source, which may be fixed to a particular location.

In some forms, a power source 1274 may be coupled to the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. For example, the power source 1274 may be permanently or removably coupled to the strap of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. The power source 1274 may be coupled to the rear of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 such that it may be generally opposite the display unit housing 1205 and/or the head mounted display unit 1200. Thus, the weight of the power supply 1274 and the weight of the head mounted display unit 1200 and the display unit housing 1205 may be spread throughout the head mounted display system 1000 rather than being concentrated at the front of the head mounted display system 1000. Transferring weight to the rear of the display interface may limit the moment generated on the user's face, which may improve comfort and allow the user to wear the head-mounted display system 1000 for longer periods of time.

In some forms, the power supply 1274 may be supported by the user away from the user's head. For example, the power source 1274 may be connected to the head mounted display unit 1200 and/or the display unit housing 1205 only by electrical connections (e.g., wires). The power supply 1274 may be stored in a pants pocket of the user, on a belt clip, or the like to support the weight of the power supply 1274. This eliminates the weight that the user's head needs to support and may make wearing the head mounted display system 1000 more comfortable for the user.

5.3.6 control system

In some forms, the control system 1276 may be powered by a power source 1274 (e.g., at least one battery) for powering components of the control system 1276. For example, the sensors of the control system 1276 may be powered by the power supply 1274.

5.3.6.1.1 Integrated Power support

In some forms, a battery support 1288 may be disposed on the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. For example, the battery support 1288 may be coupled to the rear support 1350. The weight of the head mounted display system 1000 may be better balanced around the user's head.

5.3.6.1.2 remote power support

In some forms, the battery support 1288 may support the low-power system battery 1278 and/or the main battery 1280. The battery support 1288 may be coupled to the user independently of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 and/or the display unit housing 1205 (e.g., it may be coupled via a belt clip). Battery support 1288 may also be supported away from the user's body (e.g., if head-mounted display system 1000 receives power from a computer or video game console). The tether may couple the battery support 1288 to the control system 1276 and/or other electronic devices. Since the weight of the low power system battery 1278 and/or the main battery 7008 is not supported by the user's head, the positioning of the battery support may improve the user's comfort.

5.3.6.2 orientation sensor

In some examples, the external orientation sensor may be positioned in the physical environment in which the user wears the head-mounted display system 1000. The external position sensor may track the user's movement similar to the orientation sensor 1284 described above. The use of external orientation sensors may reduce the weight that needs to be supported by the user.

5.3.6.2.1 Camera

In some forms, orientation sensor 1284 is a camera that may be configured to observe the physical environment of the user in order to measure and determine the orientation of the user's head (e.g., in a direction in which the user's head has been tilted).

5.3.6.3 eye sensor

In some forms, control system 1276 may include an eye sensor capable of tracking the movement of a user's eyes. For example, the eye sensor can measure a position of at least one of the user's eyes and determine which direction the at least one of the user's eyes is looking.

In some forms, the eye sensors may be disposed in or near the lens 1240.

In some forms, the user's eyes may act as controllers, and the user may move their eyes in order to interact with the virtual object. For example, the virtual cursor may follow the position of the user's eyes. The eye sensor may track and measure movement of the user's eye and communicate with the processing system 1286 (described below) to move the virtual cursor.

5.3.6.4 processing system

In some forms, the control system 1276 includes a processing system 1286 (e.g., a microprocessor) that may receive measurements from various sensors of the control system 1276.

In some forms, processing system 1286 may receive measurements recorded by orientation sensor 1284 and/or eye sensors. Based on these measurements, the processor may communicate with the display screen 1220 to change the image being output. For example, if the user's eyes and/or the user's head are pivoted in an upward direction, the display screen 1220 may display a higher portion of the virtual environment (e.g., in response to a direction from the processing system 1286).

5.4 head-mounted display System, which may include a separate Battery pack

7A-7C, 8, 9, 21A-21E, 23A-23D, 28A-28E, 31A-31B, 32A-32C, and 33 show examples of head mounted display systems 1000. In these particular examples, the head mounted display system 1000 is configured to be used as a Virtual Reality (VR) headset. The head mounted display system 1000 in each of these examples includes a head mounted display unit 1200 and a battery pack 1500. Head mounted display unit 1200 may include a display configured for VR. The battery pack 1500 is configured to power the head-mounted display system 1000. Although various features are described herein in the context of a head mounted display system 1000 that includes a battery pack 1500 that is separate from the head mounted display unit 1200, it should be understood that each feature may also be applied in a head mounted display system 1000 that does not include a battery pack 1500 that is separate from the head mounted display unit, or that includes a battery pack 1500 located elsewhere than behind the user's head, unless the context requires otherwise.

Each head mounted display system 1000 includes positioning and stabilizing structures 1300 configured to hold the head mounted display unit 1200 in front of the user's eyes so that the display is viewable by the user in use. Head mounted display unit 1200 may also be configured to hold the battery at the back of the user's head in use.

The positioning and stabilising structure 1300 includes a rear support 1350 configured for engaging the rear of the user's head, the rear support 1350 in these examples including a parietal strap portion 1310 configured for covering, in use, the parietal bone of the user's head and an occipital strap portion 1320 configured for covering, in use, or underlying the occipital bone of the user's head.

In these examples, the positioning and stabilising structure 1300 further comprises a pair of side strap portions 1330 configured to be connected between the rear support 1350 and the head mounted display unit 1200, each side strap portion configured to be located on a respective side of the user's head in use.

The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may further include a top strap 1340 configured to connect between the battery pack 1500 and the head mounted display unit 1200. The top strap portion 1340 may be configured to cover an upper portion of the user's head in use.

5.4.1 parietal bone strap parts

In the examples shown in fig. 7A-7C, 8, 9, 21A-21E, 23A-23D, 28A-28E, 31A-31B, 32A-32C, and 33, the position of top strap 1310 may be moved in the anterior-posterior direction relative to top strap 1340. That is, the user is able to move top strap 1310 through a range of positions on their head without moving top strap 1340. The ability to move top strap 1310 may advantageously allow a user to spread top strap 1310 and occipital strap 1320 apart without moving top strap 1340. Expanding the parietal strap portion 1310 and occipital strap portion 3120 may advantageously create hoop stress within the loop formed by these two portions, thereby providing a secure fit with the back surface of the user's head. In particular, the angle between the parietal strap portion 1310 and occipital strap portion 1320 may be adjusted by the user.

In this example, top bone strap portion 1310 passes under top strap portion 1340. By passing underneath, top strap portion 1310 may advantageously be able to reliably (e.g., tightly enough) engage the user's head without limiting the ability of top strap portion 1340 to move in the fore-aft direction.

As shown particularly in fig. 7B and 7C, the top strap portion 1340 may be threaded through a buckle 1312 attached to the top bone strap portion 1310. The buckle 1312 may be configured to limit lateral movement of the top strap portion 1340, which may advantageously keep the top strap portion 1340 centered on the user's head during use. In an example, the buckle 1312 is located in the sagittal plane of the user's head in use. In this example, the buckle 1312 is substantially rigid and may be formed, for example, from a thermoplastic material. The buckle 1312 may alternatively be formed from a flexible material, such as a fabric material.

In other examples, top strap portion 1310 may be non-movable relative to top strap portion 1340. In some examples, the top bone strap portions 1310 are fixedly attached to the top strap portions 1340.

5.4.2 Top strap portion

As shown particularly in fig. 7A and 7B, in an example, top strap 1340 is connected to occipital strap 1320.

In this example, top strap portion 1340 is adjustable in length. This may advantageously allow a user to achieve a safer, stable, and/or comfortable fit when wearing the head-mounted display system 1000. The top strap portion 1340 may be adjustable in length between the head mounted display unit 1200 and the battery pack 1500. Alternatively or additionally, the length of top strap portion 1320 may be adjusted between head mounted display unit 1200 and occipital strap portion 1320.

In an example, top strap portion 1340 is connected to head mounted display unit 1200 through an eyelet 1202 that is connected to head mounted display unit 1200 and looped back and secured to itself. The ends of top strap portion 1340 may be secured to another portion of top strap portion 1340 by hook and loop fastener attachment.

In the example shown in fig. 7A and 8, outer layer 1341 of top strap portion 1340 is configured to pass through eyelet 1202 and loop back and secure to itself. However, the user facing layer 1344 does not pass through the aperture. The user facing layer 1344 remains in contact with the user's head. The top strap portion 1340 can be substantially inextensible.

As shown in fig. 7A and 8, top strap portion 1340 comprises a layered construction. That is, top strap portion 1340 can be formed from multiple layers. In these examples, the top strap portion 1340 includes a substantially inextensible layer 1343 that can prevent the top strap portion 1340 from extending in length (optionally along with other components or layers that can also prevent the top strap portion 1340 from extending in length). As shown in fig. 7A and 8, the front end of the substantially inextensible layer 1343 is spaced apart from the head-mounted display unit along the length of the top strap portion. This may advantageously allow the length of the top strap portion 1340 to be adjusted without the head mounted display unit 1200 interfering with the substantially inextensible layer 1343.

In these examples, the top strap portion includes a fabric user-facing layer 1344. That is, the user-facing layer 1344 may be formed of a fabric material. Additionally or alternatively, top strap portion 1340 can include an outer layer of fabric 1341.

In the example shown in fig. 7A-7C and 8, the top strap portion 1340 includes a power cable 1510 that connects the battery pack 1500 to the head mounted display unit 1200 to provide power from the battery pack to the head mounted display unit 1200 in use. The battery pack 1500 may power the display and other electronic components. In these examples, power cable 1510 is inside of top strap portion 1340.

22A-22C illustrate another example of the present technology, where power cable 1510 is inside top strap 1340. In an example, power cable 1510 may be inserted through the interior of top strap portion 1340 by a user. In particular, power cable 1510 may be inserted through top strap portion 1340 between substantially inextensible layer 1343 and outer layer 1341. Fig. 21E shows the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 in an exploded state, and fig. 21A and 21C show the assembled head mounted display system 100. Fig. 21B is a cross-sectional view showing the interior of top strap portion 1340, where interior power cable 1510 is visible.

5.4.3 front and rear portions of Top strap portion

Fig. 33 shows another example of the present technology. In the example, top strap portion 1340 includes a front portion 1345 and a rear portion 1346. The rear portion 1346 is configured to engage the head of a user in use. However, the front portion 1345 is configured not to engage the head of a user in use. The front portion 1345 is spaced from the user's head. Advantageously, the spacing partially or completely avoids the front portion 1345 from squeezing, impacting, or otherwise disturbing hair on the user's head in the area of use in which the front portion 1345 is located.

Over-compressing or disturbing the user's hair can result in a lack of comfort during use or drowsiness when the user removes the head-mounted display system. Having a top strap portion 1340 that does not engage the user's head 1345 in use (e.g., does not press against the user's head) may at least partially address these problems or issues. The amount of contact of the front portion 1345 with a particular user's hair will depend on the length and style of the user's hair. The front portion 1345 may not engage the user's head, but if the user has a sufficiently long hair length and/or style, the user's hair may still contact the front portion 1345. However, because front portion 1345 does not engage the user's head, it does not overly compress, interfere with, or disturb the user's hair.

The front portion 1345 may not engage the user's head by, for example, not contacting the user's head (e.g., not contacting the user's skin if even the user has no hair), by not pressing, wrapping, and/or fitting against and/or exerting a force on the user's head. The rear portion 1346 may engage the user's head by contacting the user's head (e.g., if the user were without hair it would contact the user's skin), by pressing, wrapping, and/or fitting and/or exerting a force on the user's head.

As shown in fig. 33, in a particular example, top strap portion 1340 includes a shape having a bend between rear portion 1346 and front portion 1345. The top strap portion 1340 can be shaped to follow the curvature of the user's head in a rear portion 1346 of the top strap portion 1340 and to deviate from the curvature of the user's head in a front portion 1345 of the top strap portion 1340. In some examples, the top strap portion 1340 is reinforced to support the front portion 1345 in spaced relation to the user's head. The front portion 1345 may be spaced above the edge of the user's head, forehead and/or frontal region.

As shown in fig. 33, the front portion 1345 is bent downward toward the head mounted display unit 1200. Additionally, a front portion 1345 of the top strap portion 1340 can extend in a partially upward direction from a rear portion 1346 of the top strap portion 1340 (e.g., extending from a front end 1347 of the rear portion 1346).

The front portion 1345 of the top strap portion 1340 may be attached to the rear portion 1346 of the top strap portion 1340 at the front end 1347 of the rear portion 1346.

In various examples of the present technology, the front end 1347 of the rear portion 1346 may be located in a plurality of different positions relative to the user's head. The front end 1347 may be located behind the edge region of the user's head. For example, the front end 1347 may be located between an edge region of the user's head and the coronal slot in use. In some examples, front end 1347 is located, in use, behind the frontal bone of the user's head. In some examples, front end 1347 is located, in use, near a coronal plane of the user's head, the coronal plane being aligned with each of the superior auricular cardinal points of the user's head. In some examples, front end 1347 is located behind a coronal plane aligned with each of the superior auricular cardinal points of the user's head in use. In some examples, the front end 1347 of the rear portion 1346 may be located proximate to the top bone strap portion 1310 of the positioning and stabilizing structure 3300 in use. As above, top strap portion 1340 can include a bend. The bend may be located at or near the front end 1347 of the rear portion 1346, as shown, for example, in fig. 33.

As shown in fig. 33, the top strap portion 1340 is connected between the head mounted display unit 1200 and the battery pack 1500 for powering the head mounted display system 1000. The battery pack 1500 may be positioned against the rear surface of the user's head in use. Top strap portion 1340 may advantageously transfer the downward force of gravity of battery pack 1500 to an upward supporting force on head mounted display unit 1200 that opposes the downward force of gravity of head mounted display unit 1200.

The length of top strap portion 1340 may be adjustable. As shown in fig. 33, the top strap portion 1340 is configured to connect to the head mounted display unit 1200 through an eyelet 1202 that connects to a display unit housing 1205 of the head mounted display unit 1200 and loops back and secures to itself (e.g., by hook and loop fasteners or buckles). Specifically, the user facing layer 1344 of the top strap portion 1340 is configured to pass through the eyelet 1202 and loop back and secure to itself (e.g., via hook and loop fasteners, buckles, or the like). In a particular example, the outer layer of top strap portion 1340 does not pass through eyelet 1202.

The user facing layer 1344 may be a user contact layer (e.g., it may be a user contact layer) or a non-user contact layer (e.g., it may be a non-user contact layer). Some or all of the user-facing layers 1344 may contact the user (e.g., against the user's hair/head). At least some of the user facing layers 1344 may not contact the user and/or may not engage the user's head. For example, in the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 of fig. 33, a portion of the user facing layer 1344 (e.g., the front portion 1345) does not contact the user (e.g., it is spaced apart from the user's head). Additionally, in the example of fig. 33, a portion (e.g., the back portion 1346) of the user facing layer 1344 contacts the user (e.g., it contacts the user's hair/head).

Top strap portion 1340 (e.g., both front portion 1345 and rear portion 1346) can be substantially inextensible and can comprise a layered construction. In the example shown in fig. 33, top strap portion 1340 includes a substantially inextensible layer 1343. In this example, substantially inextensible layer 1343 at least partially reinforces top strap portion 1340. In some examples (e.g., the example of fig. 33 and in other examples), the substantially inextensible layer may function as a rigid member. For example, substantially inextensible layer 1343 may stiffen top strap portion 1340 by imparting a shape to top strap portion 1340. It should be understood that the rigidized strap may still be bendable, but may be rigidized in the sense that it is self-supporting or more rigid than the soft strap portion. The substantially inextensible layer 1343 extends along both the front portion 1345 and the rear portion 1346. The substantially inextensible layer 1343 can stiffen the front portion 1345 to support the front portion 1345 in spaced relation to the head of the user. That is, the front portion 1345 may be rigidified such that it is supported away from the user's head such that it does not engage the user's head in use. As shown in fig. 33, the front end of the substantially inextensible layer 1343 is spaced apart from the head-mounted display unit 1200 along the length of the top strap portion 1340. For example, there is a gap between the front end of the substantially inextensible layer 1343 and the head mounted display unit 1200. In some examples, the top strap portion 1340 includes a fabric user-facing layer 1344. In some examples, top strap portion 1340 includes an outer layer of fabric, e.g., overlying substantially inextensible layer 1343.

In some examples, the top strap portion 1340 including the front portion 1345 that does not engage the user's head includes a power cable 1510 (not shown in fig. 33) for connecting the battery pack 1500 to the head-mounted display unit 1200 to provide power from the battery pack 1500 to the head-mounted display unit 1200 in use. Power cable 1510 may be internal to top strap portion 1340. For example, a user may insert power cable 1510 through the interior of top strap portion 1340. In some examples, power cable 1510 may be inserted through top strap portion 1340 between substantially inextensible layer 1343 and the outer layer of fabric.

The substantially inextensible layer 1343 may be part of the trim rigidizer 1380. The following describes the stiffening member 1380, features of which may be applied to the stiffening member forming the substantially inextensible layer 1343 of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 shown in fig. 33.

It should be appreciated that the top strap portion 1340 described with reference to fig. 33 (e.g., the top strap portion 1340 having a front portion 1345 that does not engage the user's head in use) may have any one or more of the features described with reference to any of the other exemplary top strap portions described herein. Likewise, a top strap portion 1340 having a front portion 1345 that does not engage a user's head may be applied to any other head mounted display system 1000 described herein.

5.4.4 Battery pack

As shown in the example in fig. 7A, a battery pack 1500 in some examples of the present technology is connected to top strap portions 1340 at upper and

lower locations

1501, 1502. In other examples, battery pack 1500 may be attached to top strap portion 1340 at only one of these locations and/or to different components.

The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 can be configured to hold the battery pack 1500 (or other weight) in a low position on the head of the user. In some examples, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is configured to hold the battery pack 1500 in a position covering the occiput of the user's head in use. In some examples of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is configured to hold the battery pack 1500 in a position proximate to the occiput of the user's head and in or proximate to the vertical axis of rotation of the user's head. Given that the rear surface of the user's head curves inward (forward and downward) toward the user's spine, the low position in which battery pack 1500 is supported on the user's head may allow battery pack 1500 to be located near the axis of rotation of the user's head. The axis of rotation may be at or near the spine of the user. When a user is rotating or moving their head violently, for example during a game, supporting the battery pack as close as possible to the axis of rotation of the user's head may advantageously keep the destructive forces on the battery pack low.

In the example of fig. 7A, battery pack 1500 is removably attached to top strap portions 1340. Battery pack 1500 may be attached to top strap portions 1340 by hook and loop attachment. Alternatively, the battery pack 1500 may be connected via buttons, studs (e.g., domes), or the like. In an example, the battery pack 1500 is attached to the top strap portion 1340 at a lower location 1502 adjacent the occipital strap portion 1320.

Connecting battery pack 1500 in this manner may advantageously allow parietal strap portion 1310 and/or occipital strap portion 1320 to engage the user's head without obstruction by battery pack 1500.

Battery pack 1500 may include a concave inner surface configured to generally correspond to the curvature of a user's head.

Fig. 22A-22C illustrate a battery pack 1500 suitable for use in, for example, the head-mounted display systems 1000 shown in fig. 7A-7C, 8, 9, 21A-21E, 23A-23D, 28A-28E, 31A-31B, 32A-32C, and 33, in accordance with various examples of the present technique. The back surface of the user's head is represented by 1010 to show the use position of each battery pack 1500 and its internal components. In these examples, as shown in the various views, battery pack 1500 includes a battery pack housing 1505 and a plurality of battery cells 1502 housed within housing 1505. The battery cells 1502 may be equally spaced apart from the front wall of the battery pack housing 1505 in the battery pack housing 1505 as shown in fig. 22A. One of the plurality of battery cells 1502 may be farther from the front wall of the battery housing 1505 than another battery cell or cells 1502, as shown in fig. 22B. Spacing the cell 1502 further rearward may advantageously enable the battery pack 1500 to generate a greater torque to offset the weight of the head mounted display unit 1200. Alternatively or additionally, each of the plurality of battery cells 1502 may be spaced apart from the front wall of the battery pack housing 1505, as shown in fig. 22C.

The battery pack housing may contain weights 1512 configured to facilitate weight balancing between the battery pack 1500 and the head-mounted display unit 1500, as shown in fig. 22C. In the example of fig. 22C, the battery pack housing 1505 is spaced from the back surface 1010 of the user's head (in a particular example by a cushion 1511, which may be designed to be comfortable). The weights 1512 may be net weights formed from metal, water, sand, or other dense material in a permanent or removable configuration. In some examples, battery pack 1500 may be replaced by a weight only, for example if the battery is located in head mounted display unit 1200. The battery pack housing 1505 may also include a support to increase the offset distance from the rear surface 1010 of the user's head.

Fig. 62A illustrates a head mounted display system 1000 in accordance with another example of the present technology. Similar to other examples disclosed herein, which include a head mounted display unit 1200 and a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a rear support 1350 that includes a top strap portion 1310 and an occipital strap portion 1320, the occipital strap portions being connected to a pair of side strap portions 1330 that are connected to the arms 1210 of the head mounted display unit 1200 at the eyelets 1212. As with other examples described herein, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a top strap portion 1340 and a battery pack 1500. The top strap portion 1340 includes a user facing layer 1344 and a substantially inextensible layer 1343. In an example, both the user facing layer 1344 and the substantially inextensible layer 1343 of the top strap portion 1340 are connected to the head mounted display unit 1200.

As also shown in fig. 62A, the battery pack 1500 is in the example attached to the top strap portion 1340 at the upper side (e.g., upper end) of the battery pack 1500 and attached (or attachable) to the occipital strap portion 1320 at the lower side of the battery pack 1500. An example is one in which top strap portion 1340 is not attached to occipital strap portion 1320. In an example, battery pack 1500 is attached to occipital strap portion 1320 by a lower battery strap portion 1515. The lower battery strap portion 1515 may be releasably attached to the occipital strap portion 1320 by hook and loop connections, snaps, magnetic clips, or other suitable fasteners. In other examples, lower battery strap portions 1515 may be permanently attached to occipital strap portions 1320.

In the example of fig. 62A, the head-mounted display system 100 includes a pad 1511 configured to contact a back surface of the user's head, which may be a partially rearward-facing and partially upward-facing surface, or in some examples, a partially rearward-facing and partially downward-facing surface. The battery pack housing 1505 is spaced from the rear surface of the user's head by a pad 1511. The cushion 1511 may be formed of silicone or foam, which may make the presence of the battery pack 1500 more comfortable for a user. In the example, the battery pack housing 1505 is placed against the pad, which itself is placed against the user's head. The pad 1511 may conform to the user's head and evenly distribute the force exerted on the user's head by the battery pack 1500 over a large surface area.

5.4.4.1 vertical battery pack

In some examples, such as those described with reference to fig. 7A-7C, 8, 21A-21E, 22A-22C, 28A-28E, 31A-33, 36A-36C, 39A-39C, 42C-42D, 46-53G, and 62A, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is configured to hold the battery pack 1500 in a vertical orientation in use. The battery pack 1500 may have a length, a width, and a depth. The length, width and depth may be substantially perpendicular to each other. It should be understood that battery 1500 may be curved along its length (e.g., as shown in fig. 62A) and/or may not have, for example, a uniform width or depth. The battery pack 1500 may generally be longer than it is wide or deep.

As shown in many of the figures referenced above, the positioning and stabilizing structure is configured to maintain the battery pack 1500 in an orientation in which the length of the battery pack 1500 is substantially vertically aligned in use. The length of the battery pack may be aligned with the sagittal plane of the user's head in use. Since most of the weight of battery pack 1500 is supported by top strap portion 1340 in use, battery pack 1500 that is longer than its width and oriented such that the length axis is substantially vertical may advantageously provide a stable fit because more of the weight of battery pack 1500 is aligned directly below the connection of the top strap portions than on either side thereof.

5.4.4.2 Horizontally oriented batteries

In fig. 62A and many other illustrative examples of the present technology described herein, the top bone strap portion 1310 is configured to cover the top bone at a posterior and superior location on the user's head. That is, parietal strap portion 1310 is configured such that, in use, it passes through the sagittal plane of the user's head at a location spaced from the junction between the parietal and frontal bones (e.g., coronal sutures) and also spaced from the junction between the parietal and occipital bones (e.g., λ sutures). In such an example, the top strap portion 1310 may extend rearwardly and upwardly from its connection with each side strap portion 1330 at an oblique angle relative to the side strap portion 1330, for example at or around a 45 degree angle. In some examples, the parietal strap portion 1310 may intersect the sagittal plane of the user's head at a location approximately equidistant from the coronal and λ sutures.

However, in other examples of the present technology, such as the example shown in fig. 62B, the parietal strap portion 1310 is configured in use to cover an area of the user's head at or near the junction between the parietal bone and the occiput (e.g., at or near the λ -shaped suture). For example, in use, the top bone strap portion 1310 may be positioned adjacent to and above the λ -shaped seam of the user's head. In an example, the parietal band portion 1310 may intersect the sagittal plane of the user's head at a posterior location rather than at an anterior-superior location (as in the example of fig. 62A). As shown in fig. 62B, top strap portion 1310 and side strap portion 1330 may be configured to lie in a common plane in use. The parietal strap portions 1310 may extend rearwardly from their connection with each lateral strap portion 1330 in a direction parallel to the lateral strap portions.

In the example of fig. 62B, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is configured to maintain the battery pack 1500 in a horizontal orientation during use. As described above, the battery pack 1500 in various examples may have a length, a width, and a depth, with the length being longer than the width and depth. In the example of fig. 62B, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is configured to hold the battery pack 1500 in an orientation in which the length of the battery pack 1500 is substantially horizontally aligned in use. As shown, in use, the length of battery pack 1500 may be aligned parallel to top bone strap portion 1310. Battery pack 1500 may be attached to top bone strap portion 1310. For example, battery pack 1500 is supported by top bone strap portion 1310. In some examples, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include additional straps (e.g., battery pack support straps) that support the battery pack 1500, holding it against the back of the user's head. Additional straps may be connected to side strap portions 1330 or top strap portion 1310, for example, and may be placed against the back surface of battery pack 1500, or may be connected to the sides or ends of battery pack 1500.

5.4.4.3 Battery pack connection

As described elsewhere, the battery pack 1500 may be connected to the top strap 1340 of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 at the upper position 1501 and the lower position 1502. As shown in fig. 7A, in some examples of the present technology, the inferior position 1502 is located at or near a posterior inferior end of the top strap portion 1340 and/or at or near the occipital strap portion 1320. Fig. 68A and 68B illustrate an alternative example of the present technology, where the lower end of the top strap portion 1340 is connected to the occipital strap portion 1320, and the lower location 1502 where the battery pack 1500 is connected to the top strap portion 1340 is spaced above the occipital strap portion. As shown in fig. 68B, when the headgear is tightened, the lower portion of the top strap portion 1340 is then free to deform inwardly toward the occipital region of the patient, which provides a stable fit. Such deformation may occur when a user wears the head mounted display system 1000 and/or when the occipital strap portion 1320 or another strap portion of the positioning and stabilization structure 1300 is tightened.

Fig. 68C and 68D illustrate another example of the present technology, where battery pack 1500 is connected to top strap portions 1340 at pivotal connections 1516, where battery pack 1500 is able to pivot about a horizontal axis. Battery pack 1500 is also attached to top strap at upper position 1501 and lower position 1502. In the example, battery pack 1500 is connected to top strap portions 1340 at upper locations 1501 and lower locations 1502 by spring elements. The spring member may be any attachment member that resiliently couples battery pack 1500 to top strap portion 1340. The top strap portion 1340 is rigid (e.g., by a rigid substantially inextensible layer 1343), but can be elastically deformed when the straps of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 are tightened or fitted to the head of the user. These spring elements may slightly resist the compliance of top strap portion 1340 with the user's head to provide elastic tension in the straps. The ability of top strap 1340 to elastically deform without being constrained to the shape of battery pack 1500 may advantageously allow top strap 1340 to fit a range of head shapes and sizes. Fig. 68C shows the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 during fitting to a small-sized head, while fig. 68D shows the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 during fitting to a medium-sized head. The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 deforms less when fitted to a large sized head as compared to a small sized head. Battery pack 1500 (or other counterweight) may be held in a stable position by pivot connection 1516 while the spring elements at upper position 1501 and lower position 1502 prevent it from rotating.

5.4.5 rigidized parietal and/or occipital strap portions

Referring also to the example shown in fig. 62A, parietal strap portion 1310 may comprise a layered construction. The parietal cuff sections may be substantially inextensible. The parietal strap portion 1310 may be capable of bending to conform to the shape of the user's head, but not transmitting forces along the parietal strap portion 1310. In the example of fig. 62A, top bone strap portion 1310 includes a user contact layer 1318 and a substantially inextensible layer 1317. User contact layer 1318 may be formed from a fabric material and may be formed from the same material as user contact layer 1344 of top strap portion 1340 and/or side strap portion 1330. The substantially inextensible layer 1317 may be formed of a material that does not extend in length under the forces experienced in use of the head-mounted display system, and may be formed of the same material as the substantially inextensible layer 1343 of the top strap portion 1340. As shown, the forward end of the substantially inextensible layer 1317 of top strap portion 1310 may be located at or near the junction between top strap portion 1310 and occipital strap portion 1320.

Occipital strap portion 1320 may also include a layered construction. Occipital strap portion 1320 may also be substantially inextensible. As shown, occipital strap portion 1320 includes a user contacting layer 1328 and a substantially inextensible layer 1327. The user contact layer 1328 may be formed of a fabric material. The forward end of substantially inextensible layer 1327 of occipital strap portion 1320 may be located at or near the junction between parietal strap portion 1310 and occipital strap portion 1320.

The substantially inextensible layer 1317 of the parietal strap portion 1310 may be attached at one or both ends to the substantially inextensible layer 1327 of the occipital strap portion 1320, such as by adhesive, overmolding, welding, or by the substantially

inextensible layers

1317 and 1327 of the two

strap portions

1310 and 1320 being integrally formed with one another.

Substantially inextensible or "rigidified" top strap portion 1310 and occipital strap portion 1320 may provide a stable posterior support 1350 because in use top strap portion 1310 and occipital strap portion 1320 are less likely to tip up or down on the user's head.

5.4.6 elastic strap parts

In some examples of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include one or more elastic strap portions. These elastic strap portions may supplement or replace any one or more of the strap portions of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 described herein. Fig. 62C illustrates a head mounted display system 1000 that includes the same features as the head mounted display system 1000 illustrated in fig. 62A. In addition, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 shown in fig. 62C includes elastic strap portions that form side strap portions 1330. In a particular example, the head mounted display system 1000 includes an arm 1210 connected to the head mounted display unit 1200 at a pivot point 1213. Side strap portions 1330 formed of an elastic material are connected to the arms 1210 and/or the head mounted display unit 1200. The elastic material may be, for example, knitted or braided, and is configured to extend in length under tension and have a tendency to return to a resting length. In some examples, side strap portion 1330 is formed from both an elastic strap portion and a non-elastic strap portion, the elastic strap portion covering the non-elastic strap portion. Inelastic strap portions may be attached to parietal strap portion 1310 and occipital strap portion 1320.

In addition, the positioning and stabilising structure 1300 includes a parietal elastic strap portion 1331 that is configured to be positioned over the parietal bone of the user's head in use. In this particular example, the battery pack 1500 is located between the parietal elastic strap portion 1331 and the user's head (also separated by the cushion 1511). The parietal elastic strap portion 1331 can help hold the battery pack 1500 against the user's head and/or help hold the head mounted display unit 1200 against the patient's face.

Further, the positioning and stabilising structure 1300 in this example comprises occipital elastic strap portions 1333 configured to be positioned in use to overlie the occiput of the user's head. Occipital strap portion 1333 may be located on occipital strap portion 1320 and may help anchor the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 to the back of the user's head.

The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include a pair of guides on respective sides of the user's head, e.g., near and above the user's ears. Each guide may be located at or near the junction of parietal strap portion 1310 and occipital strap portion 1320. The elastic strap portion may pass through a guide, which may advantageously hold the elastic strap portion above the user's ear. The junction between the parietal elastic strap portion 1331 and the occipital elastic strap portion 1333 may be at or near the guide.

It should be appreciated that in some examples, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1330 includes elastic strap portions in only the side strap portions 1330, only the parietal elastic strap portions 1331, only the occipital elastic strap portions 1333, and/or any combination thereof.

5.4.7 replaceable top strap connects to head mounted display unit

67A and 67B illustrate a head mounted display system 1000 in accordance with another example of the present technology. In this example, the positioning and stabilizing structure includes a top strap arm 1365 connecting the top strap portion 1340 to the head mounted display unit 1200. In this example, there are two top strap arms 1365. The top strap arms 1365 may be substantially rigid or at least sufficiently rigid such that they are able to maintain their shape in use and may support the weight of the head mounted display unit 1200. That is, the top strap arms 1365 may transfer the weight of the head mounted display unit 1200 to the top strap portions 1340. The top strap portion 1340 may resist the weight of the head mounted display unit 1200 by anchoring to the back of the user's head or with a weight (e.g., the battery pack 1500) located behind the user's head.

The top strap arm 1365 may be connected to the head mounted display unit 1200 at pivot point 1213, and the head mounted display unit 1200 may be pivotable relative to the top strap arm 1365. The top strap 1340 is connected to the head mounted display unit 1200 at pivot points 1213 on each side thereof, which can advantageously avoid rotational forces on the head mounted display unit 1200 when the top strap 1340 is tightened (e.g., if its effective length is adjusted). As shown, top strap arm 1365 may extend forward, laterally, and downward from top strap portion 1340 and connect to the side of head mounted display unit 1200.

As shown in fig. 67A and 67B, in addition to top strap arm 1365, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may also include side strap portions 1330 that connect to head mounted display unit 1200 at pivot point 1213. In some examples, side strap portion 1330 is configured to elastically extend under tension. In other examples, side strap portion 1330 is substantially inextensible. In a further example, head mounted display system 1000 may include an arm 1210 to which side strap section 1330 is connected. The arm 1210 may be as described in any of the examples disclosed herein.

5.4.8 power cable binding band part

As described above, the head mounted display system 1000 may include the power cable 1510 connected between the battery pack 1500 and the head mounted display unit 1200. Fig. 25A-25C and 26A-26B show such an example. Power cable 1510 may be located within top strap portion 1340 in use (fig. 25B and 25C) or may be located alongside top strap portion 1340 in use (fig. 25A).

In the example shown in fig. 26A-26B, power cable 1510 is attached to power cable strap section 1520 near head mounted display unit 1200. The power cable strap section 1520 in the example is extendable in length. The serpentine portion of power cable 1510 is connected to power cable strap 1520 in a serpentine pattern such that the power cable strap 1520 and the serpentine portion of power cable 1510 extend in length. Further, in these examples, power cable 1510 is attached to parietal strap portion 1320.

5.4.9 power cable management

Fig. 27 and 28A-28E illustrate further examples of the present technology, in which a power cable 1510 connects the head mounted display unit 1200 and the battery pack 1500. As described herein, the head mounted display unit 1200 may include a display unit housing 1205 including a display and an interface structure 3800 constructed and arranged to be in opposing relation to and engage a face of a user.

As shown in fig. 27, power cable 1510 may enter display unit housing 1205 outside of the perimeter of interface structure 3800. In this example, the display unit housing 1205 includes a rear facing side (visible in fig. 27) and an interface structure 3800 extending rearward from the rear facing side. The rear facing side may be larger than the perimeter of the interface structure 3800 to allow the power cable 1510 to enter the display unit housing 1205 through an opening 1206 in the rear facing side of the display unit housing 1205.

In the example of fig. 27, the opening 1206 is inside the perimeter of the display unit housing 1205. More specifically, the rearward facing side of the display unit housing 1205 in this example includes a rectangular shape, and the interface structure 3800 includes a circular shape. The openings 1206 in the rearward facing side are located near the corners of the rectangular shape of the rearward facing side.

Fig. 58A and 58B illustrate a portion of a head mounted display 1200 in another example of the present technology. In an example, the opening 1206 is disposed at a perimeter of the display unit housing 1205.

The head-mounted display unit 1200 may include one or more power cable retention features 1207, which may be configured to constrain the position and/or orientation of the power cable 1510 within the display unit housing 1205. In the example shown in fig. 58A and 58B, the head mounted display unit 1200 includes two power cable retention features 1207. In other examples, there may be one, three, or more power cable retention features 1207. The power cable retention feature 1207 may be an annular rigid portion through which the power cable 1510 passes. Each power cable retention feature 1207 may be in the form of a closed loop through which the power cable 1510 passes; or may be in the form of an open loop into which power cable 1510 is pressed so that the loop snaps around power cable 1510. The power cable retention features 1207 may hold the power cable 1510 in place within the display unit housing 1205, and may absorb forces that may be exerted on the power cable 1510 to prevent those forces from being transferred to the connection between the power cable 1510 and the electronic components within the head mounted display 1200.

Fig. 28A-28E illustrate an example of a head mounted display system 1000 having a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 that includes a rear support 1350 that includes a parietal strap portion 1310 configured to cover, in use, the parietal bone of a user's head and an occipital strap portion 1320 configured to cover, in use, the occipital bone of the user's head or to underlie the occipital bone of the user's head. The positioning and stabilising structure 1300 further comprises a pair of side strap portions 1330 configured to be connected between the rear support 1350 and the head mounted display unit 1200, each side strap portion configured to be located on a respective side of the user's head in use. Further, the positioning and stabilising structure 1300 includes a top strap portion 1340 configured to be connected between the battery pack 1500 and the head mounted display unit 1200, the top strap portion 1340 being configured to cover an upper portion of the user's head in use.

In each of these examples, power cable 1510 extends (e.g., attaches, is otherwise secured or aligned) from battery pack 1500 along top strap 1340 to head mounted display unit 1200 (as shown in fig. 28A).

A power cable 1510 may extend from the battery pack 1500 to the head mounted display unit 1200 along one of the top strap portion 1310 and the side strap portion 1330 (as shown in fig. 28B and 28C). Power cable 1510 may be connected to a head-mounted display unit at its side facing side (as shown in fig. 28C).

Power cable 1510 may extend along one of occipital strap portion 1320 and side strap portion 1330 (as shown in fig. 28D). Power cable 1510 may include slack configured to allow movement between head mounted display unit 1200 and battery pack 1500 (e.g., during active use, adjustment, or transportation), as shown in each of fig. 28C and 28E.

5.4.10 Telescopic power cable

In some examples of the present technology, such as the example shown in fig. 8, a portion of power cable 1510 is located within battery pack 1500 and can be extended from and retracted into battery pack 1500. This may advantageously allow the length of top strap portion 1340 to be adjusted without affecting the position of battery pack 1500 and/or occipital strap portions 1320. Retractable power cable 1510 may also be incorporated into other examples, such as any of the other head mounted display systems 1000 described herein.

One or more layers of top strap portion 1340 may be partially located within battery pack 1500 and may be extended and retracted from battery pack 1500 into the battery pack along with power cable 1510.

As shown in fig. 8, in an example, outer layer 1341 of top strap 1340 is located within battery pack 1500 and can be extended and retracted into battery pack 1500 along with power cable 1510 from battery pack 1500. Additionally, a substantially inextensible layer 1343 of top strap portion 1340 is located within battery pack 1500 and can be extended and retracted into the battery pack 1500 along with power cable 1510 from the battery pack. In other examples, such as the example shown in fig. 7A, a substantially inextensible layer 1343 is located between the battery pack 1500 and the user's head. In an example (and in the example shown in fig. 7A), the user contact layer 1344 of the top strap portion 1340 is located between the battery pack 1500 and the user's head.

One or more layers of power cable 1510 located within battery pack 1500 and portions of top strap 1340 located within battery pack 1500 may form a retractable portion of top strap 1340 that can be extended and retracted into the battery pack from battery pack 1500 to adjust the length of top strap 1340 between battery pack 1500 and head mounted display unit 1200. That is, one or more layers of power cable 1510 and top strap portion 1340 can form a retractable portion into which a user can extend and retract from battery pack 1500. The retractable portion may include, for example, an outer layer 1341, a power cable 1510, and a substantially inextensible layer 1343. The user facing layer 1344 may not form part of the retractable portion. The user facing layer 1344 may be located between the battery pack 1500 and the user's head. User facing layer 1344 may be separate from one or more other layers of top strap portion 1340. The battery pack 1500 may slide on the user facing layer 1344 (as well as any other layers not located within the battery pack 1500) to enable adjustment of the length of the top strap portion 1340 between the battery pack 1500 and the head mounted display unit 1200 and/or to enable adjustment of the position of the battery pack 1500 on the user's head.

In some examples of the present technology, the retractable portion of top strap portion 1340 is movable relative to battery pack 1500 between a plurality of predetermined positions at which the position of the retractable portion can be fixed relative to battery pack 1500. For example, the retractable portion may be movable relative to the battery pack 1500 between three positions corresponding to small, medium, and large sizes. The user may adjust top strap portion 1340 to a selected one of these dimensions. In some examples, top strap portion 1340 may be secured to head mounted display unit 1200. In the example shown in fig. 8, top strap portion 1340 is adjustable at head mounted display unit 1200 because the user can pull more or less of top strap portion 1340 (or at least the end of its outer layer 1341) through eye hole 1202. The user can make coarse adjustments to the length of top strap 1340 by changing the amount of top strap 1340 within the battery pack, and fine adjustments by changing the amount of top strap 1340 pulled through aperture 1202. Accordingly, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may provide two mechanisms for adjusting the length of top strap portion 1340, which may include a coarse adjustment mechanism and a fine adjustment mechanism.

In other examples, the retractable portion of top strap portion 1340 is able to move continuously relative to battery pack 1500 over a range of possible positions. The retractable portion may be held in place by a locking mechanism, such as a spring-loaded buckle or other catch, or may be held in place by tension in the top strap portion 1340 in use.

5.4.11 arm

As shown in fig. 7A, 8, and 9, the head-mounted display unit 1200 includes a display unit housing 1205 and a pair of arms 1210 extending from the display unit housing 1205. In each example, the side strap portions 1330 of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 are each connected to a respective one of the arms 1210. The features of the arms described herein may also be incorporated into other examples, such as any of the other head mounted display systems 1000 described herein.

As shown in each of fig. 7A, 8, and 9, each side strap portion 1330 is connected to a rear end of a respective one of the pair of arms 1210. As shown in fig. 7A, 8, in this example, each side strap portion 1330 passes through an eyelet 1212 at the rear end of the corresponding arm 1210 and is fastened back onto itself.

As shown in fig. 9, in an example, each side strap portion 1330 is connected to a respective one of the pair of arms 1210 near the front end of the arm 1210. Specifically, each side strap portion 1330 passes through an eyelet 1214 at or near the rear end of the respective arm 1210 and through an aperture 1216 near the front end of the arm and is secured to the arm 1210. As shown, in the example, each side strap portion 1330 is fastened to a side-facing side of a respective arm 1210. As shown in fig. 9, an end 1332 of each side strap portion 1330 is secured to the arm 1210. Side strap portions 1330 may be secured to corresponding arms 1210 by a hook and loop fastening arrangement, by one or more of a series of domes, or by another suitable mechanism. In other examples, the arm 1210 may include a spring-loaded buckle or other catch that prevents the side strap portion 1330 from retracting through the aperture 1216.

In each of the examples shown in fig. 7A, 8, and 9, each of a pair of arms 1210 is pivotable relative to the display unit housing 1205. Each arm 1210 may cover a fabric material. Each arm 1210 may be covered by a tubular fabric material.

FIG. 21D illustrates a pair of arms 1210 in accordance with another example of the present technique. Each arm 1210 has an eyelet 1214 (in the example in the form of an open slot into which the strap can be slid) and a hole 1216 through which the strap can be pulled and fastened back on itself or another part configured for attachment.

29A-29D illustrate an arm 1210 in accordance with another example of the present technique. As shown in fig. 29A, 29B, and 29C, each side strap portion 1330 can be secured to its own exposed portion within arm 1210. As shown in each of fig. 29A, 29B, and 29C, the end 1332 of the side strap portion 1330 is fastened back onto the side strap portion 1330. As shown in fig. 29B and 29C, the eyelet 1214 at or near the rear end of the arm 1210 is partially open, allowing the strap 1330 to move in a transverse direction relative to the strap 1330 into/out of the eyelet 1214. In some examples, as shown in fig. 29D, each arm 1210 is overlaid in a sock, and each side strap portion 1330 (e.g., end 1332 thereof) is fastened to the sock (e.g., by hook and loop type fastening).

As shown in fig. 30A and 30B, in some examples, each arm 1210 includes a substantially rigid portion 1217 overmolded onto a fabric portion 1218. In these examples (or in other examples), the strap connected to the arm 1210 may include a feature to prevent the strap from passing through, such as a widened portion of the strap.

5.4.12 adjusting rigid member

Fig. 21A-21E and 23A-23D illustrate a head mounted display system 1000 in accordance with further examples of the present technology, although sharing features with the examples shown in fig. 7A-7C, 8, and 9, all of which will not be repeated. The following description will focus on the differences. Fig. 24A, 24C, and 24D illustrate an adjustment rigidizer 1380 as will be described below. Fig. 24B shows a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 having a top strap portion 1310, occipital strap portion 1320, and top strap portion 1340 configured for use with an adjustment rigidizer 1380. The adjustment rigidizer 1380 as described herein may also be applied to other examples, such as any of the other head mounted display systems 1000 described herein.

In the example shown in fig. 21A-21E and 23A-23D, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes side strap portions 1330 configured to be connected to the arms 1210. In other examples, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include a resilient element configured as a cap that is connected to the arm 1210 and connected via a buckle connection and/or hook and loop fastening.

Referring to fig. 21A-21E, 23A-23D, and 24A-24D, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 can include an adjustment rigidizer 1380 that includes a substantially inextensible member. In these examples, adjustment rigidizer 1380 is configured to be coupled to occipital strap portion 1320. Adjustment rigidizer 1380 may be configured for reducing the length of occipital strap portion 1320.

Occipital strap portion 1320 may include three or more occipital strap connection points 1323 and adjustment rigidizer 1380 may be selectively connected to first pair of occipital strap connection points 1323 and second pair 1323 occipital strap connection points 1323. When the adjustment rigidizer 1380 is connected to the first pair of occipital strap connection points 1323, the occipital strap portions may have a first effective length (e.g., corresponding to a small size). When the adjustment rigidizer 1380 is attached to the second pair of occipital strap attachment points 1323, the occipital strap portions may have a second effective length that is longer than the first effective length. (e.g., corresponding to a large size). The different attachment options allow the user to change the effective length of the strap portions to obtain a good fit when using the head mounted display system 1000.

In some examples, when adjusting rigidizer 1380 is connected to first pair of occipital strap connection points 1320, adjusting rigidizer 1380 constrains occipital strap portion 1320 to a first effective length.

As shown in fig. 24A, 24C, and 24D, the adjustment rigidizer 1380 includes a pair of adjustment rigidizer connection points 1383 that are configured to connect to the occipital strap connection points 1323. Occipital strap portion 1320 shown in fig. 24B includes four occipital strap connection points 1323 (in this example, two points 1323a correspond to the standard size and two points 1323B correspond to the large size).

The second pair of occipital strap connection points 1323b may be located intermediate the first pair of occipital strap connection points 1323 a.

In other examples, occipital strap portion 1320 may include a left portion that is separate from a right portion, and adjustment rigidizer 1380 is configured to connect the left and right portions.

Referring again to fig. 21A-21E, 23A-23D, and 45A-45B, the adjusting rigidizer 1380 in these examples includes a central rigidizer 1381 and a pair of lateral rigidizers 1382 extending laterally from the central rigidizer 1381, with adjusting rigidizer connection points 1383 located on the lateral rigidizers 1382. In these examples, one adjustment rigidizer connection point 1383 is located on each lateral rigidizer 1382.

In these examples, intermediate rigid portion 1381 is configured to be positioned, in use, at a junction between an occipital bone overlying a user and a parietal bone overlying the user. More specifically, intermediate rigid portion 1381 is configured to be positioned on the user's head or near the user's frontal bone, covering the junction between the user's parietal bones and attached to occipital strap portions 1320.

The adjustment rigidizer 1380 may form a portion of the top strap portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300, as shown. The adjustment rigidizer may form a substantially inextensible layer 1343 of top strap portion 1340.

In the example shown in fig. 21A-21E, an adjustment rigid member 1380 is permanently attached within the top strap portion 1340. In particular, the adjustment rigidizer 1380 is permanently attached to the user facing layer 1344 of the top strap pieces 1340. Top strap portion 1340 may be foldable, for example at the hinge area, for transport.

In each of the examples shown in fig. 21A-21E and 23A-23D, the battery pack is configured to be coupled to the adjustment rigidizer 1380. Additionally, power cable 1510 is positioned, in use, between adjustment rigidizer 1380 and outer layer 1341 of top strap portion 1340. Power cable 1510 is insertable between conditioning stiffener 1380 and outer layer 1341 of top strap portion 1340.

In the example shown in fig. 23A-23D, adjustment rigidizer 1380 may be separate from user facing layer 1344 of top strap portion 1340, as particularly shown in fig. 23D. In this example, an adjustment stiffener 1380 may be interposed between user facing layer 1344 and outer layer 1341 of top strap portion 1340. The tuning rigid 1380 is configured to be attached to the user facing layer 1344. In particular, adjustment rigidizer 1380 includes hook material 1384 configured to form a hook-and-loop connection to user facing layer 1344 of top strap portion 1340. The adjustment rigidizer 1380 may be foldable, for example, in the hinge region, for shipping.

The power cable 1510 may be permanently attached to an adjustment stiffener 1380, as shown in fig. 23D. Additionally, the battery pack 1500 may be permanently attached (e.g., using screws or otherwise permanently attached) to the adjustment rigidizer 1380.

In the example shown in fig. 24C and 24D, the adjustment rigidizer 1380 includes an undercut 1385 between a pair of transverse rigidizers 1382 that allows the adjustment rigidizer 1380 to bend at or near the junction of the transverse rigidizers 1382 and the intermediate rigidizer 1381. The adjustment rigidizer 1380 shown in fig. 24D further includes lateral cuts 1385 on opposite sides of the intermediate rigid portion 1381 proximate the lateral rigid portions 1382, thereby allowing the adjustment rigidizer 1380 to flex proximate the lateral cuts 1385. In the example shown in fig. 24B, user facing layer 1344 of top strap portion 1340 includes a cut 1325 that corresponds to (e.g., is aligned with) lower cut 1385 in adjustment rigidizer 1380. Cuts 1385 and/or 1325 provide a flexing action that allows occipital strap portions 1320 (or other straps to which the adjustment rigidizer may be attached) to stretch. Stretching may advantageously provide for accommodation by adaptation to changes in head size or dynamic forces during use.

5.4.13 lockable extensible connection

Fig. 31A, 31B, and 32A-32H illustrate a head mounted display system 1000 in accordance with further examples of the present technology, including in these examples a lockable extendable connection 1335. Lockable extendable connection 1335 may also be provided to any other head mounted display system 1000 described herein.

In general, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include first and second strap portions connected by a lockable, extensible attachment portion 1335, which may include elastically extensible connector strap portions 1338 and substantially non-extensible connector strap portions 1336. In some examples, the substantially inextensible connector strap portion 1336 is part of a first strap portion.

The resiliently extensible connector strap portions 1338 may be configured to allow the first strap portions to be spaced a predetermined amount from the second strap portions. That is, it may elastically extend to a predetermined degree to allow the first strap portion and the second strap portion to disengage (which may assist a user in donning the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300). The substantially inextensible connector strap portions 1336 may be configured for releasably attaching the first strap portions to the second strap portions to prevent (or at least reduce the extent of possible separation of) the first strap portions from the second strap portions. That is, when the substantially inextensible connector strap portions 1336 are attached to the first and second strap portions, they prevent them from separating, as the elastically extensible connector strap portions 1338 may otherwise allow (which may secure the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 to the head of a user in use). The elastically extensible connector strap portions 1338 may also advantageously hold the head mounted display system 1000 on the head of a user with sufficient stability to enable the user to adjust the fit prior to attaching the substantially inextensible connector strap portions 1336.

A user may wear the head mounted display system 1000 with the first and second strap portions unattached by substantially inextensible connector strap portions 1336 (fig. 31A). The elastically extensible connector strap portions 1338 may be expanded to allow the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 to fit on and/or around the user's head, after which the user may attach the first and second strap portions to one another with the substantially inextensible connector strap portions 1336 to hold them securely together for the head-mounted display system 1000 (fig. 31B).

The substantially inextensible connector strap portions 1336 may be adjustable in length. As shown in fig. 31A, 31B and 32D-32F, the substantially inextensible connector strap portion 1336 includes a clip 1339 having an aperture through which a portion of the substantially inextensible connector strap portion 1336 is passed and secured back onto itself (e.g., by hook and loop fastening), allowing more or less strap to be pulled through the aperture.

The substantially inextensible connector strap portion 1336 in these examples includes magnetic clips 1339 configured to magnetically attach to attachment points 1337 on the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300.

In some examples, the elastically extensible connector strap section 1338 may be connected to the head mounted display unit 1200 at an inner surface of the arm 1210, directly to a pivot point or to a side of the head mounted display unit 1200.

In some examples, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a lockable, extendable connection 1335 in each side strap portion 1330. As shown in fig. 31A, 31B, and 32F, a lockable extensible connection 1335 is provided to the side strap portion 1330. In an example, a lockable, extendable linkage 1335 connects side strap portion 1330 to a strap portion formed by the junction of top strap portion 1310 and occipital strap portion 1320.

As shown in fig. 32A, each lockable extendable connection 1335 may be located at an arm 1210 (e.g., an arm as already described herein) that extends rearward from the head mounted display unit 1200. In some examples, lockable extendable connection 1335 may connect directly to a connection point on head mounted display unit 1200 (e.g., arm 1210 may not be present). In such an example, lockable extendable connection 1335 may pivot about its connection to head mounted display unit 1200.

As shown in fig. 32B, each lockable extendable connection 1335 may be located near the junction between each side strap portion 1330, top strap portion 1310, and occipital strap portion 1320.

As shown in fig. 32C, 32D, and 32E, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 can include a lockable, extendable connection section 1335 in an occipital strap portion 1320. In some examples, lockable extendable linkage 1335 can connect a portion of occipital strap portion 1320 to adjustment rigidizer 1380 at this location.

In the example shown in fig. 32D and 32E, the middle occipital strap portion 1321 forms a substantially inextensible connector strap portion 1336 that is connected to the side occipital strap portions 1322 via magnetic clips 1339. An elastically extensible connector strap section 1338 is connected between the medial occipital strap sections 1321 and the side occipital strap sections 1322 to allow a predetermined amount of separation of the medial occipital strap sections 1321 and the side occipital strap sections 1322 when the medial occipital strap sections 1321 are not connected to the side occipital strap sections 1322 by magnetic clips 1339. It should be appreciated that in other examples of the present technology, the clips of the substantially inextensible strap portion 1336 may not be magnetic. For example, it may be a mechanical clip, such as a buckle. It may be a hook configured to hook around a corresponding point of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. In some examples, the substantially inextensible connector strap portions 1336 may form loops that fit over corresponding lugs on the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300, or may be connected to connection points on the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 via hook-and-loop connections.

In the example of fig. 32D, elastically extensible attachment strap portions 1338 are attached between the side occipital strap portions 1322 and the junctions between the intermediate occipital strap portion 1321 and the parietal strap portion 1310.

In the example of fig. 32E, elastically extensible connector strap portions 1338 are connected between the side occipital strap portions 1321 and to the sides of the side occipital strap portions 1321. A resiliently stretchable attachment strap portion 1338 may pass through an aperture in the side occipital strap portion 1321 and be attached to the outwardly facing surface of the side occipital strap portion 1321. An advantage of this configuration is that less of the resiliently extensible connector strap portions 1338 contact the head of the user. Any portion of the elastically extensible connector strap portions 1338 that does not contact the head of the user may advantageously be free of potentially undesirable effects on the head of the user, such as friction or bunching on the user's skin as it extends and contracts. These effects can potentially be uncomfortable and/or leave marks on the skin of the user.

Furthermore, as the elastically extensible connector strap portions 1338 extend and contract, if some or all of the elastically extensible connector strap portions 1338 are located on the outside of the substantially inextensible strap portions 1336, any friction acting on the elastically extensible connector strap portions 1338 will be lower than if they were sandwiched between the user's head and the substantially inextensible strap portions 1336. Low friction may advantageously facilitate extension without undue resistance. In some examples of the present technology, the entire elastically extensible connector strap 1338 is located on the outer (e.g., non-patient contacting) side of the inextensible strap portions.

Additionally, when at least a portion of the elastically extensible connector strap portions 1338 do not contact the head of the user, the elastically extensible connector strap portions 1338 may be formed from, for example, plastic or metal springs, which may be a less viable option if the elastically extensible connector strap portions 1338 contact the head of the user. Similarly, the head contacting portions of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300, such as portions of the substantially inextensible strap portions 1336 and/or the elastically extensible connector strap portions 1338, may be formed of a material configured to be comfortable to the user rather than extensible. In some examples, the resiliently extendable connector strap portions 1338 may include a user contact portion and a non-user contact portion that is more extendable than the user contact portion. The user contact portion may be configured for comfort and may be soft, while the non-user contact portion may be configured for extension and may be less soft.

In some examples, the holes in the substantially inextensible strap portions 1336 through which the resiliently extensible connector strap portions 1338 pass may be adjacent the ends of the substantially inextensible strap portions 1336, such as adjacent the magnetic clips 1339.

In the example of fig. 32F, an elastically extensible connector strap section 1338 is connected between the arm 1210 and the connection between the side strap section 1330 and the top strap section 1310. In this example, side strap portion 1330 forms a substantially inextensible connector strap portion 1336 of lockable, extensible junction 1335. Side strap portion 1330 is connected to arm 1210 via magnetic clip 1339.

In the example of fig. 32G, an elastically extensible connector strap section 1338 is connected between the arm 1210 and the junction between the top strap section 1310 and the occipital strap section 1320. That is, in the example, the elastically extensible connector strap section 1338 is connected between the arm and the rear support section 1350. In this example, the substantially inextensible strap portions 1336 of the lockable extensible connection 1335 form side strap portions 1330 of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. The substantially inextensible strap portions 1336 are attached to the rear support 1350 by magnetic clips 1339 at the rear ends of the substantially inextensible strap portions 1336. The substantially inextensible strap portions 1336 are attached at the forward end to the arms 1210 by passing through the eyelets 1212 and are secured back onto themselves, for example by a hook and loop connection. The user may disconnect the clip 1339 when putting on or taking off the head-mounted display system 1000. Then, when the user puts on or takes off the head-mounted display system 1000, the elastically extendable connector strap 1338 allows the arm 1210 to be separated from the rear support 1350 by a predetermined amount. The connection between the substantially inextensible strap portions 1336 and the arms 1210 may also be adjusted, for example, by passing more or less of the substantially inextensible strap portions 1336 through the eyelets 1212. The combination of adjustments at the arm 1210 and the magnetic clip 1339 provide set and forget adjustments of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 while also facilitating donning and doffing.

In other examples, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include a lockable extendable connection 1335 elsewhere, such as in the top bone strap portion 1310, in the top strap portion 1340, or elsewhere.

5.4.14 dial adjuster

FIG. 32H illustrates a head mounted display system 1000 in accordance with another example of the present technology. This example includes all of the features of the example shown in fig. 32G. Although in other examples, one or more features, such as lockable extensible connection 1335, may be omitted and replaced with side strap portion 1330. The difference from FIG. 32G is that the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 shown in FIG. 32H includes a dial adjuster 1329. The dial adjuster 1329 may be configured to provide length adjustment of the strap portions. In the example of fig. 32H, dial adjuster 1329 is configured to adjust the length of occipital strap portion 1320. For example, dial adjuster 1329 may include a dial configured to be rotated by a user in a first direction to decrease the length of occipital strap portion 1320 and rotated by a user in a second direction opposite the first direction to increase the length of occipital strap portion 1320.

The dial adjuster 1329 may include a rack and pinion assembly. Occipital strap portion 1320 may be formed in two parts (e.g., halves) that are connected at dial adjuster 1329. Dial adjuster 1329 may cause two portions of occipital strap 1320 to move telescopically. The dial adjuster 1329 may include one or more rack portions, e.g., two rack portions, provided to the occipital strap portion 1320, each provided to a respective one of the two halves of the occipital strap portion 1320. These rack portions may be configured for engaging a pinion or cog attached to a dial that is rotatable by a user. Each rack portion and pinion gear may include teeth, ribs or the like configured to engage one another. Rotating the dial in a first direction (e.g., clockwise) may draw the rack portions provided to occipital strap portion 1320 together, increasing the overlap between the two rack portions, thereby decreasing the effective length of occipital strap portion 1320. Rotating the dial in a second direction (e.g., counterclockwise) may push the rack portions apart, reducing the overlap between the rack portions and increasing the effective length of occipital strap portion 1320. In some examples, the scale adjuster 1329 may have a static torque resistance, e.g., provided by static friction or a corresponding feature (such as an indentation), to provide the minimum force required to lengthen the strap portion to which the scale adjuster 1329 is attached, thereby avoiding inadvertent lengthening of the strap portion. The rack portion may be a rigid portion that is overmolded onto the flexible portion of the occipital strap portion 1320.

The dial adjuster 1329 may provide intuitive and easy adjustment of the strap portion, allowing a user to achieve a good fit. It should be understood that the dial adjuster 1329 may be applied to any strap portion of the head mounted display system 1000. The dial adjuster 1329 may help the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 fit a range of user head sizes. The head-mounted display system 1000 may include a dial adjuster 1329 on any one or more of the occipital strap portion 1320, top strap portion 1310, top strap portion 1340, and one or both side strap portions 1340. More generally, the head-mounted display system 1000 may include adjustment mechanisms on the occipital strap portion 1320, top strap portion 1310, top strap portion 1340, and one or both side strap portions 1340, or on any other strap portion. The adjustment mechanism may be a dial adjuster 1329 having any one or more of the features described above, or may be another mechanism for adjusting the length of the strap portion.

5.4.15 frontal bone support

Fig. 19A and 19B illustrate a head mounted display system 1000 in accordance with further examples of the present technology. Each comprising a head mounted display unit 1200 comprising a display and a positioning and stabilising structure 1300 configured to hold the head mounted display unit 1200 in an operable position on the head of a user in use.

In these examples, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a rear support 1350 configured to engage the rear of the user's head. The positioning and stabilising structure 1300 further comprises a pair of side strap portions 1330 configured to be connected between the rear support 1350 and the head mounted display unit 1200, each side strap portion configured to be located on a respective side of the user's head in use.

Each positioning and stabilising structure 1300 further includes a frontal support 1360, which may also be identified as a forehead support, which is configured to engage the user's head in use at a position overlying the frontal bone of the user's head. This is shown in fig. 19A and 19B.

In each example, the frontal support 1360 is connected to the head mounted display unit 1200. As will be described, the frontal support 1360 may be connected to the head mounted display unit at one or more locations.

5.4.15.1 frontal bone support connected to head mounted display unit

As shown in each of fig. 19A and 19B, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a frontal bone connection 1362 connected between a forehead support 1360 and the head-mounted display unit 1200. In these examples, frontal link 1362 is located substantially in the sagittal plane of the user's head. In other examples, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 can include two or more frontal connectors 1362, which can be spaced symmetrically across the sagittal plane, for example. Frontal link 1362 may limit (e.g., limit or prevent) downward movement of head mounted display unit 1200 in use, particularly when a user moves their head.

The frontal link 1362 may be formed of a flexible material. In some examples, the flexible material comprises a flexible non-elastic material, such as a thermoplastic material. In other examples, the flexible material may include an elastic material, such as one of silicone, TPE, or elastic fabric straps. The frontal link 1362 may advantageously stably hold the head mounted display unit 1200 as the user moves. The frontal link 1362 formed of an elastic material may advantageously act as a shock absorber during active movement by the user.

In other examples, the frontal link 1362 is formed from a substantially rigid material, such as a thermoplastic material.

5.4.15.2 frontal bone support connected to the rear support

The frontal support 1360 may additionally or alternatively be connected to the rear support 1350.

Referring to fig. 19A, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a pair of lateral connectors 1364 each connected between a brow support 1360 and a rear support 1350. In a particular example, the rear support portion 1350 includes a parietal strap portion 1310 configured to cover, in use, a parietal bone of the user's head and an occipital strap portion 1320 configured to cover, in use, or underlie, an occipital bone of the user's head. Each side connector 1364 may be attached to a respective side of the rear support portion 1350 adjacent to occipital strap portion 1320 or to a respective side of occipital strap portion 1320. In the example shown, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 further includes side strap portions 1330 connecting the rear support portion 1350 to the head mounted display unit 1200. In other examples, side link 1364 may be connected to respective lateral support strap 1330.

Each side link 1364 may be elastically extensible. Alternatively or additionally, the length of each side connector may be adjustable.

Each lateral connector 1364 may be fixedly connected to the frontal support 1360 and releasably attached to the rear support 1350. Alternatively, each lateral connector 1364 may be releasably attached to the frontal support 1360 and releasably attached to the rear support 1350. In a further example, each lateral connector 1364 may be releasably attached to the frontal support 1360 and fixedly connected to the rear support 1350. Each lateral connector 1364 may be connected to the rear support 1350 and/or the brow support 1360 by a snap button, clip, or hook and loop connection.

Side connector 1364, which connects frontal support 1360 to posterior support 1350 (and occipital strap 1320 in this particular example), enables frontal support 1360 to be reliably held (e.g., sufficiently tightly) against the head of a user overlying the frontal bone. In particular, this may advantageously allow the frontal support 1360 to support a substantial amount of the weight of the head mounted display unit 1200 and to hold the head mounted display unit 1200 in place during active movement in use.

5.4.15.3 arm

As shown in each of fig. 19A and 19B, the head mounted display unit 1200 may include a display unit housing 1205 and a pair of arms 1210 extending from the display unit housing 1205. In these examples, side strap portions 1330 are each connected to a corresponding one of the arms 1210. Specifically, each side strap portion 1330 is connected to the rear end of a respective one of the pair of arms 1210. As shown, each side strap portion 1330 passes through an eyelet 1212 at the rear end of the respective arm 1210 and is secured back onto itself. In these examples, each arm of the pair of arms 1210 is pivotable relative to the display unit housing 1205.

5.4.15.4 the frontal bone support is connected to the arm

Referring to fig. 19B, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 in this example includes a pair of lateral links 1364, each of which is connected between a brow support 1364 and a respective one of the pair of arms 1210.

Each side link 1364 may be elastically extensible. Alternatively or additionally, the length of each side connection may be adjustable.

Each lateral connector 1364 may be fixedly connected to the brow support 1360 and releasably attached to a corresponding one of the arms 1210. Alternatively, each lateral connector 1364 may be releasably attached to the brow support 1360 and to a respective one of the arms 1210. In a further example, each lateral connector 1364 may be releasably attached to the brow support 1360 and fixedly connected to a respective one of the arms 1210. Each lateral connector 1364 may be connected to a respective one of the arms 1210 and/or to the brow support 1360 by a snap button, clip, or hook and loop connection.

Connecting the frontal support 1360 to the lateral connection 1364 of the arm 1210 may enable the frontal support 1360 to support some or all of the weight of the head mounted display unit 1200, optionally via the arm in addition to the frontal connection 1362, and to hold the head mounted display unit 1200 in place during active movement in use.

5.4.16 Hair binding band part

Fig. 20A and 20B illustrate a head-mounted display system 1000 in accordance with another example of the present technology. The head mounted display system 1000 includes a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 configured to hold the head mounted display unit 1200 in an operable position on the user's head (in use as shown in fig. 20A and 20B).

In this example, the positioning and stabilising structure 1300 comprises a rear support 1350 configured to engage the rear of the user's head and one or more front supports (in this example a pair of side straps 1330 and a top strap 1340) configured to connect, in use, the rear support 1350 and the head-mounted display unit 1200. In other examples, top strap portion 1340 may be omitted, or the positioning and stabilizing structure may have, for example, a pair of upper side strap portions and a pair of lower side strap portions.

In this example, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a hair strap portion 1370 connected to a rear support portion 1350. Hair strap portion 1370 is positionable, in use, between a user's head and hair descending from the back of the user's head. If the user has sufficiently long hair, the hair strap portions 1370 may be placed under the user's hair. The hair strap portions 1370 may be anchored under the hair, for example, between the hair and the neck or between the hair and the head, to provide further stability to the head-mounted display system 1000. Fig. 20B shows hair strap portion 1370 under the user's hair.

As described above, in this example, the one or more front supports include a pair of side strap portions 1330 that connect the rear support 1350 to the head-mounted display unit 1200.

As shown, hair strap portion 1370 includes a pair of

ends

1371 and 1372 that are connected to respective sides of rear support 1350. Each end of hair strap portion 1370 is located, in use, near the frankfurt level of the user's head. Hair strap portion 1370 may be removably attached to rear support 1350 at one or both ends of hair strap portion 1370.

In some examples, hair strap portion 1370 includes a left strap portion and a right strap portion removably attached to the left strap portion. The left strap portion may be removably attached to the right strap portion, in use, about a sagittal plane of the user's head. When wearing the head-mounted display system 1000, the user may open the two straps and reattach them under their hair.

In some examples, hair strap portion 1370 is elastically extensible. In other examples, hair strap portion 1370 is substantially inextensible.

As shown in fig. 20A and 20B, in this illustrated example, the rear support 1350 comprises parietal strap portions 1310 configured to cover, in use, the parietal bones of the user's head and occipital strap portions 1320 configured to cover, in use, the occipital bones of the user's head or underlie the occipital bones of the user's head. In particular, hair strap portion 1370 is attached to the occipital strap portion in use. Hair strap portion 1370 may be attached to occipital strap portion 1320 near the end of occipital strap portion 1320.

Hair strap portions 1370 described herein may be incorporated into any of the positioning and stabilizing structures 1300 described herein having occipital strap portions.

5.4.17 rear releasable attachment

36A-36D illustrate a head mounted display system 1000 in accordance with further examples of the present technology, although features are shared with examples described elsewhere, all of which will not be repeated. Fig. 36A and 36B illustrate a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 having a top bone strap portion 1310, a pair of side strap portions 1330, and a top strap portion 1340.

The positioning and stabilising structure 1300 further has occipital strap portions 1320 formed from a pair of side occipital strap portions 1321 extending from the top bone strap portion 1310, each of the side occipital strap portions 1321 being releasably attached to a side occipital portion 1322, the side occipital portions being configured to overlie or underlie the occipital bone of the user's head in use. In other examples, the intermediate occipital strap portion 1321 may not extend from the parietal strap portion 1310, but may extend from another component of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 or the head mounted display system 1000 (e.g., in a partially inferior and partially posterior direction).

The top occipital strap portion 1310, side occipital portion 1322, and middle occipital strap portion 1321 may form a rear support 1350 configured to engage a rear of a user's head in use. Top bone strap portion 1310 is configured to cover the top bone of a user's head in use. The pair of middle occipital strap portions 3122 are each configured to lie on a respective side of the user's head in use. For example, as shown in fig. 36A, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include a top strap portion 1340 configured to be connected between the rear support portion 1350 and the head mounted display unit 1200.

In some examples, top strap portion 1340 is directly connected to posterior support 1350 (e.g., directly connected to top strap portion 1310 or occipital strap portion 1320). In other examples, the top strap portion 1350 is connected to the rear support portion 1350 via another component, such as the battery pack 1500. That is, in some examples, the top strap portion 1340 is connected to the rear support portion 1350 by being connected to the battery pack 1500, which is connected to a component of the rear support portion 1350, such as the occipital strap portion 1320.

The head mounted display system 1000 may include a battery pack 1500 for powering the head mounted display system 1000. The battery pack 1500 may be located behind the user's head in use. Battery pack 1500 may be configured to be attached to top strap portions 1340 during use. Any features of top strap 1340 and battery pack 1500 described elsewhere herein may be applied to top strap 1340 and battery pack 1500 shown in fig. 36A-36D, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

In the example shown, the lateral occiput 1322 is rigid. The medial occiput 1322 may include an occipital stiffener. In an alternative example, medial occiput 1322 may include a flexible strap, such as a medial occiput strap. In some examples, medial occiput 1322 may form a portion of top strap 1340. The medial occiput 1322 may be permanently attached within the top strap portion 1340, for example to the user facing layer. In some examples, the medial occiput 1322 may be secured to the top strap portions 1340, such as by stitching or welding in place to the user facing layer 1344 of the top strap portions 1340. In an alternative example, medial occiput 1322 may be secured in a similar manner as described elsewhere with reference to adjustment rigidizer 1380.

In some examples, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a releasable fastener between each of a pair of medial occipital strap portions 1321 and the lateral occipital portions 1322. Each releasable fastener may include a fastener portion configured to attach to a corresponding connection point 1337. In the example of fig. 36A-36D, the lateral occipital portion 1322 includes a pair of attachment points 1337 configured to attach to respective fastener portions disposed on respective medial occipital strap portions 1321.

As shown in fig. 36D, in some examples, the releasable attachment means is provided by a magnetic fastener. Each magnetic fastener may include a magnetic clamp configured to magnetically attach to a corresponding one of the connection points 1337. As shown in fig. 36D, magnetic clips 1339 are secured to lateral occipital strap portions 1321, magnetic clips 1339 being configured to magnetically attach to connection points 1337 on posterior occipital portion 1322.

In an example, the length of each side occipital strap portion 1321 may be adjustable. For example, each magnetic clip 1338 may have an eyelet 1202, and a portion of each of the pair of side occipital strap portions 1321 may be passed through the eyelet and fastened back onto itself at a desired length.

5.4.18 cleanable portion of positioning and stabilizing structure

Fig. 39A-39C further illustrate the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 of fig. 36A-36D described above. 40A-40B, 41A-41B, and 42A-42D illustrate a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 and components thereof according to further examples of the present technique. Many of the features described above with respect to other examples of the present technology will not be repeated here, but may be applied in conjunction with the concepts described below. The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 shown in fig. 36A-36D, 39A-39C, 40A-40B, 41A-41B, and 42A-42D also shares some features with the example shown in fig. 21A-21D and 23A-23D, as well as with each other. Unless otherwise required, features of each of these examples should be understood to be applicable to each of the other examples instead or in combination.

In each of the examples shown in fig. 36A-36D, 39A-39C, 40A-40B, 41A-41B, and 42A-42D, the head-mounted display system 1000 includes a battery pack 1500 for powering the head-mounted display system 1000, the battery pack 1500 being configured to be positioned behind the user's head in use. The top strap portion 1340 of each positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is connected, in use, to the battery pack 1500.

5.4.18.1 the outer layer of the top strap portion is separable from the user facing layer

In the example shown in fig. 39A-39C, 40A-40B, and 41A-41B, top strap portion 1340 includes a user facing layer 1344 and an outer layer 1341 (on the opposite side of top strap portion 1340 from user facing layer 1344). In these examples, user facing layer 1344, top strap portion 1310, occipital strap portion 1320, and side strap portion 1330 of top strap portion 1340 can be separate from outer layer 1341 of top strap portion 1340. With respect to the example of fig. 39A-39C, fig. 39B shows these components separated from the outer layer 1341 of the top strap layer 1340. Fig. 39C shows a separate outer layer 1341 of top strap portion 1340 (in an example, outer layer 1341 is formed by a casing 1348 to be described below). Fig. 42A-42D illustrate the components of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 of fig. 41A-41B in isolation.

An advantage of this type of configuration is that the user facing layer 1344 of the top strap portion 1340, the top bone strap portion 1310, the occipital strap portion 1320, and the side strap portion 1330 can form a washable portion (e.g., a washable sub-assembly) of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 (a washable portion shown separately in fig. 39B). These components may be parts of the user-contact positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 and may be formed entirely of washable materials, such as textile materials, plastic materials, non-electronic components (machine washable or other easily washable materials). The cleanable portion may be separate from the outer layer 1341 of the top strap portion 1340 for washing by a user, for example, periodically or when dirty as desired. In addition, as described below, the head-mounted display system 1000 includes a power cable 1510 connecting the battery pack 1500 to the head-mounted display unit 1200. The washable portion can be separated from the power cable 1510 (and the battery pack 1500) while being separated from other non-contact user components without requiring the user to manipulate the power cable 1510 (e.g., pull it out, extract it from the sleeve, or consider the power cable 1510 when removing the washable parts of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300).

The outer layer 1341 of the top strap portion 1340 may be configured to connect to the head mounted display unit 1200 of the head mounted display system 1000. As shown in each of fig. 39A, 40A, and 41A, the front portion of outer layer 1341 can loop back through a portion (not shown) of head-mounted display unit 1200, such as an eyelet, lug, etc., and be secured to itself, such as by a hook-and-loop connection (or another suitable connection, such as by a buckle or one of a series of snaps). Such a connection may be as described elsewhere herein.

As shown by way of example in fig. 42A-42D, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include a buckle 1312 attached to the parietal strap portion 1310, similar to the buckle 1312 described above with reference to fig. 7B and 7C. In use, the user contact portion 1342 (e.g., at least the user facing layer 1344) may be located between the buckle 1312 and the top bone strap portion 1310. The buckle 1312 may be configured to limit lateral movement of the user contact portion 1342, which may advantageously keep the top strap portion 1340 centered on the user's head in use. In an example, the buckle 1312 is located in the sagittal plane of the user's head in use. In the example of fig. 42A-42D, the buckle 1312 is formed of a length of flexible material extending between two points along the top strap portion 1310 on opposite sides of the center of the top strap portion (e.g., symmetrically with respect to either side of the sagittal plane of the user's head in use). The buckle 1312 may be sewn or welded to the top bone strap portion 1310, or attached in other suitable manners (e.g., glue, other buckles). Fig. 57 shows another example of a buckle 1312.

5.4.18.2 connection between occipital strap portion and top strap portion

The occipital strap portions 1320 may be removably attached to the top strap portions 1340. In the example of fig. 39A-39C, occipital strap portion 1320 includes a pair of side occipital strap portions 1321 configured to be connected between top strap portion 1310 and top strap portion 1340, each side occipital strap portion 1321 configured to be positioned on a respective side of the user's head in use. In the example, the length of each side occipital strap portion 1321 is adjustable. Accordingly, the length of occipital strap portion 1320 is adjustable. In this example, occipital strap portion 1320 is connected to top strap portion 1340 via a magnetic connection. In particular, each side occipital strap portion 1321 is configured to be coupled to the top strap portion 1340 by a magnetic fastener. As shown in fig. 39A and 39B, occipital strap portions 1320 are attached to top strap portions 1340 by magnetic clips 1338.

In the example of fig. 40A-40B and 41A-41B, occipital strap portion 1320 is removably connected to top strap portion 1340, but in a manner where the length of occipital strap portion 1320 is not adjustable, this may advantageously make positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 more intuitively set.

Figures 42A and 42B illustrate the connection between occipital strap portion 1320 and top strap portion 1340 shown in figures 41A-41B. Top strap portion 1340 is configured for connection to occipital strap portion 1320 via a pivotable connection in this example. That is, occipital strap portion 1320 can pivot relative to top strap portion 1340 (or vice versa), which can improve comfort. As shown in fig. 42A and 42B, the pivotable connection includes a snap connection. The snap connection includes a male snap portion 1324a and a female snap portion 1324b configured to snap together during assembly of the top strap portion 1340 and the occipital strap portion 1320. The male and female parts of the snap connection may be reversed. In other examples, the occipital strap portions 1320 may be connected to the top strap portions 1340 in this manner, but may be adjustable in length. In other examples, top strap portion 1340 and occipital strap portion 1320 are connected via alternative mechanisms, such as a hook and loop connection, a magnetic clip, or other suitable connection.

In some other examples of the present technology, the occipital strap portion 1320 is permanently connected to the top strap portions 1340, such as at the posterior end of the occipital strap portion 1320 removably connected to the top strap portions 1340 in the example shown in fig. 39A-39C.

Fig. 56A-56C illustrate another example of a connection between occipital strap portion 1320 and top strap portion 1340. In this example, the occipital strap portion 1320 includes an occipital attachment tab 1326 and the top strap portion 1340 includes an occipital attachment tab hole 1351. The occipital attachment tab 1326 may be configured to pass through the occipital attachment tab hole 1351 and secure to the top strap portion 1340. In some examples, the occipital attachment tab 1326 may be attached to the top strap portion 1340 by a snap connection. In some examples, the occipital attachment tab 1326 may be attached to the top strap portion 1340 by a hook and loop connection.

5.4.18.3 outer sleeve of top strap part

In each of the examples shown in fig. 39A-39C, 40A-40B, 41A-41B, and 42A-42D, the top strap portion 1340 includes an outer sleeve 1348. Outer sleeve 1348 forms an outer layer 1341 of top strap portion 1340. In these examples, the outer sleeve 1348 is connected to the battery pack 1500. The outer sleeve 1348 may be removably connected to the battery pack 1500 or may be permanently connected (e.g., not configured to be detached from the battery pack 1500 by a user). For example, the outer sleeve 1348 may be glued, heat bonded, threaded, or connected in other suitable manners to the battery pack 1500.

As described above, the head-mounted display system 1000 may include a power cable 1510 connected between the battery pack 1500 and the head-mounted display system 1000 in use. In the example shown in FIGS. 39A-39C, 40A-40B, 41A-41B, and 42A-42D, the head-mounted display system 1000 includes a power cable 1510 located within an outer sleeve 1348. Power cable 1510 is slidable within outer sleeve 1348 along the length of outer sleeve 1348.

In these examples, power cable 1510 can be retracted into and extended out of battery pack 1500. The ability of power cable 1510 to also slide within outer sleeve 1348 enables the length of outer sleeve 1348 and top strap portion 1340 to be adjusted without affecting the amount of slack in power cable 1510. A power cable 1510 that can be retracted into and extend from the battery pack 1500 can also fix the power cable 1510 relative to the head mounted display unit 1200. The power cable 1510 that is not retracted into and extends from the head mounted display unit 1200 may keep the head mounted display unit 1200 small (or at least smaller than necessary to accommodate the retractable power cable 1510). In other examples, power cable 1510 is fixed relative to outer sleeve 1348. In other examples, power cable 1510 does not retract into or extend from battery pack 1500.

5.4.18.4 hook and loop connection

The washable portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may be connected with other components of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 by hook and loop connections. Advantageously, this may enable the washable portion to be "peeled" from other components of the head-mounted display system 1000. For example, the washable portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 can be connected to the outer sleeve 1348 by one or more hook-and-loop connections 1349. For example, a user contact layer 1344 (at least in some examples part of the washable part) of the top strap portion 1340 can be connected to an outer sleeve 1348 by a hook and loop connection 1349. In the example shown in fig. 40B, user contact layer 1344 is connected to outer sleeve 1348 via a hook and loop connection 1349 as shown.

In some examples, such as the examples shown in fig. 41A-41B and 42A-42D, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1340 includes a user contact 1342, which will be described in more detail below. The user contact 1342 includes a user contact layer 1344. The user contacts 1342 are connected to the outer sleeve 1348, for example by a hook and loop connection or alternatively by a press stud connection, a strap or another suitable connection. As shown in fig. 41A, the user contacts 1342 are connected to the outer sleeve 1348 by a hook and loop connection 1349.

The outer sleeve 1348 may include one or more hooks 1349 a. In the example shown in fig. 42C, the outer sleeve 1348 includes a plurality of hooks 1349 a. In this example, there are two hooks 1349a, while in other examples there may be one, three, or more hooks 1349 a. In some examples, the washable part includes a plurality of uninterrupted loops 1349b that correspond to the hooks 1349a and to which the hooks 1349a can be attached. As shown in fig. 42C, the user contact portion 1342 of the washable part comprises a pair of uninterrupted loops 1349b corresponding to the hooks 1349a to form a hook and loop connection 1349.

In other examples of the present technology, the washable portion (which may be the user contact portion 1342 or the user contact layer 1344) may include a surface formed of an unbroken loop material to which one or more hooks 1349a can be attached forming a hook and loop connection 1349, for example. Then, the outer sleeve 1348 including the hook portion 1349a or other portion of the top strap portion 1340 may be directly attached to the surface of the washable portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300.

In other examples, the cleanable portion includes hooks 1349a and the outer sleeve 1348 or other portion of the non-cleanable portion includes an uninterrupted loop 1349b or surface formed from an uninterrupted loop material.

5.4.18.5 other hook and loop attachment examples

The concepts described above in connection with the hook and loop connection within top strap portion 1340 can also be applied in other examples of the present technology. In some examples, a head mounted display system 1000 is provided, the head mounted display system comprising: a head mounted display unit 1200 comprising a display; and a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 configured to hold the head mounted display unit 1200 in an operable position on the user's head in use, as described elsewhere herein.

Referring to fig. 41A-41B and 42A-42D, to illustrate a more generally applicable aspect of the present technique, a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include: a rear support 1350 configured to engage a rear of the user's head; a pair of side strap portions 1310 configured to be connected between the rear support portion 1350 and the head-mounted display unit 1200 (each located, in use, on a respective side of the user's head); a top strap portion 1340 configured to be connected between the rear support portion 1350 and the head mounted display unit 1200, the top strap portion 1340 configured to cover an upper portion of the user's head in use, the top strap portion 1340 including a user contact portion 1342 and an outer layer 1341. As shown, in these examples, user contact portion 1342 of top strap portion 1340 and outer layer 1341 of top strap portion 1340 are removably connected by one or more hook and loop connections 1349.

User contact 1342 and outer layer 1341 may be separated from each other by a hook and loop connection 1349, which may advantageously enable user contact 1342 to be washed separately from outer layer 1341 and any electronics that may be connected to or form part of outer layer 1341. Alternatively or additionally, one of the user contacts 1342 or the outer layer 1341 may be replaced separately from the other.

In some examples, the rear support 1350 includes a parietal strap portion 1310 configured to cover, in use, a parietal bone of the user's head and an occipital strap portion 1320 configured to cover, in use, or underlie, an occipital bone of the user's head. However, the hook and loop connection between the user contact 1342 and the outer layer 1341 is also applicable to other configurations of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. Top strap portion 1310, occipital strap portion 1320, and side strap portions 1330 may be separated from outer layer 1341 of top strap portion 1340 along with user contact portion 1342 by a separate hook and loop connection.

The top strap portion 1349 may include an outer sleeve 1348 that forms an outer layer 1341 of the top strap portion 1340. The outer sleeve 1348 may be connected to the battery pack 1500 (in examples where the battery pack 1500 is present).

Any exemplary configuration of the hook portions 1349a, uninterrupted loop portions 1349b, and/or surfaces formed from uninterrupted loop material may be applied to create a hook and loop connection 1349 between the outer sleeve 1348 and the user contact portion 1342, or more generally between the outer layer 1341 and the user contact portion 1342 or user contact layer 1341.

5.4.18.6 substantially inextensible layer

The top strap portion 1340 in the example includes a substantially inextensible layer 1343 (e.g., a rigid layer in some examples that is at least partially rigid in the sense that it is capable of at least partially retaining its shape under its own weight) that is located, in use, between the outer layer 1341 and the user-facing layer 1344. The substantially inextensible layer 1343 may be identified in examples as a rigid piece or layer, which in these examples makes the top strap portion 1340 more rigid than it would be without the substantially inextensible layer 1343. In some examples, the substantially inextensible layer 1343 is inextensible, but does not substantially increase the stiffness of the top strap portion 1340. The substantially inextensible layer 1343 may help the top strap portion 1340 transfer some or all of the weight of the rear mounted battery pack 1500 or other weights to the upward force on the head mounted display unit 1200. This may advantageously result in the user feeling that the head mounted display unit 1200 is light in weight. Additionally, less tension may be required in other headgear straps (e.g., side strap portions 1330) because if the top strap portion 1340 and/or weight/battery pack 1500 does not take up some of the weight of the head mounted display unit 1200, there may be no need to pull the head mounted display unit 1200 against the user's face with the force that may be required. The presence of the substantially inextensible layer 1343, the top strap 1340 as a whole, and the weights may each (independently or together, as the case may be) contribute to the head-mounted display system 1000 being comfortable for the user while providing stability on the user's head even during strenuous exercise.

In some examples, the substantially inextensible layer 1343 may be formed from a thermoplastic material. In examples without a rear mounted battery pack 1500 (e.g., where any batteries are in the head mounted display unit 1200), the substantially inextensible layer 1343 may support the head mounted display unit 1200 by anchoring the head mounted display unit to the rear support 1350. As described above, in each of the examples shown in fig. 39A-39C, 40A-40B, 41A-41B, and 42A-42D, the head-mounted display system 1000 includes the battery pack 1500 for powering the head-mounted display system 1000, the battery pack 1500 being configured to be located behind the user's head in use. The top strap portion 1340 is connected to the battery pack 1500 in use.

The battery pack 1500 may be removably connected to the substantially inextensible layer 1343. The substantially inextensible layer 1343 and the battery pack 1500 may include respective fastener portions (e.g., respective first and second fastener portions 1503, 1504) configured to removably connect the battery pack 1500 to the substantially inextensible layer 1343. For example, as shown in fig. 40A, 41A, and 42D, the substantially inextensible layer 1343 includes a first fastener portion 1503. In these examples, first fastener portion 1503 is located on the rearward facing surface of top strap portion 1340 in use. As shown in fig. 42D, the battery pack includes a second fastener portion 1504 corresponding to the first fastener portion 1503. The first and

second fastener portions

1503 and 1504 are configured to be coupled together to couple the battery pack 1500 to the substantially inextensible layer 1343 in use. In these examples, the first and

second fastener portions

1503 and 1504 connect the substantially inextensible layer 1343 to the battery pack 1500 such that the substantially inextensible layer 1343 at least partially supports the weight of the battery pack 1500, e.g., supports a majority of the weight of the battery pack 1500, in use.

The first and

second fastener portions

1503 and 1504 may be configured to snap fit together.

In other examples, the battery pack 1500 may be connected to the substantially inextensible layer 1343 via a hook and loop connection, may fit into a pocket, or may be connected directly or indirectly to the substantially inextensible layer 1343 in another suitable manner. In the example shown in fig. 42D, the first fastener portion 1503 is a convex portion, and the second fastener portion 1504 is a concave portion. In other examples, the first fastener portion 1503 may be a female portion configured to receive a male second fastener portion 1504.

In some examples, the substantially non-extendable portion 1343 is flat (as shown in fig. 43B). In other examples, the cross-section of the substantially non-extendable portion 1343 is curved, as shown in fig. 43D. The curvature may avoid a pressing point, for example, by matching the curvature to a desired curvature of the human head at the sagittal plane, thereby making the user more comfortable. In some examples, the substantially non-extendable portion may be in the range of 1-3mm thick, such as 1.5mm-2mm thick, for example 1.8mm thick.

5.4.18.7 the cleanable portion may be separate from the substantially non-extendable portion

The washable portion can be separated from the substantially inextensible layer 1343. As described above, top strap portion 1340 includes an outer sleeve 1348 forming an outer layer 1341. In the example shown in fig. 40A-40B, a substantially inextensible layer 1343 is located within an outer sleeve 1348. The outer sleeve 1348 is connected to the battery pack 1500 as shown in fig. 39C.

In an example, the user facing layer 1344 is separated from the outer sleeve 1348 when the washable portion is separated from the remainder of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 for washing. A substantially inextensible layer 1343 remains within the outer sleeve 1348. The battery pack 1500 may or may not be disconnected from the substantially inextensible layer 1343 because the user may not need to do so because the washable portion may now be cleaned. In some examples in which the substantially inextensible layer 1343 does not form part of the washable portion (e.g., in which the washable portion is separable from the substantially inextensible layer 1343), the battery pack 1500 may not be configured to be disconnected from the substantially inextensible layer 1343 by a user.

5.4.18.8 the cleanable portion includes a substantially non-extendable portion

In other examples, the substantially inextensible layer 1343 forms a portion of the washable part. In the example shown in fig. 41A-41B, 42A-42D, and 43A-43D, top strap portion 1340 includes user contacts 1342 that form a user facing layer 1344 as described above. In this example, a substantially inextensible layer 1343 is provided for the user contacts 1342. The user contact portion 1342 forms a portion of the washable portion and is separable from the outer sleeve 1348 such that the substantially inextensible layer 1343 forms a portion of the washable portion and is separable from the outer sleeve 1348.

In this example, the user contact 1342 comprises a user contact sleeve 1342 a. As shown in fig. 41B, a substantially inextensible layer 1343 is located within the user contact sleeve 1342 a.

Referring to fig. 43A-43D, the user contact sleeve 1342 can include a rigid opening 1343A through which the substantially inextensible layer 1343 can be inserted. The rigid opening 1343a may be a slit or narrow hole within the material of the user contact sleeve 1342 and may be shaped and sized such that it corresponds to the shape and size of the cross-section of the substantially inextensible layer 1343 to enable insertion of the substantially inextensible layer 1343. The rigid opening 1343a may be located at or near an end of the user contact sleeve 1342 to enable a first end of the substantially inextensible layer 1343 to be inserted into the interior of the user contact sleeve 1342, and the rigid opening may wrap a second end of the substantially inextensible layer 1343 to substantially encapsulate the substantially inextensible layer 1343. The substantially inextensible layer 1343 may be removably inserted into the user contact sleeve 1342. Advantageously, this may enable the user contact sleeve 1342 to be replaced as necessary.

The user contact sleeve 1342 may include a fastener opening 1503a through which the battery pack 1500 can be removably attached to the substantially inextensible layer 1343. As described above, the substantially inextensible layer 1343 may include a first fastener portion 1503 configured to connect to a corresponding second fastener portion 1504 of the battery pack 1500. When assembled, the first fastener portion 1503 may extend through the first fastener opening 1503a, configured to connect to the second fastener portion 1504, thereby configured to connect the substantially inextensible layer 1343 to the battery pack 1500.

The battery pack 1500 may cover either or both of the rigid openings 1343a and the fastener openings 1503a in use. Fig. 43A and 43C show the outline of the shape of the battery pack 1500. As shown, in use, the stiffener openings 1343a and the fastener openings 1503a are both within the perimeter/circumference of the battery pack 1500.

In the example shown in fig. 56C, the occipital strap portion 1320 includes occipital attachment tabs 1326, as described above. In this example, the occipital attachment tabs 1326 are configured for attachment to the user contact sleeve 1342 on the non-user facing side of the user contact sleeve 1342. The occipital attachment tab 1326 may be configured to pass through a first user contact sleeve hole 1352 on a user facing side of the user contact sleeve 1342 and through a second user contact sleeve hole 1353 on a non-user facing side of the user contact sleeve 1342. In this example, the occipital attachment tab 1326 is configured to attach to the user contact sleeve 1342 with a hook and loop connection. In other examples, it may be connected with a press stud or another suitable connection.

The user contact sleeve 1342a and/or the outer sleeve 1348 may each be formed from a fabric material and may be formed by cutting a sheet of fabric (e.g., by die cutting, ultrasonic cutting, or RF cutting), folding it into a tubular shape, and ultrasonically welding seams along the length of the sleeve along with any other edges. The sleeve may be turned inside out so that any sharp welding edges are provided on the inside and the outside advantageously has no sharp edges which may cause discomfort or an unsightly appearance in use. Any other suitable manner of forming the user contact sleeve 1342a and the outer sleeve 1348. The hook or loop portions used to form the hook and loop connection may be welded or sewn to the fabric material. In other examples, the textile material may be stitched to form a tubular shape. In other examples, the substantially inextensible layer 1343 may not be encapsulated by the user contact sleeve, but may be provided to the user contact 1342 by being secured to the user facing layer 1344 (e.g., adhered, fastened by hook and loop connection, embedding, overmolding, or otherwise connecting).

The outer sleeve 1348 and/or the user contact sleeve 1342a may be formed from an elastic or non-elastic material, may be formed from a soft material that is comfortable if contacted by a user, is washable (e.g., machine washable), and/or is formed from a material that helps to wick moisture away from a user's face or head. In some examples, the sleeve (i.e., outer sleeve 1348 and/or user contact sleeve 1342a) is formed from any one of an elastomeric material, TPE, or nylon. The sleeve may be formed of an elastomeric material that facilitates insertion of the substantially inextensible layer 1343 in the event that the user contacts the sleeve 1342 a. The sleeve may be formed of a low friction material (or a material having a low friction inner surface) that, in the case of outer sleeve 1348, facilitates movement of power cable 1510 within outer sleeve 1348 during adjustment of the length of outer sleeve 1348.

As described above, the head mounted display system 1000 may include the power cable 1510 connected between the battery pack 1500 and the head mounted display unit 1200. As shown in the examples of fig. 40B and 41B, the power cable may be located within the sleeve 1348 (e.g., in a manner described elsewhere herein).

Fig. 69A and 69B illustrate a battery pack housing 1505 having a second fastener portion 1504 and a substantially inextensible layer 1343 having a corresponding first fastener portion 1503, respectively, in accordance with another example of the present technique. In this example, the first fastener portion 1503 is configured to fit into a hole of the second fastener portion and slide in a direction parallel to the plane of the hole such that the post of the first fastener portion 1503 slides into the channel of the second fastener portion 1504. The second fastener portion 1504 may include snap-fit arms configured to resist the posts of the first fastener portion 1503 from sliding out of the channels of the second fastener portion 1504.

Fig. 70A and 70B illustrate a battery pack housing 1505 having a second fastener portion 1504 and a substantially inextensible layer 1343 having a corresponding first fastener portion 1503, respectively, according to another example of the present technique. In this example, the first fastener portion 1503 includes a first cylindrical portion that is configured to be compressed between two corresponding second cylindrical portions of the second fastener portion 1504. The second fastener portion 1504 includes a relief cut in the battery housing 1505 that is configured to allow the second cylindrical portion of the second fastener portion 1504 to deform to receive the first cylindrical portion of the first fastener portion 1503, but return to an undeformed position to enable a snap fit of the first fastener portion 1503 with the second fastener portion 1504.

Fig. 71A and 71B illustrate a battery pack housing 1505 having a second fastener portion 1504 and a substantially inextensible layer 1343 having a corresponding first fastener portion 1503, respectively, in accordance with another example of the present technique. In this example, the first fastener portion 1503 includes a male slide configured to be slidingly received in a female slide of the second fastener portion 1504. Both the male and female slides may be elongated. The first and

second fastener portions

1503, 1504 may be oriented in use such that, to disengage, a female slide on the battery pack housing 1505 would need to slide upward against the weight of the battery pack 1500 to be removed from the male slide.

Fig. 71A and 71B illustrate a battery pack housing 1505 having a second fastener portion 1504 and a substantially inextensible layer 1343 having a corresponding first fastener portion 1503, respectively, in accordance with another example of the present technique. In this example, the first fastener portion 1503 includes a male slide configured to be inserted into an opening in the battery pack housing 1505 formed by the second fastener portion 1504 and slide into a channel formed by the second fastener portion 1504. The second fastener portion may include relief cuts on both sides of the channel such that the opening of the channel forms a snap-fit connection with the corresponding portion of the first fastener portion 1503.

5.4.19 battery pack structure

Fig. 46-52B illustrate various features of a battery pack 1500 in accordance with examples of the present technique. The battery pack 1500 may include a battery pack housing 1505 connected to a battery pack base 1525. The top strap portion 1340 can include user contacts 1342 forming a user facing layer 1344, and the battery pack base 1525 can be configured to connect to the user contacts 1342.

Battery pack 1500 may also include a cable guide 1530 configured to guide power cable 1510. As shown in fig. 47A-48B, the cable guide 1530 may include an elongated portion 1531 through which the power cable 1510 can slide into and out of the battery pack housing 1505. The elongated portion 1531 may be rigid. Advantageously, elongated portion 1531 may provide a long channel through which power cable 1510 passes, which may support a correspondingly long length of power cable 1510, which may prevent the cable from biting into the walls of cable guide 1530 as power cable 1510 moves. The cable guide 1530 may include a cable guide mount 1532 configured to connect to the battery pack base 1525. The battery pack base 1525 in this example includes a cable guide mount 1526 for the cable guide 1530, the cable guide mount 1526 configured to connect to a cable guide mount 1532.

The cable guide 1530 may include one or more teeth 1533, such as a plurality of teeth 1533, configured for engaging the top strap portion 1340. In this example, the cable guide 1530 includes three teeth 1533. As described above, the top strap portion may include an outer sleeve 1348 that forms an outer layer of the top strap portion 1340, and the outer sleeve 1348 may be connected to the battery pack 1500. Power cable 1510 may be located within outer sleeve 1348 and may be slidable within outer sleeve 1348 along the length of outer sleeve 1348. The teeth 1533 of the cable guide 1530 may be configured to engage the outer sleeve 1348 to secure the outer sleeve 1348 to the battery pack 1500. The teeth 1533 may be located on the elongated portion 1531 of the cable guide 1530 and may face outward relative to the elongated portion 1531. The teeth 1533 of the cable guide 1530 may be configured to clamp the outer sleeve 1348 against the battery pack base 1525.

In some examples, at least a portion of the elongate portion 1531 of the cable guide 1530 is located within the outer sleeve 1348 in use. The cable guide mount 1526 of the battery base 1525 may include one or more teeth 1527 configured for engaging the top strap portion 1340, as shown in fig. 47B. In a particular example, the teeth 1527 of the cable guide mount 1526 are configured to engage the outer sleeve 1348 to secure the outer sleeve 1348 to the battery pack 1500. In particular, the teeth 1527 of the cable guide mount 1526 may clamp the outer sleeve 1348 against the cable guide 1530.

Referring to fig. 49B, the battery pack base 1525 in this example includes a base groove 1528 configured to receive occipital strap attachment tabs 1326 configured to attach the occipital strap portion 1340 to the user contacts 1342 of the top strap portion 1340. The occipital strap attachment tab 1326 may reside in the base recess 1528. The base recess 1528 may advantageously accommodate the occipital strap portion attachment tabs 1326 while maintaining the low profile of the battery pack 1500. The battery base 1525 may also include mounting structures configured to connect the battery base 1525 (and thus the battery 1500) to the user contacts 1342, as described elsewhere herein.

Battery pack 1500 in the example shown in fig. 46-50 includes a cable stop 1540 secured to power cable 1519 within battery pack 1500, cable stop 1540 configured to limit the extent to which power cable 1510 can extend from battery pack 1500. The cable stop 1540 in this example is annular (although other examples may include different shapes), and includes an adjustment screw 1542 configured to allow the diameter of the cable stop 1540 to be reduced to engage the power cable 1510. The cable stop 1540 may be clamped onto the power cable 1510 and may be fixed in place relative to the power cable 1510. Cable stop 1540 may include internal threads 1541 configured to engage power cable 1510.

As shown in fig. 47A-52B, battery pack housing 1505 in this example includes a power cable opening 1506. Power cable opening 1506 is thus also a power cable opening 1506 of battery pack 1500. Cable guide 1530 may extend out of battery pack 1500, for example, through power cable opening 1506.

As shown in fig. 51C and 51D, the battery pack housing 1505 may include a power cable spacer 1507 configured to receive a portion of a power cable 1510 and one or more battery cell spacers 1508 configured to receive the battery cells 1502. Battery pack housing 1505 may include one or more divider walls 1509 separating power cable separator 1507 from one or more battery cell separators 1508. In this example, power cable opening 1506 is aligned with power cable bulkhead 1507. In the example shown, battery pack 1500 includes two battery cell separators 1508. A power cable separator 1507 is located between two battery separators 1508. Battery pack 1500 includes battery cells 1502 that are oriented vertically and aligned in series along the left and right axes in use. In the example shown in fig. 52B, the battery cells 1502 are inclined inward on the rear side of the battery pack 1500. In this example, there are four battery cells 1502, but in other examples there may be one, two, three, or more than four battery cells 1502. In other examples, the battery cells 1502 may also be oriented horizontally.

Referring to fig. 53A-53F, power cable 1510 may include a service loop 1513 internal to battery pack 1500. Service loop 1513 may be configured to provide for extension and retraction of battery pack 1500 from power cable 1510. Retraction and extension of the power cable 1510 relative to the battery pack 1500 is described in more detail elsewhere herein, but in the head-mounted display system 1000, with the power cable 1510 disposed within the headgear, such as the top strap portion 1340 of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300, the retractable and extendable power cable 1510 may advantageously provide easy adjustment of the length of the top strap portion 1340 and the power cable 1510 (e.g., to achieve a good fit with the user's head).

As shown in fig. 53A, power cable 1510 may enter battery 1500 in a direction substantially parallel to battery base 1525 and curve away from battery base 1525 to form service loop 1513. Power cable 1510 may enter battery pack 1500 in a direction substantially parallel/tangential to the curvature of the user's head. In other examples, such as shown in fig. 53B, power cable 1510 enters battery 1500 in a direction oblique to battery base 1525 and curves toward battery base 1525 to form service loop 1513.

Fig. 53G illustrates a cross-sectional view of a battery pack 1500 in accordance with another example of the present technique. Power cable 1510 is secured within battery pack 1500 at a fixed end 1514. In this example, power cable 1510 is secured to battery pack base 1525 at secured ends 1514. For example, the fixed end 1514 may be secured with an adhesive or a fastener. Power cable 1510 is shown in a retracted configuration and in phantom in an extended configuration. As shown, when power cable 1510 is in the extended configuration, the length of service loop 1513 is reduced. The configuration of service loop 1513, fixed end 1514 and cable guide 1530 in this example may advantageously provide low resistance to the protraction/retraction of power cable 1510. Power cable 1510 in this arrangement extends and retracts through a "rolling" motion. Advantageously, power cable 1510 does not require resiliency. Power cable 1510 changes radius by a small amount as it elongates/contracts. Power cable 1510 bends to different amounts during extension/retraction. The elongated portion 1531 may include a long aspect ratio (e.g., a long length compared to a width). The length of the elongate portion may be in the range 20-40mm, for example 25-35mm, 28-32mm or about 30mm long. The inner diameter of the elongate portion may be in the range 5-10mm, for example 6.5-8.5 mm, or about 7.5 mm.

As also shown in fig. 53G, the elongate portion 1531 of the cable guide 1530 includes one or more rounded ends 1539. In particular, the cable guide 1530 includes a rounded end 1539 at a first or inner end of the elongated portion 1531 and a rounded end 1539 at a second or outer end of the elongated portion 1531, which may advantageously provide low friction on the power cable 1510 and may present a low risk of the power cable 1510 jamming on the end of the elongated portion 1531. In examples of the present technology, the cable guide 1530 may include a rounded end 1539 on either or both ends of the elongated portion 1531. Each rounded end 1539 may include a rounded edge on one or both of the interior or exterior that surrounds the opening into the elongated portion 1531. Additionally or alternatively, each rounded end 1539 may include a flared portion of the cable guide 1530, such as a flared portion of the elongate portion 1531.

In some examples, the cable guide 1530 includes a fabric sleeve 1534, as shown in fig. 53C-53F. The fabric sleeve 1534 may include a low friction material configured to provide low resistance to movement of the power cable 1510 through the fabric sleeve 1534. In some examples, the fabric sleeve 1534 may be stretchable. The cable guide 1530 may include one or more lead-in features 1535 configured to guide the power cable 1510 into a fabric sleeve 1534. The cable guide 1530 may include one lead-in feature 1535 as shown in fig. 53E or two lead-in features 1535 as shown in fig. 53D, such as one on each side of the power cable 1535. The introduction feature may comprise a curved surface. As shown in fig. 53E, in some examples, the cable guide 1530 may include one or more rollers 1536 configured to reduce friction acting on the power cable 1510 at the entrance of the fabric sleeve 1534.

As shown in fig. 53C and 53F, in some examples, the fabric sleeve 1534 may be located inside the battery pack 1500. In other examples, such as shown in fig. 53D and 53E, the face sleeve 1534 may be located outside of the battery pack 1500. In some examples, the fabric sleeve 1534, or more generally, the cable guide 1530, which may take any form, may be located partially inside and outside of the battery pack 1500, completely inside or outside of the battery pack 1500. In some examples, the face fabric sleeve 1534 may be part of the outer sleeve 1348 of the top strap portion 1340. That is, the outer sleeve 1348 of the top strap portion may extend into the interior of the battery pack 1500 to form the face sleeve 1534 portion of the cable guide 1530.

Referring to fig. 53C, in some examples, battery pack 1500 includes one or more standoffs 1537 configured to limit the shape and/or movement of power cable 1510 within battery pack 1500. In some examples, standoffs 1537 may limit the amount power cable 1510 extends from battery pack 1500 by setting a lower limit on the bend radius of service loop 1513 of power cable 1510. The standoffs 1537 may take the form of posts within the battery 1500, for example, extending from one side of the battery housing 1505 or from one side of the power cable spacer 1507 to the other. In some examples, the standoffs 1537 may support the battery cells 1502.

In some examples, one or more portions of power cable 1510 between service loop 1513 and one or more battery cells 1502 to which the power cable is connected are secured in place within battery pack 1500, such as with an adhesive or bracket to battery pack base 1525, battery pack housing 1505, or other components of battery pack 1500 or other components within the battery pack. As shown in fig. 53E, power cable 1510 in this example is secured in position 1538 by an adhesive.

As shown in fig. 53D and 53E, the service loop 1513 of power cable 1510 may be shaped as a curve with a bend radius small enough that the service loop 1513 does not experience frictional contact with the battery housing 1505 radially outward of the curve. For example, in the fully retracted position of power cable 1510 (e.g., as shown in fig. 53E), service loop 1513 may not be in contact with an interior wall within battery pack 1500 or may be in only a small amount of contact with an interior wall. The bend radius of the service loop 1513 may be small enough such that when moved from the fully retracted position to the extended position (e.g., as shown in fig. 53D), the service loop 1513 may not contact any internal walls within the battery pack 1500 such that the service loop 1513 does not experience frictional contact with the battery pack 1500. Advantageously, this may make it easier for a user to extend or retract power cable 1510 and thereby adjust head mounted display system 1000.

Fig. 53A, 53B, and 53F each simultaneously illustrate two configurations of service loop 1513, one illustrating service loop 1513 and power cable 1510 in a retracted position, and one illustrating service loop 1513 and power cable 1510 in an extended position.

5.5 arms inside the head-mounted display Unit perimeter

While in some examples of the technology, the arm 1210 of the head mounted display unit 1200 may extend from the exterior of the display unit housing, in some examples of the technology, the arm 1210 may extend from the interior of the head mounted display unit 1200.

As shown in fig. 34A-34I, the head mounted display system 1000 can include a head mounted display unit 1200 and a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 (not shown in fig. 34A-34I) constructed and arranged to hold the head mounted display unit 1200 in an operating position over the face of a user (e.g., in the position shown in fig. 34A) in use. The positioning and stabilising structure 1300 may comprise a rear support 1350 configured to engage the back of the user's head and a pair of side strap portions 1330 configured to be connected between the rear support 1350 and the head-mounted display unit 1200, each side strap portion being configured to lie, in use, on a respective side of the user's head. The head mounted display unit 1200 may include a display unit housing 1205 including a display and interface structures 3800 configured to contact a user's face in use.

The head-mounted display unit 1200 may also include a pair of arms 1210, for example, as shown in fig. 34A. Each arm 1210 may extend rearwardly from the display unit housing 1205, each arm 1210 being configured for connection to a respective one of the side strap portions 1330 of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300.

In the example shown in fig. 34A-34I, the display unit housing 1205 has a rear side that includes a perimeter (e.g., an outermost perimeter). Each arm 1210 extends from the display unit housing 1205 from within the perimeter of the rear side of the display unit housing 1205. Arms 1210 extending from the interior of the perimeter of the display unit housing may reduce the overall width of the head mounted display unit 1200 and/or may facilitate closer proximity to an optimal headband force vector (e.g., closer to being parallel to the anterior-posterior axis).

As shown particularly in fig. 34A-34C, the interface structure 3800 has a perimeter, and each arm 1210 is located between the perimeter of the rear side of the display unit housing 1205 and the perimeter of the interface structure 3800. The arms 1210 may each be located intermediate adjacent portions of the display unit housing 1205. Additionally, the arms 1210 may each be laterally located from adjacent portions of the interface structure 3800. The outermost portion of the display unit housing 1205 may be flanking some or all of the arms 1210. For example, a lateral-most portion of the display unit housing 1205 may be located at a side of the connection between a respective one of the arms 1205 and the display unit housing 1205.

Each arm 1210 may include an eyelet 1212 configured to receive a respective one of the side strap portions 1330 of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. The eyelet 1212 of each arm may be located at or near the rear end of the respective arm 1210.

5.5.1 pivoting of the arm

Each of the pair of arms 1210 is pivotable relative to the display unit housing 1205. FIGS. 34D-34G and 34I show the pivot point 1213 for each arm. The pivot point 1213 may be proximate to the display within the display unit housing 1205 and may be located in front of the user's face. Each arm 1210 can be configured to pivot, in use, about a horizontal axis perpendicular to the sagittal plane of the user's head. Each arm 1210 can be configured to pivot through an angular range a of at least 9 degrees (fig. 34F and 34G). In some examples, the angular range a may be at least 19 degrees.

As shown in fig. 34D-34G and 34I, each arm 1210 in this example includes a hub portion 1230 and an elongate portion 1231 extending away from the hub portion. The eyelet 1212 of the arm 1210 is formed at the distal (rear) end of the elongate portion 1231. The hub 1230 is fixed to the display unit housing 1205 (optionally via an arm mount 1215, described below) at a pivot point 1213. The hub 1230 rotates about the pivot point 1213, and, because the elongated portions 1231 are rigidly connected to the hub 1230 (e.g., by being integrally formed with the hub 1230), the elongated portions 1231 rotate with the hub 1230 about the pivot point 1213.

In another example of the present technology, as shown in fig. 34J, each arm 1210 is slidably connected to the display unit housing 1205 and configured to slidably move to pivot about a pivot point 1213. Fig. 34J shows only one side of the head mounted display, but it should be understood that where features of a single arm are described, the features may be applied to both arms 1210 of the head mounted display.

In this example, each pivot point 1213 is a theoretical/imaginary pivot point about which the arm 1210 rotates. In this example, the pivot point 1213 is not the point at which the arm 1213 connects to the display unit housing 1205, but is a point in space around which the arm 1210 rotates as a result of being connected to the display unit housing 1205 at other locations. Specifically, each arm 1210 is slidably connected to the display unit housing 1205 at a location spaced from its respective pivot point 1213.

As shown in fig. 34J, each arm 1210 is slidably connected to a respective one of a pair of guides 1219 (depicted by dashed lines) of the display unit housing 1205 so as to slide along the respective guide 1219 and pivot about a respective pivot point. Each guide 1219 may be elongated to allow the corresponding arm 1210 to slide therealong. Further, each guide 1219 may be curved to force pivotal movement of the arm 1210 during sliding. Thus, each guide 1219 may be elongated and curved. In this manner, each arm 1210 is configured to pivot relative to the display unit housing 1205 about a pivot point 1213, while the physical connection between the arm 1210 and the display unit housing 1205 is not located at the pivot point 1213.

Each arm 1210 includes an aperture 1212 configured to receive a respective side strap portion 1330 of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. In this example, the aperture 1212 of each arm 1210 is located at or near the rear end of the respective arm 1212, as shown in fig. 34J. In other examples, the arms 1210 may be connected with the strap portion of the headgear 1300 in other suitable manners, such as clips (e.g., magnetic clips) or a hook and loop connection between the strap portion and each arm 1210.

In fig. 34J, the front end of the arm 1210 hidden behind a part of the display unit case 1205 is shown in a dotted line. In this example, the arm 1210 need not be longer than necessary to span between the desired positions of the eyelet 1212 and the guide 1219. As shown, the front end of arm 1210 is located adjacent to guide 1219. Further, the display unit housing 1205 has a pair of rearmost points 1205p, the rearmost points 1205p being located on respective sides of the display unit housing 1205. In this example, each guide 1219 is located near a respective one of the rearmost points 1205p of the display unit housing 1205.

The guide 1219 and the arm 1210 may include any configuration that allows the arm 1210 to slide along the guide 1219 but restricts the movement of the arm 1210 to pivot/rotate about the pivot point 1213. The guide 1219 and the arm 1210 may include complementary configurations. The guide 1219 and the arm 1210 may be connected in a complementary or male-female relationship, such as in the example shown in fig. 34K and 34L. In some examples, the guides 1219 each include a female portion configured to receive a male portion of the corresponding arm 1210. In other examples, the arms 1210 each include a recess that receives a protrusion of a respective guide 1219 (e.g., as shown by way of example in fig. 34M). In some examples, the guide 1219 and the arm 1210 are connected in an interlocking configuration that prevents the arm 1210 and the guide 1219 from separating. For example, the arm 1210 and guide 1219 may include a dovetail connection (shown by way of example in fig. 34K), an L-shaped connection, a T-shaped connection, or another connection that both restricts pivotal movement of the arm 1210 about the pivot point 1213 and prevents separation of the arm 1210 from the guide.

Alternatively, the connection between the arm 1210 and the guide 1219 may not itself prevent the arm 1210 from separating from the guide 1219. Fig. 34L illustrates a configuration in which the guide 1219 is in the form of a slot that receives a protrusion of the arm 1210 and guides the arm 1210 to move along the slot, but the arm 1210 is prevented from separating from the guide 1219 by a portion of the arm mount 1215 adjacent to the arm, rather than by the guide 1219 itself. The guide 1215 may be formed in an arm mount 1215, in a portion of the display unit housing 1205, or in another component of the head mounted display unit 1200. Fig. 34M shows an example in which the arm 1210 includes a slot that receives a guide 1219 in the form of a protrusion configured to fit into the slot. In this example, the arm 1210 may be prevented from being separated from the guide 1219 by a portion of the arm mount 1215 or by another component within the head mounted display unit 1200.

The use of a guide 1219 for the arm 1210 may advantageously allow the arm 1210 to be shorter, which may allow for sufficient space for other components of the head mounted display unit 1200 that are proximate to the arm 1210.

The arm 1210 and head mounted display unit 1200 of the examples of the present technology shown in fig. 34J-34M may also include any other features described herein with reference to other examples of the present technology, including but not limited to, for example, arm 1210 between a perimeter of the rear side of the display unit housing 1205 and a perimeter of the interface structure 3800, an arm mount 1215, a range of pivotal movement of the arm 1210, a predetermined resistance to pivotal movement, pivoting between predetermined incremental orientations, and/or a static torque resistance.

5.5.2 resistance of the arm to pivotal movement

In some examples, each arm 1210 has a predetermined resistance to pivotal movement relative to the display unit housing 1205. As depicted in fig. 34E, each arm 1210 can be configured to pivot between a plurality of predetermined incremental orientations (e.g., the arms 1210 can snap, drop, or fit into place at a plurality of orientations). A predetermined resistance to pivotal movement needs to be overcome before the arm 1210 can pivot from one predetermined incremental orientation to another predetermined incremental orientation.

In some examples, each of the arms 1210 includes one or more first engagement features 1232 configured to sequentially engage with a plurality of second engagement features 1233 of the head mounted display unit 1200 (e.g., the display unit housing 1205, the arm mount 1215, or another component) as the arms 1210 pivot between the predetermined incremental orientations. 34E and 38B-38N depict various such examples of the present technology.

Each arm 1210 may include a single first engagement feature 1232, as shown, for example, in fig. 34E or fig. 38J and 38K. Alternatively, each of the arms 1210 can include a plurality of first engagement features 1232, wherein each first engagement feature 1232 is configured to engage a respective one of the second engagement features 1233 at a time and is configured to move sequentially between the second engagement features 1233 during pivoting of the arms 1210. This type of structure is shown in the examples of FIGS. 38B-38I and 38L.

In some examples, each arm 1210 includes a plurality of first engagement features 1232 configured to engage with one or more second engagement features 1233 of the head-mounted display unit 1200, the one or more second engagement features 1233 configured to sequentially engage with the first engagement features 1232 during pivoting of the arms 1210 between the predetermined incremental orientations.

In some examples, the first engagement feature 1232 is a protrusion and the second engagement feature 1233 is a depression. In other examples, the first engagement feature 1232 is a depression and the second engagement feature 1233 is a protrusion. The first and second engagement features may be complementary, for example male and female features.

In some examples, each arm 1210 includes a hub portion 1230 pivotably connected to the display unit housing 1205 (e.g., directly or via an arm mount 1215) and an elongate portion 1231 extending from the hub portion 1230. In some examples, such as the example shown in fig. 34E, 38J, 38K, and 38L, one or more first engagement features 1232 of each arm 1210 are provided to the elongated portion 1231 of the arm 1210.

The display unit housing 1205 in the example of fig. 34E includes a plurality of second engagement features 1233 (e.g., depressions formed by a plurality of bumps) corresponding to the predetermined incremental orientations. In addition, each arm 1210 includes a first engagement feature 1232 configured to mate to each second engagement feature 1233. A predetermined force (e.g., a predetermined resistance to pivotal movement) may be required to move each arm 1210 from one second engagement feature 1233 to another.

In some examples, each arm 1210 is configured to deform to allow one or more first engagement features 1232 to move sequentially between second engagement features 1233 during pivoting of the arms 1210, as depicted in fig. 38J.

In some examples, each arm 1210 includes a spring 1236 configured to bias the elongate portion 1231 of the arm 1210 toward the second engagement feature 1233 such that one or more first engagement features 1231 are biased into engagement with the second engagement features 1232. In fig. 38K, the arm 1210 includes a spring 1236 in the form of a leaf spring. For example, the spring 1236 may press against a portion of the display unit housing 1205 or the arm mount 1215.

In the example shown in fig. 38L, the arm includes a plurality of first engagement features 1232 configured to engage with the second engagement features 1233.

In some examples, such as those shown in fig. 38B, 38C-38D, 38E-38F, 38G-38H, 38I, 38M, and 38N, the first engagement feature 1232 of each arm 1210 is provided on the hub 1230 of the arm 1210 in a circular arrangement and is configured to rotate with the hub 1230 about the pivot point 1213 of the arm 1210. In the example shown in fig. 38B, 38C-38D, 38E-38F, 38G-38H, and 38I, the first engagement feature 1232 of each arm 1210 faces radially away from the pivot point 1213 and the second engagement feature 1233 faces radially toward the pivot point 1213. In other examples, the first engagement feature 1232 of each arm 1210 faces radially toward the pivot point 1213 and the second engagement feature 1233 faces radially away from the pivot point 1213.

In some examples, the first engagement features 1232 are provided to a deformable portion of the hub 1230 that is configured to deform as the arms 1210 pivot to allow the first engagement features 1232 to sequentially move between the second engagement features 1233. 38B, 38C-38D, 38E-38F, and 38I, the hub portion 1230 may include a raised portion 1234 that is raised relative to the arm 1210 and includes a deformable portion and a first engagement feature 1232. Raised portions 1234 may include an aperture 1235 adjacent each deformable portion, the aperture 1235 allowing the deformable portion and first engagement feature 1232 to deform toward the aperture 1235 to allow the first engagement feature 1232 to sequentially move between the second engagement features 1233 as the arm 1210 pivots. The absence of material in the aperture 1235 may allow the arm 1210 to be sufficiently flexible in the deformable portion to deform sufficiently to allow the arm 1210 to rotate through a predetermined increment.

In some examples, such as shown in fig. 38C-38D and 38E-38F, each deformable portion includes one or more cantilevered portions having at least one of the first engagement features 1232 thereon that are configured to deform as the arm 1210 pivots to allow the first engagement features 1232 to move sequentially between the second engagement features 1233. Each cantilever portion may have a single first engagement feature 1232 at its end, as shown in fig. 38C-38D, or may have multiple first engagement features thereon, as shown in fig. 38E-38F. In some examples, the elevated portion 1234 has an S-shape, as shown in fig. 38F.

In some examples, the first engagement feature 1232 of the arm 1210 forms a snap-fit connection with the head mounted display unit 1200 to connect the arm 1210 to the head mounted display unit 1200, as shown in fig. 38G and 38H. In this example, each first engagement feature 1232 is deformable radially inward. First engagement feature 1232 is snap-fit to second engagement feature 1233.

In some examples, the first engagement feature 1232 faces away from the hub portion 1230 of the arm 1210 and toward the second engagement feature 1233 in a direction parallel to the axis of rotation of the arm 1210 (e.g., an axis through the pivot point 1213), as shown in fig. 38M and 38N. The first engagement feature 1232 may be located on or within a face of the hub 1230, rather than being located on a side face. The hub portion 1230 may be configured to move parallel to the axis of rotation of the arm 1210 to move away from the second engagement features 1233, allowing the first engagement features 1232 to move sequentially between the second engagement features 1233 as the arm 1210 pivots. In the example shown in fig. 38N, the hub 1230 is biased toward the second engagement feature 1233 by a spring 1236. For example, the spring may be a coil spring disposed around a pin, bolt, or screw that connects the arm 1210 to the display unit housing 1205.

5.5.2.1 static torque resistance

In another example, each arm 1210 is connected to the display unit housing 1205 such that pivoting each arm 1210 relative to the display unit housing 1205 requires overcoming a predetermined static torque resistance. In some examples, the predetermined static torque resistance is provided by static friction. Static friction may act between each arm 1210 and a corresponding portion of the display unit housing 1205 or a corresponding arm mount 1215 (described below).

In some examples, the head-mounted display system 1000 includes a pair of friction rings 1220 (e.g., O-rings, washers, or the like). Fig. 38A shows a schematic cross-sectional view through the pivot point 1213 of the arm 1210, and fig. 54 shows a schematic cross-sectional view through the pivot point 1213 of the arm 1210 in accordance with another example of the present technique. Each friction ring 1220 may be mounted in contact with a respective one of the arms 1210 and in contact with an adjacent surface within the head mounted display unit 1200 (which may be a surface of the arm mount 1215). The friction ring 1220 provides each arm 1210 with a static friction that needs to be overcome to pivot relative to the display unit housing 1205.

As shown in fig. 38A, each friction ring 1220 can be received in a correspondingly shaped recess within the arm 1210. This may hold friction ring 1220 in place without friction ring 1220 taking up too much space within head mounted display unit 1200. As shown in fig. 54, each friction ring 1220 can be located within a friction ring cavity defined in part by the respective arm 1210 and in part by a portion of the head mounted display unit 1200 to which the arm 1210 is mounted. In these examples, each arm 1210 is attached to a respective one of a pair of arm mounts 1215.

The friction ring 1220 may be attached to or received on the hub portion 1230 of the arm 1210. In this example, a bolt 1221 and nut 1222 secure the arm 1210 to the arm mount 1215. The nut 1222 may be received on or attached to the hub 1230 of the arm 1210. A portion of the bolt 1221 may extend through the hub portion 1230 of the arm 1210 and may define a pivot point 1213. The friction ring 1220 may be formed from a high friction material and/or clamped to produce the desired friction and predetermined static torque resistance.

The arms 1210 may have a length such that a rear end of each arm 1210 is located adjacent a respective one of the user's ears.

5.5.3 arm mounting

As shown particularly in fig. 34B, 34C, 34H and 34I, in this particular example, each arm 1210 is connected to a respective one of a pair of arm mounts 1215. The display unit housing 1205 may include a pair of side portions 1207 on opposite sides of the display unit housing 1205, each of the arm mounts 1215 being attached to a medial side of a respective one of the side portions 1207. In this example, each arm is positioned between a respective arm mount 1215 and a respective side 1207 of the display unit housing 1205. Each arm 1210 may be pivotally connected to a respective arm mount 1215. In other examples, each arm mount 1215 is attached to or integrally formed with the display unit housing 1205 or other component, such as a lens plate.

5.5.4 arm orientation

As shown in fig. 37A and 37B, in some examples, each arm 1210 has a cross-sectional shape that includes a major axis MA and a minor axis MN. In this example, each arm 1210 is larger in the major axis MA than in the minor axis MN (e.g., each arm 1210 has a flat shape, which may be rectangular, for example). In some examples of the present technology, the long axis MA is aligned, in use, along the length of the arm 1210, parallel to the sagittal plane of the user's head. Fig. 37A shows a cross-section of an arm 1210 having a vertical orientation (e.g., aligned with the sagittal plane). One disadvantage of this arrangement is that the extent to which the arm 1210 can pivot before interfering with the display unit housing 1205 is limited (as shown in fig. 37A). Thus, in some examples of the present technology, at a point along the length of each arm 1210 located inside the display unit housing (e.g., where interference may occur), in use the long axis MA is oriented at an oblique angle O (equal to the angle O from the vertical axis VA) to the sagittal plane of the user's head, as shown in fig. 37B. In this example, the angular range through which the arm 1210 can pivot may be increased compared to the example of fig. 37A, with no or only a small amount of additional space occupied by the arm 1210 and associated surrounding components.

In some examples, at a point along the length of each arm 1210 located inside the display unit housing 1205, the long axis MA of the cross-sectional shape has an up-mid-down orientation in use. This is the orientation shown in fig. 37B.

In some examples, each arm 1210 is shaped such that the long axis MA of the cross-section changes orientation along the length of the arm 1210. For example, the shape or cross-sectional orientation of each arm 1210 may have one orientation (e.g., with the long axis MA oriented medial-superior) on the interior of the head mounted display unit 1200 and another orientation (e.g., a vertical orientation) on the exterior of the head mounted display unit 1200. In some examples, at a point along the length of each arm 1210 located outside the display unit housing 1205, the primary axis MA is oriented substantially parallel to the sagittal plane of the user's head in use.

The head-mounted display system 1000 having the arm 1200 described with reference to fig. 34A-34I can have any one or more of the other features described herein (such as the top strap portion 1340), unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

5.5.5 Electron volume

In some examples of the present technology, head mounted display unit 1200 includes a pair of electronic volumes 1203. Fig. 55C shows a schematic view of a side of the head mounted display unit 1200 including the electronic volume 1203. Each electronic volume 1203 may be located on a respective side of head mounted display unit 1200 and adjacent to a respective one of arms 1210. Each electronic volume 1203 may include one or more electronic components. The electronic volume 1203 may be a volume of space within the head mounted display unit 1200 that contains one or more electronic components.

As shown in fig. 55C, each arm includes a hub portion 1230 pivotably connected to the display unit housing 1205 at a pivot point 1213 and an elongate portion 1231 extending from the hub portion 1230. In an example, the elongated portions 1231 are bent to avoid interfering with the electronic volume 1203. The elongated portion 1231 may include a curved portion and a straight portion, but may be generally elongated. As also shown in fig. 55C, each arm 1210 may include an eyelet 1213 for connection with side strap portion 1330. The elongated portion 1231 of each arm 1210 may include an offset portion 1237. Offset portion 1237 may be offset from axis 1238 passing between eyelet 1213 and pivot point 1238. The offset portion 1237 may increase the range of rotation of the arm 1210 without interfering with the electronic volume 1203. The curvature of the arm 1210 and/or the offset portion 1237 may advantageously allow the electronic volume 1203 to be located near (e.g., below) the arm 1210 without the arm 1210 interfering with the electronic volume 1203. In addition, positioning the electronic volume 1203 as far back as possible within the head mounted display unit 1200 may advantageously provide a more favorable weight balance within the head mounted display unit 1200 than if the electronic volume 1203 is located more forward (e.g., away from the user's head). Furthermore, by shaping the arms to avoid the electronic volume 1203, the pivot points 1213 and the eyelets 1212 may be advantageously positioned in an optimal position.

In some examples, the electronic product 1203 includes an audio speaker. In other examples, the electronic volume may alternatively or additionally include one or more of a sensor, a battery, and a processor.

5.6 elastic connector element between arm and side strap portion

Referring to fig. 55A and 55B, in some examples, the head mounted display system includes a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 including a pair of side strap portions 1330 configured to be connected between a rear support 1350 and the head mounted display unit 1200, each side strap portion configured to be positioned on a respective side of the user's head in use. The head-mounted display unit 1200 may include: a display unit housing 1205 including a display; an interface structure 3800 configured to contact a face of a user in use; and a pair of arms 1210. As particularly shown in fig. 55B, each arm 1210 may be configured for releasable direct attachment to a respective one of side strap portions 1330.

The head-mounted display unit 1200 may further include a pair of elastic connectors 1250. Each elastic connector 1250 may be configured to form an elastic connection connecting a respective one of the side strap portions 1330 to a respective one of the arms 1210. The elastic connector 1250 may be configured to stretch when the side strap portion 1330 is not directly attached to the arm 1210 during donning and doffing of the head mounted display system 1000 while maintaining an elastic connection between the side strap portion 1330 and the arm 1210. Advantageously, this may enable the head mounted display system 1000 to be put on and taken off without completely separating the side strap section 1330 from the head mounted display unit 1200. The stretchable nature of the elastic connector 1250 may enable some tension to be maintained in the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 during donning and doffing, which may advantageously hold the head mounted display unit 1200 on the user's head as the user tightens the headgear straps, and may prevent the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 from inadvertently sliding, falling, or otherwise coming out of position.

Referring to fig. 55A and 55B, each arm 1210 includes a hub portion 1230 and an elongate portion 1231. In this example, the resilient connector 1250 is connected to the elongated portion 1231 at a resilient connector connection point 1251. As shown in fig. 55B, each arm 1210 includes an eyelet 1213 at the rear end of the arm 1210 that is configured to connect to a respective side strap portion 1330. The elastic connector connection point 1251 may be located forward of the orifice 1213. In some examples, the resilient connectors 1250 are permanently connected to the respective arms 1210. In other examples, the resilient connector 1250 may be removably connected to the arm 1210, such as by a hook and loop connection or a press stud connection. In some examples, elastic connector 1250 may be removably attached to side strap portions 1330, such as by a hook and loop connection or a press stud connection, or may be permanently attached to the side strap portions.

5.7 headband clasp Integrated into interface Structure

Referring to fig. 35A and 35B, in some examples, the head mounted display unit 1200 includes a display unit housing 1205 and an interface structure 3800. The interface structure 3800 may be configured and arranged in an opposing relationship to a face of a user. The interface structure 3800 may include: a face-engaging portion 3810 configured, in use, for engaging a face of a user; and a chassis 3802 connected to the face interface 3810 and further connected to the display unit housing 1205 for attaching the interface structure 3800 to the display unit housing 1205.

Fig. 35A and 35B are schematic cross-sectional views of the interface structure 3800 and the upper portion of the display unit housing 1205 aligned with the sagittal plane of the user's head.

In the example of fig. 35A and 35B, the chassis 3802 of the interface structure 3800 is configured for attachment to the top strap 1340 of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 for holding the head mounted display unit 1200 in an operable position on the user's head in use. The positioning and stabilising structure 1300 further may include a rear support 1350 configured to engage the rear of the user's head and a pair of side straps 1330 configured to be connected between the rear support 1310 and the head mounted display unit 1205, each side strap configured to be located on a respective side of the user's head in use. The features of top strap portion 1340 and positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 are described elsewhere herein.

As shown in fig. 35A and 35B, the chassis 3802 may include an eyelet 3812 through which the top strap 1340 can be looped and secured to itself. In the example of fig. 35A, the eyelet 3812 is formed by both the chassis 3802 and the display unit housing 1205 such that the top strap portion 1340 is able to encircle a portion of the chassis 3802 and a portion of the display unit housing 1205. In the example of fig. 35B, an eyelet 3812 is formed in an upper tab 3814 of the chassis 3802. As shown, the upper protrusion 3814 may protrude through an opening in the display unit housing 1205.

Top strap portion 1340 can be looped through eyelet 3812 and secured to itself, such as by hook and loop fastening, buckles, magnetic connections, or the like.

The chassis 3802 may be a substantially rigid portion and may be formed from a thermoplastic material or an elastomer, such as a high durometer elastomer.

5.8 interface structure

In some embodiments, two or more of the chassis, the support structure, and the face-engaging surface of the interface structure may be integrally formed as a single component that includes different thicknesses and finishes thereacross in order to provide a desired level of rigidity at the chassis or a desired level of cushioning effect at the face-engaging surface. For example, in some such embodiments, the interface structure may be formed from a single silicone body. For example, fig. 10A-10C illustrate an interface structure 3100 comprising a support structure in the form of a support flange 3102 supporting an integral face-engaging flange 3106 having a face-engaging surface 3108. In further embodiments, additional components may be provided to the interface structure 3100. In alternative embodiments, the interface structure may be integrally formed as a single component from a foam or elastomeric material.

In some forms of the present technology, the interface structure may include a face-engaging portion constructed of a flexible and resilient material (e.g., an elastomer such as silicone) that is supported by a more rigid support (e.g., constructed of a plastic material). In an embodiment, the rigid support may comprise a chassis.

For example, referring to fig. 11A, interface structure 3200 may include a stiff support 3202 to which a flexible and resilient face-engaging portion 3204 may be provided. The face engagement portion 3204 may be curved in cross-section, with a support flange 3206 and an integral face engagement flange 3208 with a face engagement surface 3210. The overlapping portion 3212 of the face engagement portion 3204 may be fixed to the rigid support portion 3202.

In another example, referring to fig. 11B, the stiff support 3202 may include a detent, such as a depression 3214. The face engagement portion 3204 may include a bias, such as a spring 3216, received within the recess 3214 and configured to provide a biasing force to the face engagement portion 3204 in the direction of the user's face.

In another example, referring to fig. 11C, the face engagement portion 3204 may include an accordion-like section 3218 between the rigid support portion 3202 and the face engagement flange 3208. The accordion section 3218 includes one or more pleats and may provide a higher degree of flexibility or increased movement to help conform to the user's face.

In some forms of the present technology, the interface structure may include a foam portion supported by a resilient and flexible face-engaging portion, wherein the foam portion provides the face-engaging surface.

For example, referring to fig. 12A, the interface structure 3300 may include a stiff support portion 3302 upon which a flexible and resilient face engaging portion 3304 may be provided in a configuration similar to that described with reference to fig. 11A. The face engaging portion 3304 has a support flange 3306 and an integral face engaging flange 3308, with the overlapping portion 3310 secured to the rigid support portion 3302. A foam cushion 3312 having a face-engaging surface 3314 is provided on the user-facing side of the face-engaging flange 3308. In an example, the foam cushion 3312 may be permanently attached to the face-engaging flange 3308. In an alternative embodiment, the foam cushion 3312 may be releasably attached to the face-engaging flange 3308. In the example of fig. 12A, the foam cushion 3312 may comprise a fabric foam composite (e.g., a foam core having a fabric outer layer). In the example of fig. 12B, the foam pad 3312 may comprise flocked foam. In the example of fig. 12C, the foam pad 3312 may comprise virgin foam.

In some forms of the present technology, the interface structure may include a fabric layer provided to the resilient and flexible face-engaging portion, wherein the fabric layer provides the face-engaging surface.

For example, referring to fig. 13A, the interface structure 3400 may include a stiff support 3402 on which a flexible and resilient face engaging portion 3404 may be provided in a configuration similar to that described with reference to fig. 11A. The face engagement portion 3404 has a support flange 3406 and an integral face engagement flange 3408, and the overlapping portion 3410 is secured to the stiffener 3402. A fabric layer 3412 having a face-engaging surface 3414 is disposed on the user-facing side of the face-engaging flange 3408. In the example of fig. 13A, the fabric layer 3412 is releasably attached to the face engaging portion 3404 using retention devices 3416. In one example, retention devices 3416 may be rigid elements that clamp fabric layer 3412 in place. In another example, the retention devices 3416 may be resilient, fitting over the face engaging portions 3404 to hold them in place. In an alternative embodiment, referring to fig. 13B, the fabric layer 3412 may be permanently attached to the face-engaging flange 3308. It is contemplated that in this embodiment, the surface area of the fabric layer 3412 may be smaller than that of fig. 13A, as the fabric layer 3412 may be defined as an area that may contact the user's skin, i.e., need not extend as far around the exterior of the face-engaging portion 3404. This may also have the effect of reducing the spring characteristics of the fabric layer 3412 on the exposed area of the support flange 3406.

In some forms of the present technology, the interfacing structure may include a face-engaging portion supported by a more rigid support portion (e.g., constructed of a plastic material), where the face-engaging portion includes a foam cushion and an elastomeric cover over the foam cushion.

For example, referring to fig. 14A, an interface structure 3500 may include a rigid support 3502 to which a flexible and resilient face interface 3504 may be provided. The face interface 3504 may have a support flange 3506 and a cushion support flange 3508 extending from the support flange 3506. A foam cushion 3510 is disposed on the cushion support flange 3508. A cushion cover 3512 (e.g., made of an elastomer) extends over the foam cushion 3510 and provides a face-engaging surface 3514 in use. In an example, the gasket cover 3512 is releasably attached, for example, using a fastening device 3516. The free edge of the gasket cover 3512 extends beyond the gasket support flange 3508.

In another example, referring to fig. 14B, a gasket cover 3512 is permanently attached (e.g., integrally formed) to the support flange 3506 and the gasket support flange 3508. In the example of fig. 14B, the cushion cover 3512 does not extend around the foam cushion 3512 until reaching the cushion support flange 3508.

Fig. 14C shows an example in which the cushion support flange 3508 extends from a rigid support 3502 and is made of a more rigid material than the cushion cover 3012.

In an example such as shown in fig. 14D, the cushion cover 3512 can extend from a position on the cushion support flange 3508 that is proximate to the face of the user in use. In such an example, the exposure of the foam pad 3510 may be considered to be an "outward" facing, as compared to the "inward" facing exposure of the foam pad 3510 in the example of fig. 14B.

In another example, referring to fig. 14E, the face-engaging portion 3504 includes an overlap portion 3516 secured to a rigid support portion 3502. A cushion cover 3512 may cover at least a portion of the foam cushion 3510 and the support flange 3506. In one example, an edge of cushion cover 3512 may be located proximal to stiff support 3502. In an alternative example, a gasket cover 3512 may be attached to stiff support 3502.

In some forms of the present technology, an interface structure may be provided, wherein the support structure and the face-engaging portion of the interface structure may be integrally formed as a single component comprising different thicknesses in order to provide a desired level of rigidity and/or cushioning effect at the face-engaging surface.

For example, fig. 15A-15E illustrate an integrally formed interface structure 3600 generally including a forehead portion 3602, two cheek portions 3604, and two side portions 3606 that, in use, are proximate to a user's sphenoid bone region and connect the forehead portion 3602 to the respective cheek portions 3604. A tab 3608 extends from a free end of each cheek 3604. The interface structure 3600 includes a plurality of regions of different thicknesses. The first region 3610 extends around the inner perimeter of the interface structure 3600, i.e., the edge of the interface structure 3600 that is closest to the user's face. The second region 3612 extends around the perimeter of the interface structure 3600. A third region 3614 extends around an inner perimeter of the interface structure 3600, between the first region 3610 and the second region 3612. A fourth region 3616 is disposed in each cheek 3604 bounded by the first region 3610 and the third region 3614. In this example, the first region 3610 has a greater thickness (e.g., about 2mm) than the fourth region 3616 (e.g., about 1.5 mm). The fourth region 3616 has a greater thickness (e.g., about 1mm) than the third region 3614. The third region 3614 has a greater thickness (e.g., about 0.7mm) than the second region.

Fig. 15F to 15K show another example of an integrally formed interface structure 3600. The first region 3610 includes a rear forehead portion 3630 in the forehead portion 3602 that extends in an upward direction from an inner perimeter of the interface structure 3600. The third region 3614 includes an upper forehead portion 3632 in the forehead portion 3602 that extends into the forehead portion 3634 above the center of the forehead portion 3602. Second region 3612 includes upper sides 3636, each extending from a respective side 3606 toward upper forehead 3632, and an outer peripheral forehead 3628, which in use is fixed relative to a more rigid support (e.g., chassis). The relative thickness of these regions can be seen from the provided coding scale.

In the example shown in fig. 15A to 15E, the width of the first region 3610 passing through the forehead portion 3602 is wider than the width of the cheek portion 3604 or side portion 3606. Further, a width of the second region 3612 passing through the forehead portion 3602 is greater than a width of the cheeks 3604.

In some forms of the present technology, an interface structure may be provided in which a face-engaging portion of the interface structure is configured to be biased into engagement with a user's face in use. In embodiments, only selected regions of the face engaging portion may be biased toward engagement with the user's face. In an embodiment, the interface structure may be shaped such that, when unloaded, the region of the face interface extends towards the user at an angle that is not parallel to the surface of the user's face with which the face interface is to be engaged. Referring to fig. 16A, an interface structure 3700 includes a support flange 3702 that supports an integral face-engaging flange 3704 that engages a user's face 3706 in use. At least a portion of the cross-section of the interface structure 3700 may be shaped to be "preloaded," i.e., biased toward the user's face when engaged. For example, the rest position of the face engaging flange 3704 (indicated by dashed line 3708) may be such that the face engaging flange 3704 is not parallel to the user's face (indicated by dashed line 3710), angled towards the user. This may help facilitate engagement with the user's face, as well as friction between the interface structure 3700 and the user.

In embodiments, it may be desirable to provide such "preloading" in selected areas. Referring to fig. 16B, a first region 3712 of the user's face may be generally concave. Such recessed regions may tend to allow light to enter through gaps between the user's face and the interface structure 3700. As such, the corresponding first interface region 3714 of the interface structure 3700 may be shaped to bias the face engagement flange 3704 towards engagement with the user's face in the first region 3712. In contrast, the second region 3716 of the user's face may typically be prominent and prone to discomfort due to pressure from the interface structure 3700. The respective second interface region 3718 of the interface structure 3700 may be shaped to avoid biasing the face engagement flange 3704 in the first region 3712 towards engagement with the user's face, or at least to a reduced extent compared to the first interface region 3714.

5.9 air flow through interface Structure

In some forms of the present technology, the interface structure may include a chassis configured to allow airflow into and out of a space between the interface structure and a user. Heat may be generated during use, for example, as a result of user activity, and/or emitted from electronic components of head mounted display unit 1200. This heat may build up in the space and cause discomfort to the user. Enabling airflow to and from the space may help provide a cooling effect to the user.

In an example, referring to figure 17A, the interface structure 3800 may comprise a chassis 3802 comprising a main chassis portion 3804 configured to extend laterally across a face of a user in use, and a lateral chassis portion 3806 configured to extend in a generally rearward direction. The chassis 3802 includes an opening 3808 (i.e., a chassis airflow port) between the main chassis portion 3804 and each side chassis portion 3806. A face engaging portion 3810 is provided to the chassis 3802.

Referring to fig. 17B, a display unit 3820 having a display unit housing 3822 is shown as being worn by a user. Air may flow through the opening 3808 and between the display unit housing 3822 and the face interface portion 3810.

In an example, reinforcement may be provided between the main chassis portion 3804 and each side chassis portion 3806. For example, as shown in figure 17C, the chassis 3802 may include one or more reinforcement members spanning between the main chassis portion 3804 and the side chassis portions 3806.

Fig. 17D and 17E illustrate another example of a display unit 3820 having an interface structure 3800 that includes a chassis 3802 configured to allow airflow into a space between the interface structure 3800 and a user. In this example, the chassis 3802 is configured to be secured to a mounting plate 3824 of the display unit 3820, the mounting plate 3284 having a generally flat configuration and extending laterally across a user's face in use. The side chassis portions 3806 extend in a generally rearward direction from the mounting plate 3824 toward the sides of the user's head.

A face engaging portion 3810 is provided to the chassis 3802. In an example, the face engaging portion 3810 may be a single structure, such as described with reference to fig. 15A-15E, constructed of a flexible and resilient material (e.g., an elastomer), while the chassis may be constructed of a more rigid material.

In an example, the face engagement portion 3810 may be integral with the chassis 3802 to provide a single component. A single component including the face engaging portion 3810 and the chassis 3802 may be releasably secured to the display unit 3820, such as to the mounting plate 3284. For example, a releasable fastening arrangement may be provided, the releasable fastening arrangement comprising one or more of: hook and loop fastening means, magnetic fastening means, and clips or retainers that allow for friction, interference, snap or other mechanical securing arrangements.

The chassis 3802 includes a lateral opening 3808 in each side chassis portion 3806. One or more gaps between the housing of the display unit 3820 and the interface structure 3800 allow air to flow to and from the external environment through the lateral openings 3808 (as shown by the dashed arrows in fig. 17D and 17E).

In an example, one or more upper openings may be provided in the chassis 3802 to allow airflow between the external environment and the space within the interface structure 3800. In an example, one or more lower openings may be provided in the chassis 3802 to allow airflow between the external environment and the space within the interface structure 3800. In an example, the chassis 3802 may include one or more of the following: lateral opening 3808, an upper opening, and a lower opening.

5.10 inwardly biased interface structures

FIG. 18A illustrates an interface structure 3800 in accordance with another example of the present technology. Similar to the interface structure 3800 described above with reference to fig. 17A-17C, the interface structure 3800 includes a chassis that includes a main chassis portion 3804 configured to extend laterally across a face of a user in use, and a side chassis portion 3806 configured to extend in a generally rearward direction. Each side chassis portion 3806 extends in a generally rearward direction from a respective side of the main chassis portion 3804. The interface structure 3800 further includes a face engagement portion 3810 connected near a perimeter of the chassis 3804, the face engagement portion 3810 configured to contact a face of a user in use.

In this example, each of the side chassis portions 3806 is biased centrally toward the user's head to bias the face engaging portion 3810 into contact with the user's head on each side of the user's head at or near the user's sphenoid bone. That is, the side chassis portion 3806 is biased inward such that the face engaging portion 3810 engages a side-facing surface of an eye-side of the user's head (e.g., at or near the user's sphenoid bone).

The chassis 3802 may be flexible (e.g., as a whole or with particular flexibility portions) to allow the side chassis portions 3806 to be laterally deployed into a deployed configuration and medially biased into an undeployed configuration by a user's head in use. The side chassis portions 3806 may be flexible so as to flex or pivot relative to the main chassis portion 3804 so as to allow the side chassis portions 3806 to be deployed laterally into a deployed configuration and biased medially into an undeployed configuration by a user's head in use.

In some examples, the side chassis portions 3806 are configured to flex or pivot relative to the main chassis portion 3804 so as to allow the side chassis portions 3806 to be laterally deployed into a deployed configuration and biased medially into an undeployed configuration by a user's head in use, with each side chassis portion 3806 being biased medially by a biasing member.

The biasing means may comprise a spring element configured for pulling each side chassis portion 3806 in the middle. In other examples, the biasing member comprises a spring element configured to urge each side chassis portion 3806 medially.

The face engaging portion 3810 may have one of the configurations described herein with respect to a portion of an interface structure that engages a face of a user. The face engaging portion 3810 may include a face engaging flange. The face-engaging flange may be bent inward from the chassis 3804. The face-engaging flange is formed of silicone.

In some examples, the chassis 3802 includes at least one opening 3808 between the main chassis portion 3804 and each side chassis portion 3806. In some examples, the head mounted display unit 1200 includes a display unit housing and an air path is provided between the interface structure 3800 and the display unit housing through the at least one opening 3808.

5.11 positioning and stabilizing Structure connected to the interface Structure

In some examples of the technology, the head mounted display system 1000 includes a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 (e.g., one or more straps) that connects to an interface structure 3800 of the head mounted display unit 1200 of the head mounted display system 1000 (e.g., the straps connect to the interface structure 3800 instead of the display unit housing 1205).

Fig. 18B-18C illustrate a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 for a head mounted display system 1000 that is connected to an interface structure configured to contact a user's face in use. The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 in this example includes a rear support 1350 configured to engage the rear of the user's head and a pair of

strap portions

1332, 1334 connected to the rear support 1350 and configured to connect to the interface structure 3800 of the head-mounted display unit. Fig. 18D shows an example of the transverse strap portion 1330 connected to the interface structure 3800.

5.12 positioning and stabilizing structure which pulls the side edges inward

Fig. 18B-18C illustrate a head mounted display system 1000 in accordance with examples of the present technology (most of the components of the head mounted display unit 1200 are not shown, except for the interface structure 3800). In each example, the interface structure 3800 includes a chassis 3802 that includes a main chassis portion 3804 configured to extend laterally across a face of a user in use, and a pair of side chassis portions 3806 each configured to extend in a generally rearward direction from a respective side of the main chassis portion 3804. A face-engaging portion 3810 is connected around the periphery of the chassis 3802, the face-engaging structure 3810 being configured to contact the face of a user in use.

Each head-mounted display system 1000 further comprises a positioning and stabilising structure 1300 comprising a rear support 1350 configured to engage the rear of a user's head and a pair of side straps configured to connect the rear support 1350 and the head-mounted display unit 1200 in use. In the example shown in fig. 18B and 18C, the pair of side strap portions includes a pair of upper side strap portions 1332 and a pair of lower side strap portions 1334. In the example shown in fig. 18D, the pair of side strap portions includes a side strap portion 1330 on each side of the user's head.

In each example, the positioning and stabilising structure 1300 is connected to the head mounted display unit 1200 such that, in use, the side chassis portions 3806 are pushed towards the middle of the user's head by the side strap portions to push the face engaging portions 3810 into contact with the user's head on each side of the user's head at or near the user's sphenoid bone.

As shown, each side strap portion may be configured to be connected to a corresponding one of the side chassis portions 3806. Each side strap portion may be configured to pull the respective side chassis portion 3806 rearwardly such that the side chassis portion 3806 flexes or pivots medially to force the face engaging portion 3810 into contact with the user's head at or near the user's sphenoid bone.

In other examples, each side strap portion may be configured for pushing medially against a respective side chassis portion 3806, thereby causing the side chassis portion 3806 to flex or pivot medially to force the face engagement portion 3810 into contact with the user's head at or near the user's sphenoid bone. For example, each side strap portion may be configured for urging the respective side chassis portion 3806 in the middle via a substantially rigid member (e.g., arm) or a portion of the side strap portion 3806 in contact with the side strap portion.

As shown in fig. 18D, the rear support 1350 may include a parietal strap portion 1310 configured to cover, in use, a parietal bone of the user's head and an occipital strap portion 1320 configured to cover, in use, or underlie, an occipital bone of the user's head. In some examples, the rear support 1350 includes a loop-shaped strap portion having an upper portion that covers the parietal bone of the user's head and a lower portion that covers the occipital bone of the user's head.

As shown in fig. 18B and 18C, as described above, the pair of side strap portions includes: a pair of upper strap portions 1332, each configured to be connected, in use, between a rear support 1350 on a respective side of the user's head and the head-mounted display unit 1200 (only the interface structure 3800 of which is visible); and a pair of lower strap portions 1334, each configured to be connected, in use, between the rear support 1350 on a respective side of the user's head and the head-mounted display unit 1200 (only the interface structure 3800 of which is visible). In this example, the upper strap parts 1332 are each configured to apply a force to the head mounted display unit 1200 having an upper and a rear amount. In some examples, lower strap portions 1334 are each configured to be removably connected to a respective side chassis portion 3806 by a magnetic connection.

5.13 interface Structure comprising two or more Components

In some forms of the present technology, the interface structure may include a chassis, wherein one or more of the support portion and/or the face engagement portion of the interface structure, or a portion thereof, is releasably attached to the chassis.

It is contemplated that the ability to releasably attach the support portion and/or the face-engaging portion may assist in one or more of the following: cleaning of the interface structure, replacement of components thereof, and/or selection of component characteristics (e.g., level of hardness or softness, surface finish or material, shape, and/or dimensions).

In one example, the releasable attachment of the interface structure may be provided at discrete locations of the chassis, i.e. may not extend along the entire perimeter of the chassis. For example, the releasably attached portion may be provided in one or more of a forehead region and/or one or more cheek regions of the interface structure. In alternative examples, the releasably connectable portion of the interface structure may be provided on the entire perimeter of the chassis, or at least on a major portion of the chassis.

In an example, the releasably attachable portion of the interfacing structure may be made of one or more of a foam material, an elastomeric material, a fabric material or a composite material.

In one example, the interface structure may include at least one elastomeric portion and at least one foam portion. In one example, the at least one foam portion may be attached to the interface structure such that the elastomeric portion covers the foam portion to provide the face-engaging surface. In one example, the at least one foam portion may be attached to the chassis, the elastomeric portion, or both the chassis and the elastomeric portion.

In an example, a portion of the support portion and/or the face-engaging portion of the interface structure may be permanently attached (e.g., integrally molded) to the chassis at selected locations. A plurality of spaces may be provided in which the removable portion may be positioned and attached relative to the chassis.

5.14 interface Structure including foam Member

In some forms of the present technology, the interface structure may include a face-engaging portion supported by a more rigid support portion, wherein the face-engaging portion includes a first foam portion and the support portion includes a second foam portion.

For example, referring to fig. 44A, the interfacing structure 6500 may include a support portion 6502 made of a first foam, which may be provided with a face engaging portion 6504-the face engaging portion 6504 is made of a second foam. The first foam may be configured to provide greater stiffness than the second foam, with the support portion 6502 serving to maintain the position of the softer face-engaging portion 6504, which provides a comfortable point of contact for the user.

In an example, the first and second foams may be made of the same material, but of different densities. In an example, the first foam may have a first density and the second foam may have a second density lower than the first density. In an example, the foam may be a viscoelastic foam or a polyurethane foam.

In an example, the face engaging portion 6504 may include a coarse foam. In an example, as shown, for example, in fig. 44B, the face-engaging portion 6504 may include a fabric foam composite (e.g., a foam core with a fabric outer layer 6506) or a flocked foam to provide a soft contact point for the user's skin.

In an example, as shown in fig. 44D, the support 6502 may include a first support 6510 extending in a first direction and a second support 6512 extending from the first support 6510 in a second direction. For example, the first support 6510 may extend in a generally radial direction across the face of the user, while the second support 6512 may extend in a generally rearward direction toward the face of the user.

In some forms of the present technology, the interfacing structure may include a support portion and a face-engaging portion integrally formed as a single component, the support portion and the face-engaging portion being made of a foam material.

For example, referring to fig. 45A, the interface structure 6600 may include a support portion 6602 from which a curved engagement portion 6604 extends. In the example shown, the rearward transition between the support portion 6602 and the face-engaging portion 6604 creates a generally hook-shaped cross-section.

In an example, the integral form of the support portion 6602 and the face engagement portion 6604 may be thermoformed.

In an example, the interface structure 6600 can comprise a coarse foam. In alternative examples, such as shown in fig. 45B, the interfacing structure 6600 may comprise a fabric foam composite (e.g., a foam core with fabric outer layers 6606), or a flocked foam, to provide a soft contact point for the user's skin.

5.15 interface Structure including at least one Ring portion

In some forms of the present technology, the interface structure may include a flexible and resilient face-engaging portion having a curved cross-section, wherein the face-engaging portion includes at least one closed loop portion having a closed cross-section.

For example, referring to fig. 59A and 59B, the face-engaging portion 3810 includes cheeks 3840 that are disposed, in use, on respective sides of the nose of the user. The cheek portion 3842 includes a base portion 3842 having a front portion 3844 connected to the chassis 3802, the chassis being curved to provide a rear portion 3846 of the user contact surface.

The cheek portion 3840 also includes a ring portion 3850. In this example, the ring portion 3850 includes a front ring portion 3852 that is secured to the front portion 3846 of the base portion 3842 (e.g., using an adhesive). The ring portion 3850 further includes an arcuate portion 3854 extending in a rearward direction from the front ring portion 3852. Ring portion 3850 also includes a ring flange 3856 that extends in a rearward direction from arcuate portion 3854. The cross section of the arcuate portion 3854 tapers between the arcuate portion 3854 and the ring flange 3856. Although not shown, a ring flange 3856 is inserted into the base 3842 and secured to the forward facing surface 3848 of the front 3846. In doing so, the ring flange 3856 overlaps the base 3842 to provide a closed loop.

In the example shown, the base portion 3842 and the ring portion 3842 are manufactured as separate parts and are secured together via the front ring portion 3852. In alternative examples, the front ring portion 3852 may be integrally formed with the base portion 3842 (i.e., the ring portion 3850 would extend from the base portion 3842).

5.16 interface Structure including light-blocking nose

In some forms of the present technology, the interface structure may include a face-engaging portion, wherein the face-engaging portion includes an opaque nose spanning between cheeks of the face-engaging portion.

For example, referring to fig. 59A, 59C, and 59D, the face-engaging portion 3810 includes a nose portion 3880 that spans between cheek portions 3840. The nose 3880 comprises a pronasale portion 3882 which extends radially and in an upward direction over the pronasale of the user's nose in use. In the example, the nose point portion 3882 is connected to the ring portion 3850 by a nose wing portion 3884.

The nose portion 3880 includes first and second nose bridge portions 3886 extending upwardly from the nose ridge portion 3882. A central slot 3888 extends between the nose bridge 3886 from the rear edge of the nose 3880 toward the front nose 3882. Outer channel 3890 is disposed between nose bridge portion 3886 and ring portion 3850, extending to nose wing portions 3884. As a result, the nose bridge 3886 acts like a flap and rests on the side of the user's nose bridge in use. When resting on the user, the lifting of the nose bridge 3886 causes the nose bridge to overlap to promote the shading effect.

5.17 releasably attaching to an interface structure relative to a head mounted display unit

In some forms of the present technology, the interface structure may include a face-engaging portion configured to engage a face of a user in use, and a chassis connected to the face-engaging portion, the chassis being releasably attachable to a chassis-mounting portion of the head-mounted display unit.

For example, referring to fig. 59E-59H, chassis 8000 includes a body 8001 having a forehead portion 8002, a cheek portion 8004, sides connecting forehead portion 8002 and cheek portion 8004, and a nose portion 8008 bridging between cheek portions 8004 in an anterior direction. Each side portion 8006 of the chassis 8000 has a chassis catch portion 8010.

Referring to fig. 59E, in this example, the catch flange 8022 of the chassis catch 8010 extends generally the distance between the forehead portion 8002 and the cheek portion 8004 in the up and down direction of the connection. In an alternative example, as shown in fig. 59F, the catch flange 8022 may extend only a portion of the span (as shown by slot 8009).

In the example shown, the head mounted display unit 1200 includes a mounting plate 8100 having an integral chassis mounting portion 8200 extending in a rearward direction. In an alternative example, the chassis mounting portion 8200 may be provided as a separate part secured to the mounting plate 8100. The chassis mounting portion 8200 includes a plurality of mounting catches 8210 configured to engage the chassis catches 8010 to releasably attach the chassis 8000 to the chassis mounting portion 8200.

As shown in fig. 59H, the body 8001 of the chassis 8001 has a "U" channel cross-section. The chassis mounting portion 8200 includes a chassis receiving portion in the form of an "L" channel 8202. In use, body 8001 is inserted into channel 8202.

The chassis capturing portion 8010 includes a capturing protrusion 8014. The catch arm extends from the body 8001 to the catch projection 8014. The catch projection 8014 includes a rearwardly facing catch surface 8016. The rearward facing capture surface 8016 is angled in a forward direction radially outward (indicated by reference numeral 8018). The catch projection 8014 further comprises a forwardly facing guide surface 8020 that is angled from the rearwardly facing catch surface 8016 in a radially inward forward direction. A catching flange 8022 extends from the catching protrusion 8010 in a radially inward forward direction.

The mounting catch 8210 includes a forward facing catch surface 8216 that is angled in a radially inward forward direction. The mounting catch 8210 further includes an aft-facing guide surface 8220 and a transition surface 8222 between the aft-facing guide surface 8220 and the forward-facing catch surface 8216. The transition surface 8222 is angled in a radially inward aft direction from the forward facing catch surface 8216 with an acute angle therebetween to provide a catch edge 8222.

In use, the chassis 8000 is inserted into the chassis mount 8200 in a forward direction with the forward facing guide surface 8020 abutting the rearward facing guide surface 8220 and with the catch projection 8014 riding on the mount catch 8210 until the catch projection 8014 passes the transition surface 8222.

When the chassis 8000 is fully inserted into the chassis mounting portion 8200, a gap 8030 is provided in the front-to-rear direction between the rearward facing catch surface 8016 and the forward facing catch surface 8216. The forward facing catch surface 8216, and more particularly the catch edge 8222, acts upon the rearward facing catch surface 8016 to resist inadvertent release of the chassis 8000.

When a user wishes to remove the chassis 8000, a force may be applied to the catch flange 8022 in a radially inward direction and the chassis 8000 pulled in a rearward direction. The corner 8018 of the rearward facing catch surface 8016, in combination with the force applied to the catch flange, urges the catch projection 8014 to ride over the catch edge 8222 and release the chassis 8000.

Fig. 60A-60G illustrate alternative examples of fastening chassis. In the example shown, the chassis 8000 includes side connector portions 8050 and forehead connector portions 8070. Portions of the chassis 8000 include a body passage 8040 from which an outer web 8042 extends.

In this example, a chassis 8000 is secured to the display unit housing 1205. The side connector portion 8050 includes a receiver slot 8052 in which an edge of the display unit housing 1205 is received, and a bracket member 8054 that maintains a desired spacing between the chassis 8000 and the display unit housing 1205. The external flange 8056 of the side connector portion 8050 includes a locating feature 8058 configured to interact with a compatible component (not shown) of the display unit housing 1205.

Forehead connector portion 8070 is configured to interact with forehead locator 8080, which has locator body member 8082 and tab receiving portion 8084. The tab receiving section 8084 includes a receiving slot 8086 and a lower slot member 8088. Forehead connector portion 8070 includes tabs 8072 having tab positioning features 8074. In use, the tab 8072 is inserted into the receiving slot 8086, the lower slot member 8088 acts on the tab positioning feature 8074 to prevent inadvertent withdrawal.

In this example, the forehead locator 8080 includes an eyelet 3812 and the display unit housing 1205 includes an eyelet slot 8090. The forehead locator 8080 is positioned relative to the display unit housing 1205 by inserting the eyelet 3812 through the eyelet slot 8090, and the chassis 8000 is secured by inserting the tab 8072 into the receiving slot 8086.

5.18 Ventilation through interface structures of tortuous Path

In some forms of the present technology, a tortuous airflow path may be provided between the interior of the interface structure and the exterior of the head mounted display unit, with the tortuous airflow path passing between the exterior of the interface structure and the interior of the display unit housing. As described above, enabling airflow into and out of the space inside the interface structure may help provide a cooling effect for the user.

For example, referring to fig. 61A-61G, a rearward facing side gap 8300 (i.e., chassis mounting port) may be provided between the display unit housing 1205 and the chassis mounting portion 8200. The chassis mounting portion 8200 includes a radially facing air inlet 8210 that opens into a space between the chassis mounting portion 8200 and the display unit housing 1205. This provides a tortuous air flow path between the side gap 8300 and the interior of the chassis mounting portion 8200, i.e., a tortuous path through which air can flow but through which light is prevented from passing directly. The upper and

lower shading flanges

8202, 8204 show additional shading features that extend in a rearward direction to overlap the chassis 8000 in the cheek portion.

Alternative or additional airflow paths are also contemplated. For example, referring to fig. 61E and 61F, a forehead gap 8302 may be provided in the forehead region 8304 between the display unit housing 1205 and the chassis mounting portion 8200. A forehead air port 8212 in the chassis mounting portion 8200 may facilitate airflow along this path (and/or through the side gap 8300).

In some forms of the present technology, as shown in fig. 61G, the face-engaging portion 3810 of the interface structure may include one or more interface air ports 8220 in the forward-facing portion. In fig. 61G, one or more interface air ports 8220 are provided at the upper portion of the face-engaging portion 3810, i.e., near the forehead of the user in use. Air may flow through the interface air port 8220 and the forehead gap 8302, with the overlap of the display unit housing 1205 (which extends in a rearward direction over the interface air port 8220) creating a tortuous path that provides a light blocking effect.

In an example, one or more interface air ports 8220 may be disposed in one or more lower portions of the face-engaging portion 3810, i.e., cheek portions that are proximate to the user's cheeks in use. In an example, one or more interface air ports 8220 can be disposed in one or more lower portions of the face interface portion 3810 and an upper portion of the face interface portion 3810.

In an example, one or more interface vents 8220 may be provided in at least one side of the face interface portion 3810, i.e., in a portion that is proximate to the user's sphenoid bone region in use. It should be understood that interface port 8220 may be provided in at least one side portion instead of or in addition to interface port 8220 in the upper and/or lower portions.

5.19 further examples of head mounted display systems

5.19.1 Battery-less head-mounted display System

FIG. 63 shows a head mounted display system 1000 having many of the same features as other head mounted display systems 1000 described herein. The head mounted display system 1000 does not have a battery pack 1500 located behind the user's head. The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a top strap 1340 connected between the head mounted display unit 1200 and the occipital strap portion 1320. The top strap portion 1340 includes a user facing layer 1344 that contacts the patient's head along at least a majority of its length, a substantially inextensible or rigid layer 1343, and an outer layer 1341. These layers may be as described elsewhere herein. In an example, the outer layer 1341 is connected to the substantially inextensible layer 1343 at a location above the top bone of the user, in use. The outer layer 1341 may be attached to the substantially inextensible layer 1343 near the buckles 1312. The length of top strap portion 1340 can be adjusted by pulling more or less of outer layer 1341 through an eyelet or around an ear stem on head mounted display unit 1200, as described elsewhere herein.

5.19.2 additionally, the head mounted display system may be specifically configured to withstand long hair

Fig. 64A shows a head mounted display system 1000 that includes a battery pack 1500 located behind the user's head. The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a top bone strap portion 1310, occipital strap portion 1320, side strap portions 1330, and top strap portion 1340, which may be as described elsewhere herein. The top strap portion 1340 and the side strap portion 1330 are connected to the head mounted display unit 1200 described elsewhere herein. Battery pack 1500 in this example may be supported by top strap portion 1340 and/or top bone strap portion 1330. The difference in this example compared to other examples is that battery pack 1500 is not connected directly to occipital strap portion 1320, nor to occipital strap portion by a portion of top strap portion 1340. That is, there is an opening between the battery pack 1500 and the occipital strap portions that, in use, intersects the sagittal plane of the user's head. In some examples, the opening can be configured (e.g., shaped and sized) to allow a user's hair (e.g., long hair) to pass through, for example, in a small box or otherwise collected and bundled and/or returned. This may advantageously enable occipital strap portion 1320 to better anchor on the user's head in the occipital region, and may advantageously reduce adverse effects on the user's hair (e.g., making the user's hair appear messy, e.g., dull, disheveled, etc.).

Fig. 64B and 64C show a head-mounted display system 1000 having a similar positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 as shown in fig. 64A, however, occipital strap 1320 is formed in two portions 1320a and 1320B, each of which is at least partially located in use on a respective side of the sagittal plane of the user's head. The two

portions

1320a and 1320b are releasably attached to each other at a pair of connection points 1337. Each connection point 1337 may be provided to a respective one of the two

portions

1320a, 1320b of occipital strap portion 1320. When the two

portions

1320a, 1320b of the occipital strap portion 1320 are attached to one another, each attachment point 1337 may be located at or near the sagittal plane of the user's head in use. Attachment point 1337 may include a press stud, magnetic clip, hook and loop fastener, etc., or may be attached by a buckle, etc. The occipital strap portion 1320 formed in the two releasably attached

portions

1320a and 1320b may advantageously make it easier for a user with long hair to wear the head mounted display system 1000 because instead of putting their long hair or ponytail on the occipital strap portion 1320, they may connect the two portions of the occipital strap portion 1320 under their long hair (e.g., between their long hair and neck).

Fig. 64D illustrates a variation of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 shown in fig. 64B and 64C, wherein the connection point 1337 is offset from the sagittal plane of the user's head. When the head-mounted display system 1000 is worn by a user, the connection points 1337 may be spaced laterally of the sagittal plane when the two portions of the occipital strap portions are connected to one another in use. The first portion 1320a of the occipital strap portions 1320 may be longer than the second portion 1320b of the occipital strap portions 1320 such that the first portion 1320a is connected to the second portion 1320b at a lateral posterior location of the user's head in use. This arrangement is less likely to snag a user's hair in use or during donning/doffing of the head-mounted display system 1000.

Fig. 64E and 64G show another variation in which occipital strap portion 1320 is formed in two

parts

1320a and 1320 b. The battery pack 1500 in this example is disposed or supported on occipital strap portions 1320. In particular, two

battery packs

1500a and 1500b are disposed or supported on

respective portions

1320a and 1320b of occipital strap portion 1320. In other examples, only one battery pack 1500 is provided to occipital strap portion 1320 or one of its two

portions

1320a and 1320 b. In the example shown in fig. 64E and 64G,

battery packs

1500a and 1500b are spaced apart to allow two

portions

1320a and 1320b of occipital strap portion 1320 to be connected to each other at or near the sagittal plane of the user's head in use. A power cable 1510 may connect each battery to head mounted display unit 1200 and may extend along two

portions

1320a and 1320b of occipital strap portion 1320 and side strap portion 1330. In some examples, one battery pack 1500a may be electrically connected to another battery pack 1500b, which may then connect both

battery packs

1500a and 1500b to the head mounted display unit 1200 via a single power cable 1510. In some examples, the head-mounted display system 1000 may include one, two, three, or more battery packs 1500. Even if battery pack 1500 is provided to occipital strap portions 1320, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include top strap portions 1340. In some examples, battery pack 1500 is alternatively (or additionally) provided to top strap portions 1310, side strap portions 1330, and/or other strap portions. An advantage of providing the battery pack 1500 or battery packs to the occipital strap portions is that they are provided closer to the axis of rotation of the user's head, meaning that a lower stabilizing force may be required to counteract the destructive forces (e.g. when the user turns their head quickly in use) than if the battery pack 1500 were provided further away from the axis of rotation. In addition, two or more battery packs 1500 may distribute the weight of the battery packs more widely than a single battery pack 1500 for the same total cell weight.

Fig. 64F shows another example in which a pair of

battery packs

1500a and 1500b are provided to

respective portions

1320a and 1320b of the occipital strap portion 1320. In this example,

occipital strap portions

1320a and 1320b are not connected to each other. The occipital strap portion 1320 formed by the two

portions

1320a and 1320b leaves a gap in the sagittal plane of the user's head. This may advantageously leave some room for the user's hair (e.g., horsetail). The medial ends of

portions

1320a and 1320b of occipital strap 1320 may be spaced from each other and may each be laterally spaced from the sagittal plane. The spacing between the two

portions

1320a, 1320b may be in the range 20mm-60mm, for example 30mm-50mm, or may be 40 mm. Occipital strap portion 1320, such as

portions

1320a and 1320b thereof, may be rigid, such as being secured behind the user's head. Occipital strap portion 1320 may be at least partially stiffened by battery pack 1500. In this example, other strap portions, such as the side strap portions 1330 and/or the parietal strap portion 1310, may also be rigidized.

5.19.3 further adjusting positioning and stabilizing Structure

Fig. 65A shows another example of a head mounted display system 1000 having an adjustable positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. Top strap portion 1310, occipital strap portion 1320, side strap portions 1330 and top strap portion 1340 may be as described elsewhere. However, in this example, the top strap portion 1340 can be selectively connected to the head mounted display unit 1200 at multiple locations on the top strap portion 1340 to adjust the effective length of the top strap portion 1340. The top strap portion 1340 may be selectively connected to the head mounted display unit 1200 at one of three

connection points

1337a, 1337b, and 1337c on the top strap portion 1340. The user may select attachment point 1337 to adjust the effective length of top strap portion 1340 to achieve a good fit. Each connection point 1337 may comprise hook and loop material, press studs, or any other suitable feature for attachment to head mounted display unit 1200. In some examples, the excess length of the top strap 1340 may be fed into the display unit housing 1205, may be located above the upper surface of the display unit housing 1205, or may be looped back and fastened onto the outer surface of the top strap 1340. It should be understood that selective adjustment of top strap portion 1340 may be applied to any other example of the present technology disclosed herein.

Fig. 65B shows another head mounted display system 1000. In this example, at least a portion of occipital strap portions 1320 may be pivotable about a pair of pivot points 1213. Pivot points 1213 may be located at the ends of occipital strap 1320, and may be located at or near the junction between occipital strap 1320, side straps 1330, and top strap 1310, respectively. In other examples, pivot points 1213 may be located along occipital strap portions 1320 such that only a portion of occipital strap portions 1320 pivot at pivot points 1213. In some examples, occipital strap portions 1320 may be rigid and pivotable about pivot points 1213. The pivotable occipital strap portions 1320 may advantageously assist the occipital strap portions 1320 in an optimal position, for example, for comfort and stability. The occipital strap portions 1320 may be selectively pivotable (e.g., adjustable by a user) or may naturally pivot to a stable position when the head-mounted display system 1000 is worn by a user.

Fig. 66 summarizes some adjustability options in a head mounted display system 1000 in accordance with examples of the present technology. As shown, in some examples, side strap portion 1330 may pivot relative to head mounted display unit 1200, e.g., about pivot point 1213. In other examples, the arm 1210 of the head mounted display unit 1200 may pivot relative to the display unit housing 1205. The length of the side strap portion 1330 may also be selectively adjustable, or may extend when tensioned (e.g., the side strap portion 1330 may be elastic). In some examples, the length of occipital strap 1320 may be selectively adjustable or may stretch and contract due to elasticity. In the example of fig. 66, occipital strap portion 1320 is connected to frontal support 1360. Occipital strap portion 1320 and frontal support portion 1360 may form a strap around the user's head. In some examples, the length of top strap portion 1340 is selectively adjustable or may be elastic.

5.20 cleaning

In some forms, the head-mounted display system 1000, or at least a portion thereof, is designed to be used by a single user and cleaned in the user's home, e.g., washed in soapy water, without the need for specialized equipment for disinfection and sterilization. In particular, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 and the interface structure 1100 are designed to be cleaned because they are both in direct contact with the user's head.

In some other forms, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 and the components of the interface structure 1100 are used in laboratories, clinics, and hospitals where a single head mounted display may be reused on multiple people or during a medical procedure. In each laboratory, clinic, and hospital, the head-mounted display or its associated components may be reprocessed and exposed to, for example, heat sterilization, chemical sterilization, and disinfection processes. Likewise, the design of the positioning and stabilizing structure and the interface structure may require sterilization and disinfection of the mask according to ISO 17664.

The material may be selected to withstand rework. For example, robust materials may be used in the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 to withstand exposure to high levels of disinfecting solution and agitation with a brush. In addition, some components of the positioning and stabilizing structure are separable and can be broken in use to improve rework efficiency.

In some examples, the interface structure 1100 may come into contact with the user's head during use and thus may become dirty (e.g., due to perspiration). The interface structure 1100 may be designed to be removed from the display unit housing 1205 to provide the ability to remove the display unit housing for cleaning and/or replacement. It may be desirable to wash the interface structure 1100 without wetting the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. Alternatively or additionally, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may become dirty from contact with the user's head and may be removed for cleaning and/or replacement independently of the interface structure 1100. In either case, this may be facilitated by allowing these components to be disconnected for this purpose.

In some examples, a cover (e.g., constructed of a textile, silicone, etc.) may be removably positioned over the interface structure and may be removed for cleaning and/or replacement after each use. The cover may allow the interface structure 3400 to remain secured to the display unit housing 1205 and still provide a surface that may be easily cleaned after use.

5.21 external computer

In some forms, head mounted display system 1000 (e.g., VR, AR, and/or MR) may be used in conjunction with a separate device, such as a computer or video game console. For example, the display interface may be electrically connected to a separate device.

In some forms, at least some of the processing for head mounted display system 1000 may be performed by a separate device. The standalone device may include a processor that is larger and/or more powerful than a processor that the user may comfortably support (e.g., the processor of the standalone device may be too heavy for the user to comfortably support on their head).

6 glossary

For the purposes of this technical disclosure, one or more of the following definitions may apply in certain forms of the present technology. In other forms of the present technology, alternative definitions may be applied.

6.1 general rules of law

Environment: in some forms of the present technology, the term environment may have the following meanings (i) outside of a display interface or user, and (ii) directly surrounding the display interface and/or user.

For example, the ambient light with respect to the display interface may be light directly surrounding the user, such as light in the same and/or adjacent room as the user, and/or natural light from the sun.

In some forms, ambient (e.g., acoustic) noise may be considered a background noise level in a room in which a user is located, rather than noise generated by a display device or emitted from a speaker connected to the display device, for example. Ambient noise may be generated by sound sources outside the room.

And (3) leakage: word leakage would be considered undesirable exposure to light. In one example, leakage may occur due to an incomplete seal between the display unit and the user's face.

Noise, radiated (acoustic): radiated noise in this document refers to noise brought to the user by the ambient air. In one form, the radiated noise may be quantified by measuring the acoustic power/pressure level of the object in question according to ISO 3744.

The user: a person operating the display interface and/or viewing images provided by the display interface. For example, a person may wear, put on, and/or take off the display interface.

6.1.1 materials

Silicone or silicone elastomer: and (3) synthesizing rubber. In the present specification, reference to silicone resin refers to Liquid Silicone Rubber (LSR) or Compression Molded Silicone Rubber (CMSR). One form of commercially available LSR is SILASTIC (included in the range of products sold under this trademark), manufactured by Dow Corning corporation (Dow Corning). Another manufacturer of LSRs is Wacker group (Wacker). Unless otherwise specified to the contrary, exemplary forms of LSR have a shore a (or type a) dent hardness ranging from about 35 to about 45 as measured using ASTM D2240.

Polycarbonate (C): is a transparent thermoplastic polymer of bisphenol a carbonate.

6.1.2 mechanical Properties

Rebound resilience: the ability of a material to absorb energy when elastically deformed and release energy when unloaded.

Elasticity: substantially all of the energy will be released upon unloading. Including, for example, certain silicones and thermoplastic elastomers.

Hardness: the ability of the material itself to resist deformation (described, for example, by young's modulus or indentation hardness scale measured on standardized sample dimensions).

"soft" materials may include silicone or thermoplastic elastomer (TPE) and may be easily deformed, for example, under finger pressure.

"hard" materials may include polycarbonate, polypropylene, steel, or aluminum, and may not readily deform, for example, under finger pressure.

Stiffness (or rigidity) of a structure or component: the ability of a structure or component to resist deformation in response to an applied load. The load may be a force or a moment, such as compression, tension, bending or torsion. The structure or component may provide different resistance in different directions. The inverse of stiffness is compliance.

Flexible structures or components: a structure or component that will change shape (e.g., bend) when allowed to support its own weight for a relatively short period of time, e.g., 1 second.

Rigid structures or components: a structure or component that does not substantially change shape when subjected to loads normally encountered in use. An example of such use may be to set up and maintain a user interface in a sealed relationship.

As an example, the I-beam may include a different bending stiffness (resisting bending loads) in a first direction than in a second orthogonal direction. In another example, the structure or component may be soft in a first direction and rigid in a second direction.

6.2 materials

Closed cell foam: foams comprising completely enclosed cells, i.e., closed cells.

An elastic material: a polymer made from polyurethane.

Elastomer: a polymer exhibiting elastomeric properties. For example, silicone elastomers.

Ethylene Vinyl Acetate (EVA): copolymers of ethylene and vinyl acetate.

Fiber: a filament (monofilament or multifilament), strand, yarn, thread or twist that is significantly longer than its width. The fibers may include: animal-based materials such as wool or silk; plant-based materials such as linen and cotton; and synthetic materials such as polyester and rayon. Fibers may particularly refer to materials that may be interwoven and/or interlaced (e.g., in a network) with other fibers of the same or different materials.

Foaming: any material, such as polyurethane, that has bubbles introduced during manufacture to produce a lightweight, porous form.

Chloroprene rubber: synthetic rubber produced by polymerization of chloroprene. Neoprene is used for commercial products: Breath-O-Prene.

Nylon: synthetic polyamides, which have elastic properties and can be used, for example, to form fibers/filaments for textiles.

Open-cell foam: foams comprising cells, i.e. cells that are not completely encapsulated, i.e. open cells.

Polycarbonate (C): typical transparent thermoplastic polymers of bisphenol a carbonate.

Polyethylene: a thermoplastic resistant to chemicals and moisture.

Polyurethane (PU): plastic materials produced by copolymerizing isocyanates and polyols may take the form of foams (polyurethane foams) and rubbers (polyurethane rubbers), for example.

Semi-open cell foam: foams comprising a combination of closed and open (encapsulated) cells.

Spacing fabric: a composite structure consisting of two outer textile substrates joined together and separated by a monofilament interlayer.

Spandex: an elastic fiber or fabric consisting essentially of polyurethane. Spandex is used in commercial products: lycra.

Fabric: a material comprising at least one natural or man-made fibre. In this specification, a fabric may refer to any material that is formed as a network of interwoven and/or interlaced fibers. One type of fabric may comprise a facing that is constructed by interweaving the fibers using a particular technique. These include weaving, knitting, crocheting, knotting, tatting, tufting or braiding. The garment may be used synonymously with a shell fabric, although it may specifically refer to a piece of shell fabric being processed. Other types of fabrics may be constructed using bonding (chemical, mechanical, thermal, etc.), felting, or other non-woven processes. The fabric produced by one of these methods is capstock-like and may be considered synonymous with capstock for the purposes of this application.

Thermoplastic elastomer (TPE): typically a low modulus, flexible material that can be stretched at room temperature with the ability to return to its approximately original length upon release of the stress. Commercial products using TPE include: hytrel, Dynaflex, Medialst

Thermoplastic Polyurethane (TPU): thermoplastic elastomers having high durability and flexibility.

6.3 mechanical Properties

Stiffness (or rigidity) of a structure or component: the ability of a structure or component to resist deformation in response to an applied load. The load may be a force or a moment, such as compression, tension, bending or torsion. The structure or component may provide different resistance in different directions.

Rigid structures or components: a structure or component that does not substantially change shape when subjected to loads normally encountered in use.

6.4 anatomy

The following definitions correspond to the references identified in fig. 1-2.

6.4.1 anatomical Structure of the face

Nasal Ala (Ala): the outer wall or "wing" (plurality: alar) of each nostril

Nasal and pterygoid: the outermost point on the alar part of the nose.

Alar curvature (or alar apex) point: the rearmost point in the curved baseline of each alar is found in the fold formed by the combination of the alar and cheek.

Auricle: the entire externally visible part of the ear.

(nasal) scaffold: the nasal skeleton includes the nasal bone, the frontal process of the maxilla and the nose of the frontal bone.

Beam (nose): the nasal bridge is the midline protrusion of the nose that extends from the nasal bridge point to the nasal projection point.

(nasal) soft frame: the nasal soft skeleton includes septum, lateral, large and small cartilages.

Corner points: at a point in the corner of the mouth.

Columella nasi: a strip of skin separating the nostrils and extending from the nasal projection to the upper lip.

Columella nasi angle: the angle between a line drawn through the midpoint of the nostril and a line drawn perpendicular to the Frankfort (Frankfort) plane (with the two lines intersecting at the inferior nasal septum).

Inner canthus: the point where the upper and lower eyelids meet, near the nasal bridge point.

The cranial vertex muscle: the cranial parietal muscle or the frontal abdomen refers to a structure covering the skull.

External occipital protuberance: protuberances on the outer surface of the occiput.

Frankfurt level: a line extending from the lowest point of the orbital margin to the left cochlea. The cochlea is the deepest point in the notch of the superior tragus of the pinna.

The glabellar space: located on the soft tissue, the most prominent point in the frontal median sagittal plane.

Pupil distance: the distance between the centers of the pupils of the eyes.

Nasal outer cartilage: an end plate having a substantially triangular shape. Its upper edge is attached to the nasal and maxillary frontal processes, and its lower edge is connected to the alar greater cartilage.

Lip, lower (lower lip): the point on the face between the mouth and the epithelial layer, lies in the median sagittal plane.

Lip, upper (upper lip): a point on the face between the mouth and nose, located in the midsagittal plane.

Greater alar cartilage: the cartilage plate is located under the extranasal cartilage. It curves around the anterior portion of the nostril. The posterior end is connected to the maxillary frontal process by a tough fibrous membrane containing three or four small cartilages of the alar nose.

Nostrils (nose and eyes): an approximately elliptical aperture forming the entrance to the nasal cavity. The singular form of a nostril (nare) is the nostril (naris) (nose eye). The nostrils are separated by nasal septum.

Nasolabial folds or nasolabial folds: the nose extends from each side of the nose to the skin folds or troughs in the corners of the mouth, which separate the cheeks from the upper lip.

Angle of the nose and lips: the angle between the columella nasi and the upper lip (which also intersects at the inferior point of the nasal septum).

Base point under the ear: the pinna attaches to the lowest point of the facial skin.

Ear base point: the pinna attaches to the highest point of the facial skin.

Nasal projection: the most prominent point or tip of the nose, which can be identified in a side view of the rest of the head.

In humans: a midline groove extending from the lower border of the nasal septum to the top of the lip in the region of the upper lip.

The point before the chin: located on the soft tissue, at the midpoint of the most anterior part of the chin.

Ridge (nose): the nasal ridge is the midline protrusion of the nose that extends from the nasal bridge point to the nasal projection point.

Sagittal plane: a vertical plane from front (front) to back (rear). The mid-sagittal plane is the sagittal plane that divides the body into right and left halves.

Nose bridge point: located on the soft tissue, covering the most concave point of the frontal and nasal seam area.

Septal cartilage (nasal): the nasal septum cartilage forms part of the septum and separates the anterior portions of the nasal cavity.

Rear upper side sheet: at a point at the lower edge of the base of the alar nose where it engages the skin of the upper (superior) lip.

Nasal point: located at the junction of the columella nasi and the superior lip in the median sagittal plane, on the soft tissue.

Mandibular alveolar socket point: the midline of the lower lip is the point of greatest concavity between the midline of the lower lip and the anterior point of the soft tissue chin.

An eyebrow arch: the bulge of the frontal bone above the eye.

The temporal muscle: muscles in the temporal fossa for elevating the mandible.

Temporomandibular joint: a freely movable joint between the temporal bone and the mandible that allows for opening, closing, protrusion, retraction, and lateral movement of the mandible.

Lip, top: the red part of the lips, covered with a multiple layer of squamous epithelium, which is continuous with the oral mucosa of the gingival-labial sulcus.

6.4.2 anatomical Structure of the skull

Frontal bone: the frontal bone includes a large vertical portion (frontal scale) which corresponds to an area known as the forehead.

Lateral cartilage: the septal cartilage side and the cartilage portion below the nasal bone.

Mandible: the mandible forms the mandible. The mental protuberance is a bony protuberance forming the mandible of the chin.

Small masseter muscle: the lower part of the masseter, which raises the mandible.

Maxilla: the maxilla forms the maxilla and is located above the mandible and below the orbit. The maxilla frontal process projects upward from the side of the nose and forms part of the lateral boundary.

Nasal bone: the nasal bone is two small oval bones that vary in size and form among different individuals; they are located side by side in the middle and upper part of the face and form the "beam" of the nose by their junction.

Nasal root: the intersection of the frontal bone and the two nasal bones is located directly between the eyes and in the concave region above the bridge of the nose.

Occipital bone: the occiput is located at the back and lower portion of the skull. It includes an oval hole (occipital foramen) through which the cranial cavity communicates with the spinal canal. The curved plate behind the foramen magnum is the occipital scale.

Orbit: a bone cavity in the skull that houses the eyeball.

Top bone: the parietal bone is the bone that when joined together forms the parietal and bilateral sides of the skull.

Septal cartilage: cartilage of the nasal septum.

Butterfly bone: wedge-shaped bone of the skull base.

Supraorbital foramen: openings in the infraorbital bone for passage of the supraorbital nerve, arteries and veins.

Temporal bone: the temporal bones are located at the bottom and on both sides of the skull and support the part of the face called the temple.

Small trapezius muscle: triangular superficial muscles of the upper back.

Cheekbones: the face includes two cheekbones, which are located on the upper and lateral parts of the face and form the prominences of the cheeks.

6.5 user interface

A frame: a frame will be understood to refer to a display housing unit that is under a tensile load between two or more attachment points to a headband and/or hoop. The frame may seal against the face of the user so as to limit and/or prevent ingress and/or egress of light.

Hoop: a hoop shall be taken to mean a form of positioning and stabilizing structure designed for use on the head. For example, the hoop may comprise a set of one or more struts, straps and reinforcements configured to position and hold the user interface in position on the user's face to hold the display unit in an operative position in front of the user's face. Some tethers are formed from soft, flexible, resilient materials, such as foam and a fabric/textile laminate composite. In some forms, the term headband may be synonymous with the term hoop.

Film preparation: a film will be understood to mean a typically thin element which preferably has substantially no resistance to bending, but which has resistance to stretching.

Sealing: it may refer to the noun form of the structure (seal) or to the verb form of the effect (seal). The two elements may be constructed and/or arranged to 'seal' or to effect 'sealing' therebetween without the need for a separate 'sealing' element itself.

A housing: a housing will be considered to mean a curved and relatively thin structure having a stiffness that is bendable, stretchable and compressible. For example, the curved structural wall of the mask may be a shell. In some forms, the housing may be multi-faceted. In some forms, the housing may be airtight. In some forms, the housing may not be airtight.

A reinforcing member: a stiffener will be understood to mean a structural component designed to increase the resistance of another component to bending in at least one direction.

A support: a support will be considered to be a structural component designed to increase the resistance of another component to compression in at least one direction.

Rotating the shaft: the sub-components of the components configured to rotate about a common axis are preferably independent, preferably at low torque. In one form, the swivel may be configured to rotate through an angle of at least 360 degrees. In another form, the swivel may be configured to rotate through an angle of less than 360 degrees.

A lace (a term: a structure for resisting tension force).

6.6 shape of the structures

Products according to the present technology may include one or more three-dimensional mechanical structures, such as a mask cushion or a pusher. Three-dimensional structures may be bonded by a two-dimensional surface. These surfaces may be distinguished using markers to describe relative surface orientation, position, function, or some other feature. For example, the structure may include one or more of a front surface, a back surface, an inner surface, and an outer surface. In another example, the seal-forming structure may include a face-contacting (e.g., exterior) surface and a separate non-face-contacting (e.g., underside or interior) surface. In another example, a structure may include a first surface and a second surface.

To help describe the three-dimensional structure and shape of the surface, first consider a cross-section through a point p of the structure surface, see fig. 3A to 3E, which show examples of cross-sections at the point p on the surface and the resulting planar curves. Fig. 3A to 3E also show the outward normal vector at p. The outward normal vector at p points away from the surface. In some examples, a surface is described from the viewpoint of an imaginary small person standing upright on the surface.

6.6.1 one-dimensional curvature

The curvature of a planar curve at p can be described as having a sign (e.g., positive, negative) and a magnitude (e.g., the inverse of the radius of a circle that contacts only the curve at p).

Positive curvature: if the curve at p turns towards the outward normal, the curvature at that point will be taken positive (if the imaginary person leaves the point p, they must go uphill). See fig. 3A (relatively large positive curvature compared to fig. 3B) and fig. 3B (relatively small positive curvature compared to fig. 3A). Such curves are commonly referred to as concave.

Zero curvature: if the curve at p is a straight line, the curvature will be taken to be zero (if the imaginary small person leaves the point p, they can walk horizontally, not up or down). See fig. 3C.

Negative curvature: if the curve at p turns away from the outward normal, the curvature in said direction at said point will take a negative (if the imaginary small person leaves the point p, they have to walk downhill). See fig. 3D (relatively small negative curvature compared to fig. 3E) and fig. 3E (relatively large negative curvature compared to fig. 3F). Such curves are commonly referred to as convex shapes.

6.6.2 two-dimensional curvature of surface

The description of the shape at a given point on a two-dimensional surface in accordance with the present techniques may include a plurality of normal cross-sections. The plurality of cross sections may cut the surface in a plane including the outward normal ("normal plane"), and each cross section may be taken in a different direction. Each section produces a planar curve with a corresponding curvature. The different curvatures at the points may have the same sign or different signs. Each curvature at a point has a magnitude, e.g., a relatively small magnitude. The planar curves in fig. 3A to 3E may be examples of such multiple sections at a specific point.

Principal curvature and principal direction: the direction of the normal plane in which the curvature of the curve takes its maximum and minimum values is called the main direction. In the example of fig. 3A to 3E, the maximum curvature occurs in fig. 3A and the minimum curvature occurs in fig. 3E, and thus fig. 3A and 3E are cross sections in the main direction. The main curvature at p is the curvature in the main direction.

Area of the surface: a connected set of points on a surface. The group points in the region may have similar characteristics, such as curvature or sign.

Saddle-shaped region: areas where the principal curvatures have opposite signs at each point, i.e. one sign is positive and the other negative (they may walk up or down depending on the direction in which the individual is imagined to turn).

Dome region: a region in which the main curvature has the same sign at each point, for example two positive ("concave domes") or two negative ("convex domes").

Cylindrical area: a region where one principal curvature is zero (or zero within manufacturing tolerances, for example) and the other principal curvature is not zero.

A planar area: a surface region in which both principal curvatures are zero (or zero within manufacturing tolerances, for example).

Edge of surface: the boundaries or limits of a surface or region.

Path: in some forms of the present technology, 'path' will be considered to mean a path in a mathematical-topological sense, such as a continuous spatial curve from f (0) to f (1) on a surface. In some forms of the present technology, a 'path' may be described as a route or course, including, for example, a set of points on a surface. (the path of an imaginary person is where they walk on a surface and is similar to a garden path).

Path length: in some forms of the present technology, the 'path length' will be considered to be the distance from f (0) to f (1) along the surface, i.e. the distance along the path on the surface. There may be more than one path between two points on the surface, and such paths may have different path lengths. (the path length of a hypothetical person would be the distance they must travel along the path on the surface.

Linear distance: the straight-line distance is the distance between two points on the surface, but does not take the surface into account. On a planar area there will be a path on the surface having the same path length as the straight-line distance between two points on the surface. On a non-planar surface, there may not be a path having the same path length as the straight-line distance between two points. (for an imaginary person, the straight-line distance would correspond to the distance as a 'straight line'.

6.6.3 space curve

Space curve: unlike planar curves, spatial curves do not have to lie in any particular plane. The spatial curve may be closed, i.e. without end points. A spatial curve may be considered a one-dimensional segment of a three-dimensional space. A hypothetical person walking on one strand of a DNA helix walks along a spatial curve. A typical human left ear includes a helix, which is a left-handed helix, see fig. 3M. A typical human right ear includes a helix, which is a right-handed helix, see fig. 3N. Fig. 3O shows a right-hand spiral. The edges of the structure, such as the edges of the membrane or impeller, may follow a spatial curve. In general, a spatial curve may be described by curvature and twist at each point on the spatial curve. Torque is a measure of how a curve rolls out of plane. The torque has a sign and magnitude. The twist at a point on the spatial curve can be characterized by a tangent vector, a normal vector, and a dual normal vector at the reference point.

Tangent unit vector (or unit tangent vector): for each point on the curve, the vector at the point specifies the direction and magnitude from the point. A tangent unit vector is a unit vector that points in the same direction as the curve at a point. If a hypothetical person flies along a curve and drops from her aircraft at a particular point, the direction of the tangent vector is the direction she would travel.

Unit normal vector: this tangent vector itself changes as the imaginary person moves along the curve. The unit vector pointing in the direction of change of the tangent vector is referred to as the unit principal normal vector. It is perpendicular to the tangent vector.

Double normal unit vector: the dual normal unit vector is perpendicular to both the tangent vector and the principal normal vector. Its direction may be determined by a right-handed rule (see, e.g., fig. 3L) or alternatively by a left-handed rule (fig. 3K).

Osculating plane: a plane containing the unit tangent vector and the unit principal normal vector. See fig. 3K and 3L.

Twisting of the space curve: the twist at a point of the space curve is the magnitude of the rate of change of the dual normal unit vector at the point. It measures the extent to which the curve deviates from the osculating plane. The spatial curve lying in the plane has zero twist. A spatial curve that deviates from the osculating plane by a relatively small amount will have a relatively small amount of twist (e.g., a gently sloping spiral path). A spatial curve that deviates from the osculating plane by a relatively large amount will have a relatively large amount of twist (e.g., a steeply inclined helical path). Referring to fig. 3O, since T2> T1, the amount of twist near the top coil of the spiral of fig. 3O is greater than the amount of twist of the bottom coil of the spiral of fig. 3O.

Referring to the right-hand rule of fig. 3M, a spatial curve toward the right-hand bi-normal direction may be considered to have a right-hand positive twist (e.g., the right-hand spiral shown in fig. 3O). A space curve turned away from the right-hand bi-normal direction may be considered to have a right-hand negative twist (e.g., a left-hand helix).

Likewise, with reference to the left-hand rule (see fig. 3K), a space curve toward the left-hand bi-normal direction may be considered to have a left-hand positive twist (e.g., a left-hand helix). So a left-hand positive is equivalent to a right-hand negative.

6.6.4 hole

The surface may have one-dimensional apertures, such as apertures bounded by a planar curve or by a spatial curve. A thin structure (e.g., a film) with holes can be described as having one-dimensional holes. See, for example, the one-dimensional holes in the surface bounded by the planar curve of the structure shown in fig. 3F.

The structure may have two-dimensional pores, such as pores defined by a surface. For example, a pneumatic tire has a two-dimensional bore defined by the inner surface of the tire. In another example, a bladder with a cavity for air or gel may have a two-dimensional hole. In yet another example, the conduit may include a one-dimensional aperture (e.g., at its inlet or at its outlet) and a two-dimensional aperture bounded by an inner surface of the conduit. See also the two-dimensional aperture bounded by the surfaces shown in the configuration shown in fig. 3H.

6.7 notes on other

A portion of the disclosure of this patent document contains material which is subject to copyright protection. The copyright owner has no objection to the facsimile reproduction by anyone of the patent document or the patent disclosure, as it appears in the patent office document or records, but otherwise reserves all copyright rights whatsoever.

Unless the context clearly dictates otherwise and where a range of values is provided, it is understood that each intervening value, to the tenth of the unit of the lower limit, between the upper and lower limit of that range and any other stated or intervening value in that stated range, is encompassed within the technology. The upper and lower limits of these intermediate ranges may independently be included in the intermediate ranges, are also included in the present technical range, but are limited by any explicitly excluded limit in the stated range. Where a range includes one or both of the limits, ranges excluding either or both of those included limits are also included in the present technology.

Further, where a value or values described herein are implemented as part of the present technology, it is to be understood that such values may be approximate, unless otherwise stated, and that such values may be used for any suitable significand to the extent that practical implementation of the technology may permit or require it.

Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this invention belongs. Although any methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can also be used in the practice or testing of the present technology, a limited number of exemplary methods and materials are described herein.

When a particular material is identified for use in constructing a component, obvious alternative materials having similar properties may be used as alternatives. Moreover, unless specified to the contrary, any and all components described herein are understood to be capable of being manufactured and thus may be manufactured together or separately.

It must be noted that, as used herein and in the appended claims, the singular forms "a," "an," and "the" include plural equivalents thereof unless the context clearly dictates otherwise.

All publications mentioned herein are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety to disclose and describe the methods and/or materials that are the subject of those publications. The publications discussed herein are provided solely for their disclosure prior to the filing date of the present application. Nothing herein is to be construed as an admission that the technology is not entitled to antedate such disclosure by virtue of prior invention. Further, the dates of publication provided may be different from the actual publication dates which may need to be independently confirmed.

The terms "comprising" and "including" should be understood to mean: refers to elements, components or steps in a non-exclusive manner, indicating that the referenced elements, components or steps may be present or utilized, or in combination with other elements, components or steps that are not referenced.

The subject matter headings used in the detailed description are for the convenience of the reader only and should not be used to limit subject matter that may be found throughout this disclosure or the claims. The subject headings should not be used to interpret the claims or the scope of the claims.

Although the technology herein has been described with reference to particular examples, it is to be understood that these examples are merely illustrative of the principles and applications of the technology. In some instances, the terminology and symbols may imply specific details that are not required to practice the technology. For example, although the terms "first" and "second" may be used, they are not intended to denote any order, unless otherwise specified, but rather may be used to distinguish between different elements. Moreover, although process steps in a method may be described or illustrated in a sequential order, such order is not required. Those skilled in the art will recognize that such sequences may be modified and/or that aspects thereof may be performed simultaneously or even synchronously.

It is therefore to be understood that numerous modifications may be made to the illustrative examples and that other arrangements may be devised without departing from the spirit and scope of the present technology.

Claims

1. A head-mounted display system, comprising:

a head-mounted display unit comprising a display;

a positioning and stabilizing structure configured for holding the head mounted display unit in an operable position on the user's head in use,

characterized in that said positioning and stabilizing structure comprises:

a rear support configured for engaging the rear of a user's head, the rear support comprising parietal strap portions configured to cover, in use, the parietal bones of the user's head and occipital strap portions configured to cover, in use, the occipital bones of the user's head or to underlie the occipital bones of the user's head;

a top strap portion configured to be connected between the rear support and the head mounted display unit, the top strap portion configured to cover an upper portion of the user's head in use, the top strap portion comprising a user facing layer and an outer layer;

Wherein the user facing layers of the top strap portions, the top bone strap portions, the occipital strap portions, and side strap portions are separable from the outer layers of the top strap portions.

2. The head-mounted display system of claim 1, wherein the outer layers of the top strap portions are configured to be connected to the head-mounted display unit.

3. The head-mounted display system of claim 1, wherein the user facing layer of the top strap portion, the top bone strap portion, the occipital strap portion, and the side strap portions form a washable portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure that is separable from the outer layer of the top strap portion for washing.

4. The head mounted display system of claim 3, wherein the top strap portion comprises an outer sleeve forming the outer layer of the top strap portion.

5. The head mounted display system of claim 4, wherein the washable portion is releasably attached to the outer sleeve by one or more hook-and-loop connections.

6. The head mounted display system of claim 4, wherein the head mounted display system comprises a battery pack for powering the head mounted display system, the battery pack configured to be positioned behind the user's head in use, the top strap portion connected to the battery pack in use.

7. The head mounted display system of claim 6, wherein the head mounted display system comprises a power cable connected between the battery pack and the head mounted display unit of a user, the power cable being located within the outer sleeve.

8. The head mounted display system of claim 7, wherein the outer sleeve is connected to the battery pack.

9. The head-mounted display system of claim 7, wherein the power cable is slidable within the outer sleeve along a length of the outer sleeve.

10. The head mounted display system of claim 6, wherein the top strap portion comprises a substantially inextensible layer located, in use, between the outer layer and the user-facing layer.

11. The head mounted display system of claim 10, wherein the substantially inextensible layer is semi-rigid.

12. The head mounted display system of claim 10, wherein the battery pack is removably connected to the substantially inextensible layer.

13. The head mounted display system of claim 12, wherein the substantially inextensible layer and the battery pack comprise respective first and second fastener portions configured to removably connect the battery pack to the substantially inextensible layer.

14. The head mounted display system of claim 10, wherein the substantially inextensible layer is located within the outer sleeve.

15. The head mounted display system of claim 11, wherein the washable portion is separable from the substantially inextensible layer.

16. The head mounted display system of claim 10, wherein the substantially inextensible layer forms a portion of the washable portion.

17. The head mounted display system of claim 16, wherein the top strap portion comprises a user contact portion forming the user facing layer, the substantially inextensible layer being provided to the user contact portion.

18. The head mounted display system of claim 17, wherein the user contact portion comprises a user contact sleeve, the substantially inextensible layer being located within the user contact sleeve.

19. The head mounted display system of claim 18, wherein the user contact sleeve comprises a rigid opening through which the substantially inextensible layer can be removably inserted.

20. The head mounted display system of claim 19, wherein the battery pack covers the rigid opening in use.

21. The head mounted display system of claim 18, wherein the user contact sleeve comprises a fastener opening through which the battery pack can be removably attached to the substantially inextensible layer.

22. The head mounted display system of claim 21, wherein the substantially inextensible layer comprises first fastener portions that extend through the fastener openings and are configured to connect to corresponding second fastener portions of the battery pack.

23. The head mounted display system of claim 22, wherein the battery pack covers the fastener opening in use.

24. The head mounted display system of claim 1, wherein the occipital strap portions are removably connected to the top strap portions.

25. The head mounted display system of claim 24, wherein the top strap portion is configured to connect to the occipital strap portion via a pivotable connection.

26. The head-mounted display system of claim 1, wherein the occipital strap portions include a pair of side occipital strap portions configured to be connected between a top bone strap portion and a top strap portion, each side occipital strap portion configured to be located on a respective side of the user's head in use.

27. The head mounted display system of claim 26, wherein a length of each of the side occipital strap portions is adjustable.

28. The head-mounted display system of claim 26, wherein each of the side occipital strap portions is configured to be connected to the top strap portion via a magnetic fastener.

29. The head mounted display system of claim 1, wherein the occipital strap portions are permanently attached to the top strap portions.